













>°°c 






‘ * 5 " 0 ’ AV * * * . ,\ " * 

%/> ^ cA ^ p/W$P/Io r <?' 

°</> Av ^ x^illil^X r- X* V* (vA X © ' ^ 


•V s ^ 


* oV '<f' O * '$•’' "<>>■ * 

%* s S ^ ^0 <* ^o » x i ' A ^ A 

, °o t 0? ‘ ^ #' C» NC '» ' l b 

^ * JmXX * X < ^ , 

-< X K ° zX§My| - 0 \ 

= )> 0 o* - *® * 

Cr c 6 *■»"" „ ' xx . 

^vr^X *” v'Xv‘^.'> 


i*' Cy fy /U ^ O 

* ff i -a * ' 

^ V V s*“ 

"A X * 

</> ,-C V O 


* 





^ ^ * 

,*"«« " X C 0 N ° >9 Xq 

AM ^ <rX. > . ; V-%. ^ 

^ O ^ <>^ V 

o o' 





^ ^ 3 N 0 - 


v •% , - 

^ ° ^ ,A » : 

^ v Z *WM: /% V 

<^v y/*w^w^. s <%y ^ * 

* ° fp A .. 


c i 

0 V ^'“'/'o 

A r - - * 

%, A ■' 




.A o * 

^ c » N ' * ^o, .0-' 

• ^ ^ o rN 


' » «r 

" 8 " ,A S S-, X X N 0 - A 
3 v > , 9 - ^ ^ 0 / 'C‘ 

x ^ ^ A ;,y/, ^ . 

^ , ®MJh ° x A - 






\ V , s * * 7- X 





* 0 N 0 ' 




d 


° C i<. >■ * 4 - 7 \ 

.' o o A* “ 

A ^1 J'. ^ v ^W>V ^ ^ 

^ ^ X/ *^Sfes*- ^ ^ - 

iV<p " / \ X A 5 ' •■>• 

'N . \^ V 
































^ VJ * 




* 
it 

,/> ,M ° -/*<*•,%'*"’* V^'"' 

<* v- <3 ^ 

* 'itf <& -* f[\V A r ' ^r> aV * 

"■ %> # , ^&//k c ^<p 

. <- - ” . » *v 

it 


> 
0 o 





'\ X * C^_ ^ <r Q 

^ ^ * .0 m 0 * 

* > , 9 ^ * 0 

aTS Y- 



<$’'%.'” ms® - , 

x •» ,<\ % v**^ ,o^ 

,/ ** c p^ 1 * - - 

i^> c; vSs\\\|ll^ ^ <>^ v ^ 

* oo' 



", - 
CQ 


A <a 


<\ y o*x* A 





4 -ft 

^, ...... _ •> \T> 4 & 5/1 

^ ^ 1/1 

O l- o, c^_ ^ ~ - (a 

.,% v'V~'* > • B# ,/^*« 

<1 ^ N 


A\ ' , 0 N C 1 * * ' 

*? A' ^ 

-< ^ V? = 

=> \° °« - 

**> c£* 






° <?9 \V 

21 V 



A ^ 


</> 


•d ^ 

^ « 

2 <i x> z 

„ k „ „ « c> *<+ © 

*\ *. ^rffv# ^ 0 V '•> 

* 'rsr 





% ** * ■ 



V 1 


= N°°< 


ff l ^ 




° a 9 

^J> ,<9 


oa -f', ~ ^ * p .9 

-v A& ^ 

* ^ Cl^ ^ 

r- 

, O «3 


o ^ 


“ aV c r> Z 

s 

A O 'y, , s < 

a\ p. N r ^ ^ * 6 s Y 

/ c 0 N c p0 v t <« 

A * pjrS^V ^ ^ ° 

V> ^oAo\\ll V ^ 

« o 0^ 



A ^ 



it it S 



c y °* i v o~c^- ' 
f u ^ v* l Ai% ^ A . c ^ v °o 

. ^ r ° 

■" x° ^ >* 

_ ,° o ' o j 'y^ im -* z 

x '<? v \ V s s»*r ° M °,0^ *i*° r %. VA S 

^ *p. , ^ #iK V , A» v 

r ^ ^ ^ 

'/ 9 > aa 



>- 







° ^ ^ 


° r V“ ^ ° 



-b V> ^ ^ ^ v 0 

S ^ G . v . B , % y ° " " '^ C 0 N C > Z" 1 " * S S ^ G “ V ' fl 

0° .> v ^ ^ A 






r^ y 


i>. it 


on 0 


x° °*‘ ^ ^ 9 

v°°. ^ * ° .V * 9 ■ '*'*<?a ' - ;7 ° v° ^'^ c 

v-. r ^ v ^ ^ 




BE ^ 9 ^ ^ * 

- V ^ 03 







































































The Arch of Titus celebrates the capture of Jerusalem by Titus in 70 A.D. The sculpture 
seen at the left shows the conqueror in his chariot entering Rome in triumph. On the right 
(not visible) is shown the Golden Candlestick (Ex. xxv. 31-40). The Colosseum represents 
the ambition of Vespasian (75-80 a.d.) to satisfy his subjects by shows in this amphitheatre 
where 87,000 persons could assemble at one time. 


Colosseum Framed by the Arch of Titus (looking east) 































THE HEATH LATIN SERIES 

WILBERT LESTER CARR, GENERAL EDITOR 


FIRST 

LATIN LESSONS 


BY 

CARRIE AMBROSE PARSONS, M.A. 

PEABODY DEMONSTRATION SCHOOL 
AND 

CHARLES EDGAR LITTLE, Ph.D. 

GEORGE PEABODY COLLEGE FOR TEACHERS 


New York State Edition by 

ALVAH T. OTIS, A.M. 


HIGH SCHOOL, WHITE PLAINS, 
NEW YORK 



D. C. HEATH AND COMPANY 

BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO LONDON 
ATLANTA SAN FRANCISCO DALLAS 


U c 



PA ko % T 

•?3Nt 


Copyright, 1926 and 1928 

By D. C. Heath and Company 

2 e 8 


PRINTED IN U.S.A. 


JUN -5 1928 

©Cl A1 07 4 826 


PREFACE 


The General Report of the American Classical Investigation 

first made public its important and weighty conclusions in 
October, 1924. Our book had been begun in 1922 and was in 
the process of being written during the years 1923-1925. All 
this time it was being used in classes in Peabody Demonstration 
School and was undergoing constant revision to meet the needs 
of actual class use. When the General Report appeared, our 
manuscript was carefully revised, so that it conforms to the 
findings of that report in: 

1. Amount and character of reading material. 

2. Number of forms and order of introduction. 

3. Amount of syntax and manner of presentation. 

4. Size of vocabulary. 

5. Emphasis on correlation of Latin and English in 
vocabulary and syntax. 

6. Training in oral use of Latin. 

7. Suggested collateral readings in English. 

8. Leaving more difficult subjunctive mode and many 
irregular forms for the second year. 

In the matter of perspective it has been our aim to preserve 
emphasis on topics in due order of importance: 

1. To read Latin with understanding. To this end the lan¬ 
guage is presented not in its merely formal and mechanical 
structure, but as a real medium for the expression of thought, 
capable of arousing the steady interest of boys and girls. Suit¬ 
able material has been supplied to put before the pupil every 


iv 


PREFACE 


opportunity for acquiring the power to feel and to think the 
language actively. 

2. Introduction to Roman life and ideals. Numerous pic¬ 
tures to assist in making real and visible the Romans in their 
actual life and the use of every-day words in the reading matter 
will, it is hoped, bring about a contact in thought and under¬ 
standing between the pupils of today and the Romans of 
long ago. 

3. Forms and syntax. The inevitable grammar study has 
not been shunned, but presented in simple- and logical order 
with constant use and abundant practice. The chief aim of 
these lessons has been to present Latin as Latin in such an 
interesting way as to transform much of the drudgery into a 
pleasant task. 

4. Vocabulary and derivatives. The meaning and spelling 
of Latin words have been used to explain the meaning and 
spelling of the later changes in these words and to understand 
their English derivatives, as well as systematic exercises on the 
formation of words in both Latin and English. 

5. Translation. The main stress is put on understanding 
Latin sentences in the order of the Latin words, but a sure 
foundation is laid for future development of literary translation. 

Other features of the book to which we invite attention are 
these: 

1. Mastery of forms and correct pronunciation. Accurate 
observation of forms aids correct pronunciation of sound, and 
correct pronunciation and accent are equally helpful in master¬ 
ing forms. Both processes are clearly set forth and constantly 
encouraged. 

2. Concreteness. The early lessons in this book employ 
materials as concrete and direct as possible. The pupil is led 
progressively to the abstract and formal principles. 

3. The lessons are topics rather than single recitations. 
These topics are presented one at a time with abundant practice. 


PREFACE 


V 


The development of each principle or rule is a genuine project, 
worked at by the pupil from various angles and assimilated as a 
piece of real knowledge. 

4. Practice on a principle and the rule for it closely connected. 

Apart from actual study of much illustrative material in collo- 
quia, connected reading, and longer stories, the pupil is never 
encouraged to attempt learning mere rules. 

5. Place in the course. This book can be adapted to pupils 
of the 8th or 9th grades (last two years of junior high school). 
By Plan I pupils can complete the book with four recitations a 
week in the 8th grade and the first half of the 9th grade; or by 
Plan II they can complete the book, as has been done by actual 
test, in the 9th grade with five recitations a week. 

6. The two plans. By Plan I pupils will be prepared for 
further simple reading and grammar study in the second half 
of the 9th grade, so as to be ready for Caesar at the beginning of 
the 10th grade, as in the usual course; by Plan II pupils will be 
prepared for further simple reading and grammar study in the 
first part of the 10th grade, so as to be ready for Caesar later 
in that year, as recommended in the report of the American 
Classical Investigation. 

7. This book will be found to conform to the findings of many 
important studies which grew out of the American Classical 
Investigation, notably those by Mr. Grise (content and method); 
Miss Lawler (spelling); Miss Woodring (translation); Mr. 
Lindsay (Thorndike’s list). 

8. The authors are under special obligation to Dr. Nellie 
Angel Smith, of the State Normal School, Florence, Alabama, 
for invaluable assistance in the organization of English deriva¬ 
tive study. She has helped us to keep in mind the numerous 
correlations and points of contact found to exist between high- 
school Latin on the one hand, and Lodge’s “ Vocabulary of 
High-School Latin,” Thorndike’s word lists, and the various 
spelling lists, on the other. Miss Smith’s studies, “ Latin 
Lessons for Teaching English Spelling and Derivatives in 


vi 


PREFACE 


Grades 7, 8, and 9 ” (a Peabody master’s thesis, 1920) and “ The 
Latin Element in Shakespeare and the Bible ” (a Peabody 
doctoral dissertation, submitted 1924, now going through the 
press), have made available a wealth of new material and 
opened new possibilities of teaching derivatives with precision 
and in significant groups. 

9. The authors consider an objective Latin vocabulary neces¬ 
sary and even indispensable for English derivative study. In 
the present zeal for teaching English derivatives it is easy to 
overlook the importance of beginning from the Latin side; but 
we shall otherwise be in great danger of teaching English 
primarily and Latin as only a secondary consideration. 

10. The authors hope they have succeeded in organizing the 
teaching of English derivatives into a series of standard lessons, 
in which pupils will learn the fundamentals of derivative 
processes, with nothing or not much to unlearn in the later and 
more rigorous studies in language leading to scientific philology. 

11. Reading matter. Although much of the reading material 
is necessarily made Latin, it is modeled on classical Latin and 
increases in difficulty until the pupil is able to read adaptations 
from the actual Latin of such authors as Ovid (Pyramus and 
Thisbe) and Apuleius (Cupid and Psyche). Several stories 
from Greek and Roman mythology have been introduced, since 
these myths are the portion of our heritage from classic times 
which seem most interesting to immature and growing minds. 

As a matter of large and vital pedagogy the authors hope and 
would respectfully suggest to sympathetic teachers, that the 
eagerness of the pupils in undertaking new tasks be encouraged 
to the fullest extent. We have endeavored to present these tasks 
in such a way as to have the appeal of fresh and inspiring enter¬ 
prises, which will not curb enthusiasm by too great difficulty. 
Authors and teachers alike would wish to present problems to 
be solved which will call into play the initiative of the pupils, 
rather than to present mere facts to be memorized which might 
dull the keen edge of vigor or even create the possibility of 


PREFACE 


vii 

crushing the impulse to discovery. Full play has been given in 
these lessons to the keen delight which the young take in work¬ 
ing out problems for themselves in the initial stages of each topic. 
Later it will be the part of the teacher to guide the pupils wisely 
by selective process to clarify and crystalize leading ideas into 
sound principles. 

This gives free scope for the initiative of the pupils and main¬ 
tains their confidence in their own ability by achieving final 
order out of their bustling confusion. 

12. Illustrations. Great care has been exercised in selecting 
and placing the illustrations. Many of them are photographs 
of existing ancient remains, still others are adaptations of such 
remains, while all are carefully modeled after ancient Roman 
objects. They help to recreate the reality and spirit of ancient 
life, architecture, and art in accordance with the sound prin¬ 
ciples of Roman archaeology. The illustrations have been placed 
so as to form an integral part of the text where they explain the 
important terms of the vocabulary and serve almost as large a 
part in introducing the pupil to Roman life and thought as the 
reading material itself. They have not been vaguely labeled 
and placed at random, but have been carefully described, so 
that illustration and descriptive title form an organic part of 
the book at the appropriate place in the text. 

C. A. P. 

C. E. L. 

Nashville, March 19, 1926 


COLOR PLATES 


Colosseum Framed by the Arch oe Titus .... Frontispiece 

A Roman Maiden. Facing page 76 

The Capture of Proserpina . “ “*122 

Aurora. “ “232 


MAPS 

Map of Europe; Vicinity of Rome 
Italy in the First Century . . . 

The Roman Forum. 

Rome. 


Between pages 12-13 

. Page 47 

. “64 








CONTENTS 


PAGE 


LESSON 

I. Subject of the Sentence, Nominative Case. 

Reading: Mensa. Latin nouns in English . . i 

II. Place Where, Ablative Case. Reading: Ca¬ 
mera. Change in spelling of English deriva¬ 
tives . 3 

III. Direct Object, Accusative Case. Reading: 

Casa in Silva. English words related to Latin 
words . 5 

IV. Possession, Genitive Case. Reading: Agricola 

et Nautae. English words related to Latin words 9 

V. Predicate Nominative. Reading: Charta 

Europae. Names of countries of Europe in Latin 
compared with English . 13 

VI. Indirect Object, Dative Case. 15 

VII. First Declension, Summary. 17 

VIII. Second Declension: Nouns in -us. Reading: 

Culina et Area. 20 

IX. Second Declension: Nouns in -er and -r. 
Reading: Schola. Change in spelling of English 
derivatives . 24 

X. Second Declension: Nouns in -um. Reading: 

Horreum Agricolae. 28 

XI. First Progress Test. 32 

BRITANNIA. 34 

XII. Adjectives of the First and Second Declen¬ 
sion: altus, alta, altum. Agreement of adjec¬ 
tives. English nouns related to Latin adjectives 36 

XIII. Adjectives of the First and Second Declen¬ 
sion in -er. English derivatives show base of 
Latin word . 38 

ix 













CONTENTS 

LESSON PAGE 

XIV. Possessive Adjectives. 41 

XV. Accent and Pronunciation. 43 

XVI. First Conjugation: Present Indicative Ac¬ 
tive. Active Personal Endings. Agree¬ 
ment of verb. English derivatives from Latin 
verbs . 46 

XVII. Expressions of Place: ab, ex, in, ad, per ... 50 

XVIII. Second Conjugation: Present Indicative 

Active. English derivatives from Latin verbs . . 53 

XIX. English Derivative Study: Latin and English 
Identical — Ending dropped or changed to 
e; Latin suffix -ia becomes English -y; 

Latin -tia and -tium become English -ce. 
Ablative of Cause . 56 

XX. Second Progress Test . 59 

THE GEESE SAVE ROME. 6l 

XXI. Imperfect Indicative Active: First and 
Second Conjugations. Reading: Colloquium. 

Latin -ula, -ulus, -ulum become English -le. 65 

XXII. Future Indicative Active: First and Second 

Conjugations . 68 

XXIII. Personal Pronouns: ego, tu. Reading: Domus 

Romana. Latin abbreviations in English ... 70 

XXIV. Present Active Imperative: First and Second 
Conjugations. Vocative case. Latin form 
of English proper names . 75 

XXV. Passive Voice. Present Indicative Passive: 

First Conjugation. Ablative of personal 
agent. English adjectives derived from Latin 
adjectives . 78 

XXVI. Present Indicative Passive: Second Conju¬ 
gation . 81 

XXVII. Imperfect Indicative Passive: First and 
Second Conjugations. Reading: Cubiculum 
Romanum . 83 













CONTENTS xi 

LESSON PAGE 

XXVIII. Future Indicative Passive: First and Second 
Conjugations. Reading: De Periculo Pue- 

rdrum. Adverbs formed from adjectives of 
first and second declension. Change in spelling 
of English derivatives . 87 

XXIX. Irregular Verb, esse: Present, Imperfect, 

Future Indicative. 91 

XXX. Third Progress Test. 94 

EPISTULA PUERl ROMANI . 96 

XXXI. Demonstrative Pronoun: is, ea, id. Distinc¬ 
tion between use of suus and eius. Reading: 
Nammeius, Puer Helvetius. 98 

XXXII. Compound Verbs: The Prefixes ad-, con-, de-, 
ex-, in-, in Latin and in English. Assimila¬ 
tion . 101 

XXXIII. Principal Parts of Verbs: First and Second 
Conjugations. Reading: Colloquium, Mar¬ 
cus et Nammeius. Castra in English .... 104 

XXXIV. Perfect Indicative Active: First and Second 
Conjugations. Distinction between Imperfect 
and Perfect Tenses. Reading: Parva Rubra 
Mitella.107 

XXXV. Pluperfect and Future Perfect Indicative 

Active: First and Second Conjugations. . m 

XXXVI. Interrogative Pronoun: quis? quid? Reading: 

Colloquium, Duo Puer! ad scholam ambulant 113 

XXXVII. Perfect Indicative Passive: First and Second 

Conjugations .115 

XXXVIII. Pluperfect and Future Perfect Indicative 

Passive: First and Second Conjugations 118 

XXXIX. Fourth Progress Test.120 

PROSERPINA.122 

XL. Third Declension: Consonant Stems. Mas¬ 
culine Nouns in -s, - 1 , -ter, -6. Base of Latin 
noun in English derivative. Reading: De Tito 125 












Xll 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 


LESSON 

XLI. Formation of Latin Nouns Ending in -or and 


-tor. English derivatives unchanged in spelling. 

Reading: Gladiator es. 129 

XLII. Feminine Consonant Stems of Third Declen¬ 
sion ENDING IN -us, -tUS, -X, -tudo. FORMA¬ 
TION of Latin Nouns ending in -tudo: Eng¬ 
lish derivatives ending in -tude .133 

XLIII. Third Conjugation: Present Indicative Ac¬ 
tive and Passive. Compounds of ducere and 
mittere and their English derivatives .136 


XLIV. Third Conjugation: Imperfect and Future 
Indicative Active and Passive. Formation 
of Latin Nouns ending in -io. English deriva¬ 
tives in -sion and -tion. 139 

XLV. Neuter Consonant Stems of the Third De¬ 
clension Ending in -us and -men. Reading: 
Cornelia. Ablative of description .141 

XLVI. I-stems of the Third Declension ending in -is 
and -es. Base of Latin noun in English deriva¬ 
tive. Reading: Pueri et Pisces .145 

XLVII. I-stems of the Third Declension, Feminine 
Gender, ending in -ns and -rs; Monosylla¬ 
bles ending in -s and -x. Partitive genitive. 148 

XLVIII. I-stems of the Third Declension, Masculine 
Gender, ending in -ns. Compounds of cir- 

cum. Reading: Adulescens et Lupus. Ablative 


of separation .150 

XLIX. I-STEMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION, NEUTER 
Gender ending in -e, -al. Ablative of respect. 
Reading: Navigatio. A Latin letter .153 

L. Fifth Progress Test.155 

ROMAN COURAGE, Gaius Mucius: THE COURAGE 
OF A ROMAN MAID, Cloelia.158 


LI. Present Indicative of Verbs of the Fourth 
Conjugation and -id Verbs of the Third 












CONTENTS 

xiii 

LESSON 


PAGE 


Conjugation. Reading: 

Pueri Fuste Pilam 


Feriunt. 



LII. Imperfect and Future Indicative of Verbs of 
the Fourth Conjugation and -id Verbs of 
the Third Conjugation. Reading: Pueri 
Follem Pedibus Calcitrant .164 

LIII. Adjectives of the Third Declension of Two 
Terminations. Latin and French adjectives 
compared. Reading: Colloquium, Puer Romanus 


et Miles .167 

LIV. Formation of Latin Adjectives ending in 
-bilis. English -able, -ible. Reading: Proe- 
lium.170 

LV. Formation of Latin Adjectives ending in 
-alis, -anus, -icus, -ius. Reading: Castor et 
Pollux. Compounds of nuntio.173 

LVI. Adjectives of the Third Declension of Three 
Terminations. Reading: Horatius Codes. 
Compounds of pello .177 

LVII. Adjectives of the Third Declension of One 
Termination. Dative with special adjec¬ 
tives .180 

LVIII. Numerals. Declension of unus and duo. 

Extent of space .182 

LIX. Regular Comparison of Adjectives. Declen¬ 
sion of Comparatives. Forms and Use of 
Participles .184 

LX. Comparison of Adjectives in -er and -lis . . 187 

LXI. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives .... 189 

LXII. Formation of Adverbs from Adjectives. Com¬ 
parison of Adverbs. Reading: Quintus et 
Sextus. I 9 I 

LXIII. Sixth Progress Test.195 

CUPlDO ET PSYCHE.* 9 8 














xiv CONTENTS 

lesson PAGE 

LXIV. Additional Prefixes. Present Active Im¬ 
perative of Verbs of the Third and Fourth 
Conjugations and of sum. 207 

LXV. Formation of Latin Nouns ending in -tas. 

English -ty. Ablative of Manner .... 208 

LXVI. Fourth Declension. Roman Table of Meas¬ 
urement .210 

LXVII. Fifth Declension. Ablative of Time When. 

Reading: Puer Romanus.213 

LXVIII. Time How Long. The Suffix -tus.216 

LXIX. Indicative of possum. Complementary In¬ 
finitive .218 

LXX. Demonstrative Pronouns, hie and ille, ipse. 

Reading: Colloquium, Viator et Civis Romanus 221 

LXXI. The Relative Pronoun in English and in 

Latin.224 

% 

LXXII. Forms and Uses of the Infinitive.228 

LXXIII. Indirect Statements in English and in Latin 230 

LXXIV. Reflexive Pronouns of First, Second, and 
Third Persons. Distinction between se and 

eum, earn, eos.232 

LXXV. Reading Exercise.235 

LXXVI. Seventh Progress Test .235 

SUPPLEMENTARY READING: 

PARIS.237 

PYRAMUS ET THISBE.244 

THESEUS ET MlNOTAURUS.248 

Latin Songs .253 

Appendix.257 

Latin-English Vocabulary .279 

English-Latin Vocabulary .299 

Index.305 


















INTRODUCTION 


In order to aid the teacher and pupils to make effective use of 
this book, attention is called to some of its most important 
features. 

i. Sentence Unit of Instruction 

The sentence and not the word has been made the unit of 
instruction. From the very first lesson the aim is to teach the 
pupil to grasp a thought in the Latin language. The first lesson 
begins with a group of sentences each of which expresses a 
thought which can be easily illustrated by the teacher. When 
the first lesson is presented each object mentioned in the Read¬ 
ing Exercise should be on the table — a piece of chalk, papers, 
a picture of roses in a vase, and a picture of violets (or the actual 
roses and violets). These different objects should be pointed 
out by the teacher as the sentences in Exercise I are read. Very 
little English will be necessary as a medium for comprehension 
if each reading exercise is carefully presented by the teacher 
before it is assigned for study. In the second lesson the objects 
are those found in any school room and in the following lessons 
the pictures illustrate not only the new objects whose names are 
to be learned but the thoughts expressed in many of the sen¬ 
tences of the exercises. 

2. Connecting Word with Object Represented 

Most of the nouns used are names of concrete objects which 
the pupil should connect directly with the object represented 
and not with an English word. Needful gestures should be 
freely used by the teacher in interpreting such words as hie and 


XV 


XVI 


INTRODUCTION 


illlc and verbs denoting action. After this direct connection 
has been made the Latin word should be studied from the stand¬ 
point of the English derivative. A consistent use of this method 
will train the pupil to get the meaning of a new Latin word from 
the context or from a related English word, if possible, rather 
than from a dictionary. Many of the abstract nouns introduced 
in the lessons are nouns whose meanings are suggested by their 
English derivatives. 

3. Oral Work 

Oral work is begun in the first lesson and continued throughout 
the entire book. The stories are divided into sections each of 
which is followed bv questions to be answered orally in Latin. 
Oral work trains 4 pupil in correctness of pronunciation and 
expression and is an excellent preparation for written work. It 
also enables the teacher to find out quite satisfactorily whether 
the pupil has understood a passage without translation. While 
this oral work is most important as well as interesting to the 
pupil, it does not take the place of translation. 

4. Written Work 

The writing of Latin has not been introduced as an end in 
itself but as an aid to the comprehension of the constructions 
embodied in the rules of syntax. It is everywhere subordinated 
to the reading and translation of Latin. The completion exer¬ 
cises are designed to train the pupil in the use of particular 
constructions by focusing his attention on one point, with 
abundant practice on the various angles of looking at that one 
point. 

5. Accent and Pronunciation 

The rules for accent, division into syllables, and pronunciation 
are incorporated in the book after their need has been created 
in previous lessons. These rules, with the exception of a few 
which are not yet needed, should be learned when the lesson on 
accent and pronunciation is reached. Until this lesson is 


INTRODUCTION xvii 

reached, accent and pronunciation should be learned mainly by 
imitation of the teacher. 

6. Vocabulary 

The number of words in the vocabularies set for memoriza¬ 
tion is small and they should be thoroughly mastered. 

These words have been chosen from four groups: 

(1) Names of common objects and words and phrases needed 
for oral recitation. There is nothing which will do more 
to make Latin a live language and to arouse the interest 
of the pupil than to teach the names of common objects 
and to talk about them. 

(2) Latin root words from which other atm words can be 
formed. The principles of Latin wurcl formation given 
in the lessons will enable the pupil to form many Latin 
derivatives from these Latin primitives. 

(3) Words rich in English derivatives. Many of these fall 
under (2), as it is the word which has a number of Latin 
derivatives that generally has a large number of English 
derivatives. The close relationship between the princi¬ 
ples of Latin word formation and the English derivative 
is constantly emphasized. 

(4) Words used in Caesar, Cicero, or Vergil. Some of the 
words in the first group and many in the second group 
are words found five times or more in one of these standard 
high-school authors. Lodge’s “Vocabulary of Eligh-School 
Latin” has been used for checking words chosen for the 
vocabularies. 

The number of words used in the stories is more than twice 
the number set for memorization. Many of these words will 
become familiar to the pupil from frequent repetition. 

7. English Derivatives 

A distinctive feature of the book is the method of teaching 
English derivatives in groups. The teaching of English deriva- 


XV111 


INTRODUCTION 


tives is closely connected with the teaching of Latin word 
formation. In addition to connecting a Latin word with related 
English words, the pupil is taught to look for the direct deriva¬ 
tive of the Latin word and to note carefully changes in spelling 
or meaning. An ability to transfer a Latin word into its direct 
English derivative is a great aid in gaining, the meaning of new 
Latin words as well as in understanding just how our language 
is so largely derived from Latin. 

These direct derivatives are taught in groups beginning with 
that in which the spelling of the English derivative and Latin 
original is identical. The next groups show progressively 
changes in spelling. Some of the principles of Latin word forma¬ 
tion are introduced and form the basis for other groups of 
English derivatives. In several of these groups in which the 
form of the English word is due to French influence, the French 
form of the word is given as well as the Latin and English. This 
correlation makes clear to the pupil the close relationships 
existing among these three languages. 

An effort has been made through this group teaching of 
English derivatives to fix in the pupil’s mind some definite 
principles and to bring some order out of the chaos into which 
our zeal for teaching English from Latin had led us. 

8. Connected Reading 

Almost all of the Latin exercises are in the form of connected 
reading dealing with different phases of Roman life or stories 
from Roman history or mythology. The few exercises which 
do not contain connected reading matter are introduced for the 
purpose of illustrating some point of syntax. Each progress 
test is followed by a short story. These stories are carefully 
graded to suit the pupil’s advancement. 

9. Forms and Syntax 

As a rule, new forms are used in the reading exercises before 
they are set for memorization in paradigms. The first declen- 


INTRODUCTION 


XIX 


sion is not taught in a paradigm until the pupil has become 
familiar with each case form and has connected the form with 
at least one of the grammatical ideas which it can represent. 

After studying carefully a group of sentences containing a new 
construction, the pupil should form his own rule of syntax. The 
teacher must make it plain that these are typical examples of 
the construction under consideration, in order to avoid the 
danger of teaching the pupil to jump at conclusions from in¬ 
sufficient data. This discussion of a new point of syntax and 
writing of the rule in as good English as possible should be done 
in class with the help of the teacher. 

The English and Latin method of expressing a grammatical 
idea has been constantly compared not only for the purpose of 
aiding the pupil in English, but of showing that the fundamental 
grammatical ideas underlying these languages are practically 
identical, their method of expression often the same or similar. 
These similar constructions will gradually lead the pupils to 
grasp the differences in these languages, so as really to under¬ 
stand the meaning of idioms. 

io. Length of Lesson 

The authors have made no decided attempt to make a lesson 
a day’s work. Varying conditions make such a division almost 
impossible and therefore not desirable. Each lesson develops 
a new idea in form, syntax, or derivative study, and the time 
necessary to complete it will depend on the age and ability of 
the pupils as well as the particular objective and emphasis in the 
teacher’s mind. 

n. Progress Tests 

Progress tests have been substituted for the usual review 
lessons. These tests are a summary of all that the pupil has 
learned and will be held responsible for. They are a challenge 
to the pupil as well as an excellent guide in review. Spelling 
matches are interesting even to older pupils and can be used 


XX 


INTRODUCTION 


effectively as an incentive to vocabulary review. Matches in 
which the pupil gives genitive and gender of nouns or principal 
parts of verbs may be substituted at times for the regular spelling 
match. 

12. Junior High School 

This book has been tried in the classroom with both junior 
and senior high-school students and has proved most satis¬ 
factory with both groups. The simplicity of presentation, oral 
work, and character of reading matter make it peculiarly suited 
to young students, while these same qualities aid the more 
mature pupil in making rapid progress. 


C. A. P. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON I 

SUBJECT 

1 . Repeat these sentences after the teacher as the different 
objects on the table are pointed out. Connect each Latin word 
with the thing which it represents, not with the English word. 

% 

READING EXERCISE I 

1. Creta est in mensa. 

2. Charta est in mensa. 

3. Chartae sunt in mensa. 

4. Creta et chartae sunt in mensa. 

5. Pictura est in mensa. 

6. Picturae sunt in mensa. 

7. Creta et chartae et plcturae sunt in mensa. 

8. Rosae sunt in pictura. 

9. Rosae sunt in aqua. 

10. Violae sunt in pictura. 

2 . Repeat the sentences in Reading Exercise I until each word 
and phrase is familiar, then answer these questions in Latin 
using the name of each object. In answering questions always 
form complete sentences. 

1. Quid est in mensa? 

2. Quid est in pictura? 

3. Quid est in aqua? 


2 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


3 . 


VOCABULARY 


a'qua, water 
char'ta, paper 
cre'ta, chalk 
men'sa, table 
pictu'ra, picture 
ro'sa, rose 


vi'ola, violet 
in, in, on 
et, and 
quid? what? 
est, is 
sunt, are 


4 . (i) In Reading Exercise I, what is the subject of the 
first sentence? of the second? of the third? of the fourth? of 
the fifth? of the sixth? 

(2) What difference do you notice in the endings of the sub¬ 
jects in Sentences 2 and 3? 

(3) In Sentence 1, what difference do you notice between 
the ending of the subject and the ending of mensa? 

5 . In Latin, nouns have different endings for different uses in 
a sentence. 


6 . In nouns like those used in this lesson: 
Nominative Singular ends in -a 
Nominative Plural ends in -ae 


7 . Write a rule telling in what case the subject of a sentence 
should be. 

8. ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

Many Latin words are used in English with no change in 
spelling, some with only a slight change in spelling. The mean¬ 
ing of the Latin and the English word is frequently the same, 
but sometimes the meaning of the English word has changed. 

Compare Latin rosa with English rose 

pictura “ “ picture 

charta “ “ chart 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


3 

The meaning of the first two words is the same in Latin and 
in English, but the meaning of chart has changed. 

Violet is connected with viola, but comes directly from a 
word formed by adding a syllable to viola. In the same way 
aqueduct is connected with aqua. 

Rose, picture, chart are the same words in Latin and in English 
with a slight change in spelling. Violet and aqueduct are English 
words connected with viola and aqua. 


LESSON II 

PLACE 

9 . Review: (i) Give the Latin names of the seven objects 
which you learned yesterday. 

(2) Make four statements in Latin using these words. 

(3) Compare the rule which you wrote for the subject of a 
sentence with Rule 1, Appendix 30. Learn Rule 1. 

READING EXERCISE II 
Camera, The Room 

10. Repeat after the teacher as the objects used in the 
sentences are indicated: 

1. Hlc est sella. 

2. Illlc sunt sellae. 

3. Sellae sunt in camera. 

4. Mensa et sellae sunt in camera. 

5. Hlc est ianua. 

6. Illlc sunt fenestrae. 

7. Ianua est in camera. 

8. Fenestrae sunt in camera. 

9. Fenestrae et ianua sunt in camera. 

10. Capsa est in camera. 

11. Tabula nigra est in camera. Capsa Romana 




4 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


12 . 


13 - 

14. 

* 5 - 

16. 
17- 

18. 

19. 


Capsa aperta est in camera. 
Charta est in capsa aperta. 
Plcturae sunt in capsa. 

In plcturls sunt (there are) 
rosae et violae. 

Rosae et violae sunt in aqua. 
In capsa sunt creta et charta. 
In mensa sunt chartae 
et creta. 

Litterae sunt in chartls. 



Sella Romana 


11 . Repeat the sentences in Reading Exercise II until each 
word and phrase is familiar. Be ready to answer these questions 
in Latin: 

1. Quid est in camera? 

2. Quid est in capsa aperta? 

3. Quid est in capsa? 

4. Quid est in plcturls? 

5. Quid est in chartls? 

6. Quid est in mensa? 


12 . 


VOCABULARY 


ca'mera, room 
cap'sa, box, bookcase 
cap'sa aper'ta, box for waste 
paper 

fenes'tra, window 
ia'nua, door 


lit'tera, letter (of alphabet ); pi., 
an epistle (letter) 
sel'la, seat, chair 
ta'bula ni'gra, blackboard 
hie, here 
il'lic, there 


13 . Answer these questions about Reading Exercise II: 

(1) What is the subject of the first sentence? second? third? 

(2) What is the ending or termination of the nominative 
singular? of the nominative plural? 

(3) What are the endings of the words following the preposi¬ 
tion in? The nouns having these endings are in the ablative 
case. 















FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


5 

14 . In the above sentences nouns show the following endings: 

Singular Plural 

Nominative -a -ae 

Ablative -a -Is 

15 . The ablative case has many uses in Latin, but is not 
found in English. In what way is it used in the sentences in 
this lesson? 

Write a rule for this use of the ablative case. 

16 . ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) What does camera mean in English today? 

(2) Compare Latin littera with English letter 

capsa “ « case 

tabula “ « table 

camera “ “ chamber 

Tell what change in spelling has taken place in each of these 
Latin words. Which have changed most ? 

(3) In Latin ianitor (ianua, door) meant a door keeper. What 
does janitor mean in English? 

(4) Can you connect capsule, literal, tabulate, negro, aperture 
with any of the Latin words in the lesson? 


LESSON III 

DIRECT OBJECT 

17 . Review: (1) You have learned the names of fifteen 
objects. Point to each object and make a statement in Latin 
about it. 

(2) Give the names of the two cases which you have learned. 

(3) What are the endings of these cases in singular? in plural? 

(4) Compare your rule for the use of the ablative case with 
Rule 12, Appendix 30. Learn Rule 12. 


6 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


18 . COMPLETION EXERCISE 

Fill in these blanks with Latin words expressing place where: 

1. Charta est- {on the table). 

2. Sellae sunt- {in the room). 

3. Litterae sunt- {on the blackboard). 

4. Chartae sunt- {in the waste-paper box). 


READING EXERCISE III 
Casa in Silva 


19 . Repeat these sentences after the teacher as the objects 
mentioned are pointed out: 

1. Femina est in casa. 

2. Puellae sunt in via. 

3. Casae sunt in silva. 

4. Femina in casa habitat. 

5. Puellae et femina in casa habitant. 

6. Femina et puellae in silva habitant. 

7. In casa feminam video {I see). 

8. In via puellas video. 

9. Puella aquam portat. 

10. Silvam video. 

11. Viam et casas video. 

12. In casls ianuae sunt. 

13. Fenestras non video. 

14. In plctura rosas et violas non video. 


20 . 


VOCABULARY 


ca'sa, hut 
fe'mina, woman 
puel'la, girl 
sil'va, forest 
vi'a, way, road, street 
quis? who? 

non, 


u'bi? where? 

ha'bitat, he (she, it) dwells, lives 
ha'bitant, they dwell, live 
por'tat, he (she, it) carries 
vi'deo, I see 
vi'des, you {sing.) see 
not 





Femina et Puellae in Casa Habitant 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


7 


























8 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


21 . What new endings are found in the nouns of Reading 
Exercise III? What is the use in the sentence of the words 
which have these endings? These words are in the accusative 
case. Compare the Latin accusative singular ending -am with 
the objective (accusative) ending of the English pronouns, him 
and them. 

22 . In the sentences of Reading Exercise III nouns show the 
following endings: 



Singular 

Plural 

Nominative 

-a 

-ae 

Accusative 

-am 

-as 

Ablative 

-a 

-is 


23. Write a rule telling in what case the direct object of a 
verb should be. 

24. Repeat the sentences in Reading Exercise III until they 
are thoroughly familiar, then answer these questions in Latin: 

1. Quis est in casa? 

2. Ubi sunt puellae? 

3. Ubi sunt casae? 

4. Ubi puellae habitant? 

5. Quis in casa habitat? 

6. Quid puella portat? 

7. Quid est in pictura? 

8. Quid vides? (What do you see?) 

In answering the last question name ten different objects. 

25. ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) Explain the meaning of via in the following sentence: 

I went to New York via Washington. 

(2) A knowledge of Latin words should enable you to under- 
stand better the meaning of related English words. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


9 


Explain the exact meaning of these phrases and words by 
connecting the English words in italics with Latin words learned 
in this lesson: 


feminine gender 
sylvan glade 
portable house 


inhabitant 

provide (pro, forward) 


LESSON IV 


POSSESSION 


26. Review: (i) Give the nominative singular and nomina¬ 
tive plural of rosa. 

(2) Write a Latin sentence using the nominative plural of 
rosa. 

(3) Give the ablative singular and ablative plural of sella. 

(4) Write a Latin sentence using the ablative plural of sella. 

(5) Compare the rule which you wrote for a direct object 
with Rule 7, Appendix 30. Learn Rule 7. 

27. COMPLETION EXERCISE 

Fill in the blanks with Latin nouns which will complete the 
meaning of the sentences. Be sure that these nouns have direct- 
object endings: 


1. In camera-video. 

2. In plctura-video. 

3. In mensa-et-video. 

4. In silva-video. 

5. In casa-video. 

6. In capsa-video. 

7. In tabula nigra-video. 


28. Repeat after the teacher the sentences in Reading 
Exercise IV as the objects in the pictures are pointed out. 


IO 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


READING EXERCISE IV 

(Picture page 7) 

1. Hie est casa feminae {woman’s). 

2. Illlc sunt filiae feminae. 

3. Casa feminae est in silva. 

4. Casa feminae ianuam habet, sed fenestras n 5 n habet. 

5. Filiae feminae sunt in via. 

6. Fllia feminae aquam portat. 

(Picture page n) 

7. In plctura Insulam, aquam, terram video. 

8. Agricolam et nautas video. 

9. Agricola terram arat. 

10. Hie est villa agricolae. 

11. Casae nautarum {of the sailors) sunt in Insula. 

12. Filiae nautarum sunt in casls. 

13. Fllia agricolae est in villa. 

14. Villa agricolae fenestras habet. 

15. Casae nautarum fenestras non habent, sed ianuas habent. 

29 . VOCABULARY 


agri'cola, farmer 
fi'lia, daughter 
in'sula, island 
nau'ta, sailor 
ter'ra, earth, land 


vil'la, farmhouse 
a'rat, he (she, it) plows 
ha'bet, he (she, it) has 
ha'bent, they have 
sed, but 


30 . (1) In each sentence in Reading Exercise IV (except 7, 
8, 9) name in Latin the person or persons who possess some¬ 
thing. What is the ending of these nouns in the singular? in 
the plural? 

(2) These are the endings of the genitive case , which cor¬ 
responds to the possessive case in English: agricolae, farmer’s, 
of the farmer; agricolarum, farmers’, of the farmers. 

31 . Write a rule for this use of the genitive case. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


II 












































































































































































































12 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


32 . In the sentences of Reading Exercise IV nouns show the 
following endings: 



Singular 

Plural 

Nominative 

-a 

-ae 

Genitive 

-ae 

-arum 

Accusative 

-am 

-as 

Ablative 

-a 

-Is 


33 . Repeat the sentences in Reading Exercise IV until they 
are thoroughly familiar, then answer these questions in Latin: 

1. Quid in pictura vides? 

2. Ubi sunt casae nautarum? 

3. Ubi est fllia agricolae? 

4. Ubi sunt flliae nautarum? 

5. Ubi sunt filiae feminae? 

6. Ubi est casa feminae? 

34 . ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) Which word in the vocabulary do we use in English with 
no change in spelling? 

(2) The Latin expression terra firma is frequently found in 
English. What is its meaning? 

(3) The English word habit is connected with the Latin verb 
habet. Can you see any connection in meaning? 

(4) Try to explain these English phrases by connecting the 
italicized words with Latin words learned in this lesson: 

arable land nautical science 

filial duty agricultural college 


Electric wires must be insulated. 





































































































LfSabat: 


I^CrusJumerium . i /tyUi 


.jSO'S's SAC, £8 


wdea 


Antium 




Miles 


Praejjeste ;: ' x '' 

O'# 


oman Ascendancy 

*--- 1 






































FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


13 


W LESSON V 

PREDICATE NOMINATIVE 

35 . Review: (1) Give the names and endings of the foqr 
cases which you have learned and tell when each case is used. 

(2) Compare the rule which you wrote for the use of the 
genitive case with Rule 3, Appendix 30. Learn Rule 3. 

(3) Form the possessive case of these words in English: girls, 
women, boy, he, it, they, Charles. 

36 . COMPLETION EXERCISE 

Fill in the blanks with words in the genitive case to denote 
possession and translate: 

1 . Fllia-in villa est. 

2. Villa-fenestras habet. 

3 . Flliae-in casa sunt. 

4 . Fllia-aquam portat. 

5 . Casae --in Insula sunt. 

6 . Casa-in silva est. 

37 . A map of modern or ancient Europe will be used for this 
lesson. 

Repeat the sentences in Reading Exercise V as the teacher 
points to the different places on the map (charta). 

READING EXERCISE V 
Charta Europae, Map of Europe 

1. Hie est charta Europae. 

2. Chartam Eurdpae video. 

3. In charta aquam et terram video. 

4. In charta Insulas video. 

5. Hie est Britannia. 

6. Britannia est Insula. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


*4 

7. Illlc sunt Gallia et Germania. 

8: Gallia et Germania non sunt Insulae. 

9. Hie est Hispania, hie est Italia, illlc est Graecia. 

10. Italia et Hispania et Graecia sunt paenlnsulae. 

11. Roma est in Italia. 

3V2. Gallia erat provincia Romae. 

13. Britannia quoque erat provincia Romae. 

1^. Hispania et Graecia erant provinciae Romae, sed Ger¬ 
mania non erat provincia Romae. 

15. Sicilia et Corsica et Sardinia sunt Insulae. 

16. Sicilia et Corsica et Sardinia erant provinciae Romae. 

*' 

38 . VOCABULARY 


Brkan'nia, Britain 
Euro'pa, Europe 
Gal'lia, Gaul 
Germa'nia,’Germany 
Grae'cia, Greece 
Hispi'nia, Spain 
Ita'lia, Italy 

Note. Paeninsula is formed 
Insula, an island. 


Sici'lia, Sicily 
Ro'ma, Rome 
paenln'sula, peninsula 
provin'cia, province 
e'rat, he (she, it) was 
e'rant, they were 
quo'que, also 

by combining paene, almost , and 


39 . In Sentence 6 in what case is the word Britannia? Insula? 
In Sentence 12 in what case is Gallia? provincia? 

In Sentence 13 in what case is Britannia? provincia? 

What relation exists between the case of th^ subject of the 
sentence and the noun which follows est or erat? 


40 . In English as well as in Latin a noun yf pronoun which 
completes the. verb to be and describes the subject is called a 
predicate noun and must be in the same case as the subject. It 
is correct to say “ It is I,” not “ It is me.” 


41 . Write a rule telling in what case a predicate noun should 
be. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


15 


42. ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

Compare carefully the spelling of each Latin noun in the 
vocabulary with its corresponding English noun. In some the 
spelling has changed very little, in others, as Hispania, the 
change has been greater. But each of these Latin nouns is still 
used in our own language with the same meaning which it had 
two thousand years ago in spite of the change in spelling. 


LESSON VI 

INDIRECT OBJECT 

43 . Review: (1) Compare the rule which you wrote for a 
predicate noun with Rule 2, Appendix 30. Learn Rule 2. 

(2) Be ready to make two statements in Latin about the map 
of Europe using a predicate noun in each. 

44 . COMPLETION EXERCISE 

Fill in these blanks with Latin nouns which will complete 
the meaning of the sentences. Be sure that the Latin nouns 
have the correct endings. Two should be subjects, two predicate 
nouns, three direct objects, and two should express place where: 

1. -est in via. 

2. -sunt in camera. 

3. In camera-video. 

4. Puella-portat. 

5. Creta est in-. 

6. Roma est in-. 

7. Britannia est-. 

8. Italia est-. 

9. In aqua-video. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


16 

45. READING EXERCISE VI 

1. Femina puellae (to the girl) rosam dat. 

2. Femina puellis (to the girls) chartam monstrat. 

3. Puella feminae sellam dat. 

4. Puella feminls plcturas mdnstrat. 

46. In each of the sentences in Reading Exercise VI there is 
an indirect object as well as a direct object. The indirect object 
is the person to whom something is given or shown. Notice the 
endings of the indirect objects: 

-ae in the singular, -Is in the plural. 

These words are in the dative case. 

47. In English the preposition to is generally used with the 
indirect object. 

The woman gives the rose to the girl. 

The woman gives the girl the rose. 

Note the change in order of words in the English sentence when 
to is omitted. 


48. READING EXERCISE VI (Continued) 

Fill in the blanks in these sentences with Latin words in 
the dative case and translate: 

5. Femina- (the girl) chartam dat. 

6. Puellae- (the sailor) rosas dant. 

7. Flliae agricolae- (the woman) aquam dant. 

8. Puellae- (the sailors) viam monstrant. 

9. Femina- (the girls) tabulam nigram monstrat. 

10. Puella - (the women) rosas monstrat. 

11. Femina- (the girl) chartam Europae monstrat. 

12. Filiae nautarum- (the farmer) casam monstrant. 

13. Agricola- (the woman) vlllam monstrat. 

49. Write a rule for this use of the dative case. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


17 


50 . VOCABULARY 

dat, he (she, it) gives mon'strat, he (she, it) shows 
dant, they give mon'strant, they show 

51 . Connect dative with dat and demonstration with monstrat; 
explain the meaning of these two English words. 


LESSON VII 

FIRST DECLENSION 

52 . Review: (1) Compare the rule which you wrote for the 
use of the dative case with Rule 5, Appendix 30. Learn Rule 5. 

(2) Write in Latin after first deciding which word in each 
sentence is a direct object and which is an indirect object: 

1 . The woman gives water to the farmer. 

2 . The woman shows the paper to the girls. 

3 . The sailor shows the pictures to (his) daughter. 

4 . The girls show the farmers the road. 

5 . The girl gives violets to the woman. 

Omit words in parentheses. 

53 . You have learned the names of twenty-six objects or 
persons which are in the schoolroom or illustrated in the two 
pictures which you have studied. Be able to name these objects 
in Latin when they are pointed out. 

You have learned the Latin names for four large islands and 
five countries of Europe, also the Latin words for province 
and peninsula. Spell these words in Latin. 

54 . (1) All the nouns used so far in these lessons belong to 
the first declension. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


•I 8 


(2) Nouns of the first declension end in 

-a in the nominative singular, 

-ae in the genitive singular. 

(3) To find the base of a Latin noun, drop the ending of the 
genitive singular. 

55. Almost all the nouns of the first declension are feminine 
gender. A few nouns like agricola and nauta which denote a man 
are masculine. 

56. You have already learned the names and endings of five 
cases and at least one use for each case. 

To decline a noun is to give all the cases in order in the singu¬ 
lar and plural. 

Be careful to pronounce and accent words correctly, not 
only in sentences but separately in lists and declensions. 

57. DECLENSION OF CASA 

Base, cas- 



Singular Endings 

Plural 

Endings 

Nom. 

casa, a hut -a 

casae, huts 

-ae 

Gen. 

casae, of a hut, hut’s -ae 

casarum, of huts, huts’ 

-arum 

Dat. 

casae, to or for a hut -ae 

casis, to or for huts 

-is 

Acc. 

casam, a hut -am 

casas, huts 

-as 

Abl. 

casa, from (by, -a 

casis, from (by, with, in) 

-is 


with, in) a hut 

huts 



There are two more cases in Latin which will be studied 
later. 


58. Write the declension of aqua and puella and the English 
translation of each form. 

59. Study the declension of casa until you know it well 
enough to write it with the English translation and case names 
in three minutes at most. Test yourself: Two minutes is very 
good, one minute is excellent. 



FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


19 


60. You have learned two uses for the nominative case, one 
for the genitive , one for the dative , one for the accusative , and one 
for the ablative. These different uses of the cases are called 
constructions. Find an illustration of each of these six construc¬ 
tions in the following sentences: 

61. 1 . Filia nautae est in silva. 

2 . Britannia erat provincia Romae. 

3 . Femina sellam puellae dat. 



Roman Baths, at Bath, England 

Bath, the ancient Aquse Sulis, was famous in Roman times for its hot springs. Here 
are very interesting remains, including a large pool, eighty-three by forty feet in size, and 
lined at the bottom with Roman lead, besides smaller bathing chambers and portions of 
the ancient pipes and conduits. The building and statues are modern restorations. 













20 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON VIII 

SECOND DECLENSION 

62. Review: Write the declension of femina and mensa, 
giving names of cases and English translation of each form. 

Be ready for a time test on either of these words. 

63. READING EXERCISE VII 

Culina et Area 

1. Hie est culina vlllae. Illlc est area. 

2. Cullnam et aream vlllae video. 

3. Area murum habet. 

4. Culina quoque muros habet. 

5. Ianua est in muro cullnae. 

6. Serva est in culina. 

7. Serva cenam parat. 

8. In culina sunt mensa et sella. 

9. In murls cullnae sunt plcturae. 

10. Dominus est in area. 

11. Equus, vacca, galllnae, gallus quoque sunt in area. . 

12. Equum, vaccam, galllnas, gallum video. 

13. Fllia et fllius dominl sunt in area. 

14. Dominus flliae et fllio equum monstrat. 

64. What new endings for nouns do you find in Reading 
Exercise VII? 

These are endings of nouns belonging to the second declension. 

65. Masculine nouns of the second declension end in -us, -er, 
-ir, in the nominative singular. 

The genitive singular ends in -I. 

66. The nouns of the second declension ending in -us are 
declined like murus. 



Dominus Filiae et Filio Equum Monstrat 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


21 






























































































22 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


Murus, wall: Base, mur- 


Singular Endings 

Nom. murus, a wall -us 

Gen. muri, of a wall, wall’s -I 
Dat. muro, to or for a wall -6 
Acc. murum, a wall -um 

Abl. muro, from (by, -6 
with, in) a wall 


Plural Endings 

muri, walls -i 

murdrum, of walls, walls’ -drum 
muris, to or for walls -is 

muros, walls -os 

muris, from (by, with, in) -is 
walls 


VOCABULARY 


67. 

a'rea, -ae,yard, court 
ce'na, -ae,/., dinner, meal 
culi'na, -ae,/., kitchen 
do'minus, -i, m., master ( of a 
household) 

e'quus, -i, m., horse 
fi'lius, -i, m., son 


galli'na, -ae,/., hen 
gal'lus, -i, m., rooster 
mu'rus, -i, m., wall 
ser'va, -ae, /., slave, maid¬ 
servant 

vac'ca, -ae,/., cow 
pa'rat, he (she, it) prepares 


68 . ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) We use the Latin word area in English with the spelling 
unchanged. Has the meaning changed? 

( 2 ) Connect the meaning of the italicized words in these 
sentences with Latin words learned in this lesson: 

She is skilled in the culinary aft. 

That is an equestrian statue. 

I saw a beautiful mural painting. 

The servant prepares the meal. 

Because of the smallpox epidemic everyone should be vaccinated. 

The president of the club dominated its policies. 

69. Repeat the sentences in Reading Exercise VII until they 
are thoroughly familiar, then answer these questions in Latin: 

1. Quid in plctura vides? 

2. Quid serva parat? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


23 


3. Quid est in mur 5 cullnae? 

4. Ubi est dominus vlllae? 

5. Quid in area vides? 

6. Quid dominus flliae et fllio monstrat? 

7. Ubi sunt filius et filia dominl? 

8. Quid est in cullna? 

70. Fill in these blanks with Latin words with the correct 
endings. Remember that you know words belonging to two 
declensions. Study again Rules 7 and 12, Appendix 30. 

i* Femina- (cow) et- (horse) habet. 

2. Plcturae sunt in- (the wall). 

3. Camera- (windows) et- (walls) habet. 

4. Sellae sunt in- (the room). 

5. Agricola- (horses) habet. 

6. Puellae sunt in- (the yard). 

7. Dominus- (hens) fllio monstrat. 

8. Nauta- (son) et- (daughter) habet. 

9. Serva est in- (the kitchen). 



Youth Reading a Papyrus Roll 

Relief on a sarcophagus 

The Dapyrus roll was sometimes very long. The entire Iliad or Odyssey might be con¬ 
tained in a single manuscript measuring one hundred and fifty feet in length. In the third 
century A.n. the unwieldly roll began to give way to a book, composed of a number of 
leaves held together by a ring. About this time, also, the use of vellum, or parchment 
made of sheepskin, became common. 






















24 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON IX 

SECOND DECLENSION (Continued) 

71. Review: (i) Write the declension of equus and Alius, 
giving names of cases and English translation of each form. 

(2) Be ready to decline rapidly murus and mensa. 

(3) Give the name of each object in the three pictures studied. 

(4) Make four statements in Latin about objects in the 
schoolroom. 


READING EXERCISE VIE 
Schola Romana 


72. 


1. In plctura scholam video. 

2. Hie est puer, illlc est magister. 

3. Magister est vir. 

4. In schola pueros et virum video. 

5. Hie sunt tabellae, stilus, calamus. 

6. Puer! tabellas habent. 

7. Litterae in tabellls puerorum sunt. 

8. Magister chartam et calamum habet. 

9. Tabellas, stilum, calamum video. 

10. Puer magistro tabellas monstrat. 

11. Puellae non sunt in schola Romana. 


Schola Americana 

12. Liber est in mensa. 

13. In capsa sunt librl. 

14. Puerl libros non habent, sed magister librum habet. 

15. Puer magistro chartam monstrat. 

16. Magister puerls libros dat. 

17. In muro est tabula nigra. 

18. Puellae sunt in schola Americana. 


Puer Magistro Tabellas Monstrat 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


25 












































































































































































26 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


73. What new nominative endings appear in Sentences 2, 3, 
8, 10 of Reading Exercise VIII? 

Words with these endings in the nominative singular are 
masculine nouns of the second declension and have the same 
case endings as murus except in the nominative singular. 

Two of these words drop the -e of the ending -er when they 
are declined. Can you tell which they are from the reading 
exercise? 


74. VOCABULARY 


ca'lamus -I, m., reed, reed pen 
li'ber, -bri, m., book 
magis'ter, -tri, m., teacher, mas¬ 
ter 

pu'er, pu'eri, m., boy 
vir, vi'ri, m., man 

vi'dent, 


scho'la, -ae,/., school 
sti'lus, -i, m., stilus {used for 
writing on a wax tablet ) 
tabel'la, -ae, /., wax tablet 
{usually plural) 
vi'det, he (she, it) sees 
they see 


75. ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) Compare Latin schola with English school 

magi st er “ “ master 

stilus “ “ style 

The spelling of these words has changed, but the meaning of 
the first two words has remained the same. The principal of an 
English school for boys is still called the headmaster. Style 
originally meant the instrument for writing, then the manner 
of writing, now the manner of performing any act. 

(2) Connect library and magistrate with liber and magister, 
puerile and virile with puer and vir. Notice that when the -e of 
the nominative is dropped in declining a Latin noun it is not 
found in the English related word. An English word derived 
from a Latin noun usually contains the base of that noun. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


27 


76 . THE DECLENSION OF PUER AND MAGISTER 
Puer, boy: Base, puer- Magister, teacher: Base, magistr- 


Singular 
Norn, puer 
Gen. pueri 
Dat. puero 
Acc. puerum 
Abl. puero 


Plural 

pueri 

puerorum 

pueris 

pueros 

pueris 


Singular 

magister 

magistri 

magistro 

magistrum 

magistro 


Plural 

magistri 
magistrdrum 
magistris 
magistro s 
magistris 


77 . Write the declension of vir and liber. 


78 . Repeat the sentences in Reading Exercise VIII until 
they are thoroughly familiar, then answer these questions in 
Latin, using the names of the objects in the picture for the 
lesson: 

1. Quid vides? 

2. Ubi sunt pueri? 

3. Quid pueri habent? 

4. Quid magister habet? 

5. Quid puer magistro monstrat? 

6. Quid magister pueris dat? 

7. Ubi sunt puellae? 


(a) 

GENITIVE 

CASE 

Singular 

Plural 

1 st Decl. 

2nd Decl. 

1st. Decl. 2nd Decl. 

-ae 


-arum -drum 


ABLATIVE 

CASE 

-a 

-6 

-Is -Is 


(b) What use have you learned for the genitive case? for the 
ablative case? 


28 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


80. COMPLETION EXERCISE 

Fill in these blanks with Latin nouns in the genitive or abla¬ 
tive case and translate: 

1. -( master's ) librum video. 

2. In- (wall) plcturas vides. 

3. Magister- (boy’s) stilum habet. 

4. Virl calamus est in- (the table). 

5. Magister- (girls’) libros in- (the chairs) videt. 

6. Puella- (woman’s) stilum habet. 

7. Fllil- (of the woman) sunt in- (school). 

8. Flliae- (of the sailors) sunt in- (the huts). 


LESSON X 

NEUTER NOUNS, SECOND DECLENSION 


81. READING EXERCISE IX 


Horreum Agricolae 

1. Hie est horreum agricolae. 

2. Horreum est prope (near) vlllam. 

3. In horreo sunt vaccae et equi. 

4. Galllnae et gall! quoque sunt in horreo. 

5. Sextus est fllius agricolae. 

6. Sextus calathum habet. 

7. Ova sunt in calatho. 

8. Sextus feminae ova dat. 

9. Agricola frumentum portat. 

10. Agricola auxilium orat. 

11. ServI agricolae auxilium dant. 

12. ServI frumentum portant. 

13. Frumentum est in horreo. 

14. In area fllias agricolae video. 

15. Puellae calathos habent. 

16. In calathls puellarum sunt rosae et violae. 


Sextus Feminae Ova Dat 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


29 



























30 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


82. 


VOCABULARY 


auxiTium, -i, n., aid, help 
ca'lathus, -I, m., basket 
frumen'tum, -I, n., grain 
hor'reum, -I, n., barn 
o'rat, he (she, it) asks, begs 

83. Can you connect these 
in the vocabulary? 

auxiliary 


o'vum, -I, n., egg 

ser'vus, -i, m., slave, manservant 

Sex'tus, -i, m., Sextus 

qui? ( pi .), who? 

English words with Latin words 
oval oration 


84. (i) What is the case of horreum in Sentence i? Sen¬ 
tence 2 ? of frumentum in Sentence 13 ? 

( 2 ) Words which end in -um in the nominative singular are 
neuter nouns of the second declension. 

(3) What is the nominative plural ending of these nouns 
(Sentence 7 )? accusative plural (Sentence 8 )? 

85. Rule for Neuter Nouns. A neuter noun always has the 
same form in the nominative and accusative. The nominative 
and accusative plural ending is -a. 


86. Frumentum, grain: Base, frument- 



Singular 

Endings 

Plural 

Endings 

Nom. 

frumentum 

-um 

frumenta 

-a 

Gen. 

frumenti 

-I 

frumentorum 

-orum 

Bat. 

frumento 

-6 

frumentis 

-is 

Acc. 

frumentum 

-um 

frumenta 

-a 

Abl. 

frumento 

-6 

frumentls 

-is 


87. Study carefully the sentences in Reading Exercise IX. 
Be ready to answer these questions: 

1. Ubi est horreum? 

2. Quid est in horreo? 

3. Quis est Sextus? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


31 


4. Quid in calatho habet? 

5. Quid agricola portat? 

6. Qu! agricolae auxilium dant? 

7. Quid puellae in calathls habent? 


88 . (a) 


DATIVE CASE 


Singular 

1st Decl. 2nd Decl 


Plural 

1st Decl. 2nd Decl. 


-6 


-is 


-is 


ACCUSATIVE CASE 


MAS. NEUT. 


-am 


-um 


-as 


-os -a 


(b) What use have you learned for the accusative case? for 
the dative case? 


89. 


COMPLETION EXERCISE 


Fill in these blanks with Latin nouns in the dative or accusa¬ 
tive case and translate: 


1. Magister- {to the boys ) tabellas dat. 

2. Femina- {to the girls ) calathos dat. 

3. Puella feminae- {the book) monstrat. 

4. Pueri agricolae- {the road ) monstrant. 

5. ServI- {grain) portant. 

6. In calatho puer- {eggs) habet. 

7. Flliae agricolae- {horses) habent. 

8. Sextus- {to the farmer) ova dat. 


APPOSITION 


90. In the sentence, Sextus, filius agricolae, puerum videt, 

Sextus, the son of the farmer, sees the boy, filius refers to Sextus 
and explains who Sextus is. It is said to be in apposition with 
Sextus. A word in apposition has the same case as the word 
to which it refers. See Rule 32, Appendix 30. 


32 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON XI 

FIRST PROGRESS TEST 

91. This lesson is a summary of what you should know about 
the Latin language. Test your own ability. Study carefully 
anything which you do not know thoroughly. Be ready for a 
spelling match in Latin and a written review. 


I. VOCABULARY 

You should know the pronunciation, spelling, and meaning 
of all words in the following list: 


aqua 

tabula nigra 

nauta 

erant 

liber 

charta 

hie 

terra 

quoque 

magister 

creta 

illic 

villa 

dat 

puer 

mensa 

casa 

arat 

dant 

vir 

plctura 

femina 

habet 

monstrat 

schola 

rosa 

via 

habent 

monstrant 

stilus 

viola 

puella 

sed 

area 

tabella 

est 

silva • 

Britannia 

cena 

videt 

in 

quis? 

Europa 

culina 

vident 

et 

habitat 

Gallia 

dominus 

auxilium 

quid? 

ubi? 

Germania 

equus 

calathus 

sunt 

habitant 

Graecia 

fllius 

frumentum 

camera 

portat 

Hispania 

galllna 

horreum 

capsa 

video 

Italia 

gallus 

ovum 

capsa aperta 

vides 

Sicilia 

murus 

servus 

ianua 

non 

Roma 

serva 

Sextus 

fenestra 

agricola 

paenlnsula 

vacca 

orat 

littera 

filia 

provincia 

parat 

qul? 

sella 

Insula 

erat 

calamus 


The words in the list above are given in the order in which they 
occurred in the lessons. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


33 


II. FORMS 

You should know all the different forms of each of these 
words and the English translation of each form: 

puella, equus, vir, liber, ovum, puer 

III. GENDER 

You should know the rule for the gender of nouns of the ist 
declension, nouns of the 2nd declension, and the two exceptions 
to the rule for the ist declension. 

IV. CONSTRUCTIONS 

You should be able to answer each question and to write a 
Latin and an English sentence illustrating each construction. 
In English sentences use pronouns when possible, as they show 
case by their form: 

(1) the subject of the sentence? 

(2) a predicate noun? 

In what case is (3) the direct object? 

(4) the indirect object? 

(5) the possessor? 

What case is used with the preposition in to denote place 
where? 



Slave’s Collar 

Servus Sum Scholastic!, V(iri) Sp(ectabilis). Tene Me Ne Fugiam Domo. 






34 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


BRITANNIA 

(1900 Years Ago) 

I. MEN OF BRITAIN 

Britannia est Insula. Britannia non est provincia Romae. 
Britannia est prope Galliam. Gallia est provincia Romae. Viri 
et feminae in Britannia habitant. In silvls Britanniae sunt 
ferae. Viri feras necant. BritannI equos et vaccas habent. 
Britannl sunt agricolae et agros arant. Horrea habent. Fru- 
mentum in horrels est. Britannl sunt nautae et navigia habent. 
In rlvls Britanniae navigant. 


Answer in Latin orally: 

1. Quid est Britannia? 

2. Ubi est Britannia? 

3. Quid est Gallia? 

4. Ubi sunt ferae? 

5. Qui sunt agricolae? 

6. Quid Britannl habent? 

7. Ubi Britannl navigant? 


II. BOYS AND GIRLS OF BRITAIN 

In Britannia puerl et puellae scholas non habent. Puerl tabel- 
las et libros non habent. Puerl virls auxilium dant. Puerl in 
agrls laborant et in silvls feras necant. Puellae et feminae quo- 
que in agrls laborant, sed in silvls feras non necant. Feminae 
cenam parant et puellae feminls auxilium dant. Puellae aquam 
portant et feminls dant. Britannl in casls habitant. 

1. Ubi puerl laborant? 

2. Ubi puerl feras necant? 

3. Quid feminae parant? 

4. Quid puellae portant? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


35 


III. A BRITISH QUEEN 

Boadicea est regina Britannorum. Boadicea in villa habitat 
et servas et servos habet. Regina in silvls cum virls feras necat. 
ServI reglnae in agrls laborant et servae reglnae in villa laborant. 
Regina non laborat. Boadicea fllios non habet, sed duas (two) 
filias habet. BritannI reglnam amant et pro regina (for their 
queen) pugnant. 

1. Quis est Boadicea? 

2. Ubi regina habitat? 

3. Ubi servI reglnae laborant? 

4. Ubi servae laborant? 



Queen Boadicea Urges the Britons to Defend Their Homes 










36 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON XII 

ADJECTIVES OF FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSION 


92. 


READING EXERCISE X 


1. Vir est altus, sed puer est parvus. 

2. Ianua est longa et lata. 

3- Ianua est aperta, sed fenestrae non sunt apertae. 

4. Tabula nigra est longa. 

5. Mensa est lata et longa. 

6. Murus est altus et longus. 

7. Puella est parva, sed puer est magnus. 

8. Capsa est alta, sed non est lata. 

9. Fllius agricolae est bonus, sed filiae agricolae sunt malae. 

10. Mall pueri non sunt in schola. 

11. Villa agricolae est magna, sed casa nautae est parva. 

12. Agricola est magnus, sed nauta est parvus. 

13. Magister puerls parvis chartam monstrat. 

14. In mensa sunt librl puerorum parvorum. 

15. In casls parvis nautae habitant. 

16. Viliam magnam video. 

17. Puella parva rosas magnas habet. 

18. In calatho puer parvus ova habet. 

19. Dominus libros fllils et flliabus 1 dat. 

1 The dative and ablative plural of filia end in -abus. This ending distinguishes 
it from fllius in the dative and ablative plural. Note the two forms in Sentence 19 
carefully. 

93. VOCABULARY 

al'tus, al'ta, al'tum, high, deep, lon'gus, lon'ga, lon'gum, long 
tal1 mag'nus, mag'na, mag'num, 

aper'tus, aper'ta, aper'tum, open large 
bo nus, bo'na, bo'nun^, good ma'lus, ma'la, ma'lum, bad 


la'tus, la'ta, la'tum, wide 


par'vus, par'va, par'vum, small 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


37 


94. ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) We use the Latin word bonus in English today. What 
is its meaning? 

( 2 ) To what Latin adjectives are the following English nouns 
related? altitude, latitude, longitude, magnitude, malefactor. 

95. The adjectives in this lesson are declined 

(1) in the masculine gender like mums 

(2) in the feminine like casa 

(3) in the neuter like frumentum. 


They are called adjectives of the first and second declension. 
96. DECLENSION OF ALTUS: Base alt- 




Singular 



Plural 



MAS. 

eem. 

NEUT. 

MAS. 

EEM. 

NEUT. 

Nom. 

altus 

alta 

altum 

alti 

altae 

alta 

Gen. 

alti 

altae 

alti 

altorum 

altarum 

altorum 

Dat. 

alto 

altae 

alto 

altis 

altis 

altis 

Acc. 

altum 

altam 

altum 

altos 

altas 

alta 

Abl. 

alto 

alta 

alto 

altis 

altis 

altis 


97. Rule. An adjective agrees in gender, number, and case 
with the noun it modifies. 

98. ( 1 ) Find an adjective in each sentence of Reading Exer¬ 
cise X and tell what noun it modifies. 

( 2 ) Test the rule. Find out the gender, number, and case of 
each noun and whether the adjective agrees with it. 


Gladius Romanxjs 










38 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


99 . COMPLETION EXERCISE 

Fill in the blanks with Latin adjectives limiting the nouns 
which precede the blanks and translate. Be sure that the ad¬ 
jectives agree in gender , number , and case with the nouns which 
they modify: 


1. Femina-puero-aquam dat. 

2. Magister librum-puerls-monstrat. 

3. Vir-est in casa-. 

4. Plcturam-video. 

5. In schola sunt puellae --. 

6. Agricola-equum-habet. 

7. Agricola vlllam-habet. 


LESSON XIII 

ADJECTIVES OF FIRST AND SECOND 
DECLENSION (Continued) 

MULTUM IN PARVO, Much in little 

100 . READING EXERCISE XI 

1. Stilus est niger, sed charta est alba. 

2. Ova sunt alba. 

3. Equus agricolae erat niger. 

4. Vaccae agricolae erant albae. 

5. Puella rosas albas habet. 

6. Rosae sunt pulchrae. 

7. Filia feminae est parva et pulchra. 

8. American! sunt liber!, sed servi non sunt liber!. 

9. Serv! sunt miser!, quod magister est malus. 

10. Miser! serv! sunt defessl. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


39 


11. ServI agricolae boni non sunt miseri. 

12. Femina puellae parvae rosam pulchram dat. 

13. Tabellas et stilum porto. 

14. Libros multos portamus. 

15. Agricola equos multos habet. 

16. Equus niger est in horreo. 

17. Servus miser terram arat. 

18. Puer tabellas novas habet. 

19. Magister puero bono calamum novum dat. 

20. Puer stilum novum habet. 

21. In charta litterae multae sunt. 

22. In charta Europae multae provinciae Romae sunt. 

23. In mensa calamus magistri est. 

24. Magister chartam puero parvo dat. 


101. VOCABULARY 


li'ber, -era, -erum, free 
mi'ser, -era, -erum, wretched 
ni'ger, -gra, -grum, black 
pul'cher, -chra, -chrum, pretty 
por'to, I carry 

quod, 


al'bus, -a, -um, white 
defes'sus, -a, -um, tired 
mul'tus, -a, -um, much, many 
no'vus, -a, -um, new 
porta'mus, we carry 
because 


102. The adjectives ending in -er differ in declension from 
altus in the nominative masculine singular only. 

Note that some of these adjectives retain the -e and some 
drop it. 

The English related words show the base of the Latin adjec¬ 
tive. 


Connect Latin miser 
liber 
niger 
pulcher 


with English myerable 
11 liberty 
“ negro 
“ pulchritude 


40 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


103. DECLENSION OF LIBER: Base liber- 


SlNGULAR 

MAS. FEM. NEUT. 


Nom. liber libera liberum 

Gen. liberi liberae liberi 

Dat. libero liberae liber6 

Acc. liberum liber am liberum 

Abl. libero libera libero 


Plural 

MAS. FEM. NEUT. 

liberi liberae libera 

liber drum liberarum liberorum 
liberis liberis liberis 

liberos liberas libera 

liberis liberis liberis 


104. Write the declension of pulcher (thirty forms) using 
the base pulchr-. 

105. Write in Latin: 

1. The small girl has many eggs in the basket. 

2 . The farmer has a black horse and white cows. 

3 - The teacher gives the book to the good boy. 

4. The sailor’s daughters are not pretty. 

5 . The master of the farmhouse has many slaves. 



lUGUM ET ArATRUM 




FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


41 


LESSON XIV 

POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES 

106. Review: Write the declension of miser (thirty forms) 
and of niger (thirty forms). Time yourself. Two minutes for 
each word is excellent. 

107. Study the following sentences: 

1. Lib rum meum porto. 

2. Librum tuum portas. 

3. Libros vestros portatis. 

4. Libros nostros portamus. 

5. Puer librum suum {his) portat. 

6. Puella librum suum {her) portat. 

7. Puellae libros suos {their) portant. 

8. Pueri libros suos {their) portant. 

108. VOCABULARY 

me'us, -a, -um, my, mine nos'ter, -tra, -trum, our 

tu'us, -a, -um, your ves'ter, -tra, -trum, your 

su'us, -a, -um, his, her, its, their por'tas, you {sing.) carry 
porta'tis, you {pi.) carry 

109. ( 1 ) Meus, tuus, suus, noster, vester are possessive 
adjectives and agree in gender, number, and case with the nouns 
which they modify. 

Meus, tuus, suus are declined like altus; noster and vester 
are declined like pulcher. 

(2) Position. In the above sentences do possessive adjectives 
precede or follow the nouns which they modify? This is the 
normal or regular position of possessive adjectives. Write a rule 
for the position of possessive adjectives. 

(3) Tuus means your when modifying a noun (either singular 
or plural) belonging to only one person: Sextus , this is your 
(tuus) book , these are your (tul) pens . 


42 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


Vester means your when modifying a noun belonging to more 
than one person: Girls, this is your (vestra) table, these are your 
(vestrl) books. 

(4) Suus can be used for his, her, its, their only when the sub¬ 
ject of the sentence possesses the object: 

Puer librum suum habet; the boy has his book. 

Puella librum suum habet; the girl has her book. 

Puerl libros suos habent; the boys have their books. 

Puellae libros suos habent; the girls have their books. 


110 . 


2. 

3- 

4 - 

5- 
6 . 

7- 

8 . 

9 - 

10. 


11. 


12. 

*3- 

14. 

IS- 

16. 

17 * 

18. 

19 - 


23- 


READING EXERCISE XII 

Liber meus est in mensa. 

Ubi sunt libri vestrl? 

Libr! nostr! sunt in sellls. 

Librum meum porto, libros vestros portatis. 
Ubi est calamus tuus? 

Calamus meus est in libro. 

Puer calamum suum habet. 

Puella calamum suum habet. 

Virl libros suos habent. 

Tabellae tuae et stilus sunt in camera mea. 
Rosae meae sunt in calatho tuo. 

Agricola equo suo frumentum dat. 

Magister puero librum suum monstrat. 
Dominus servls suis auxilium dat. 

Calathos nostros portamus. 

Quis calathum tuum habet? 

Quis novum librum meum habet? 

Ubi sunt sellae nostrae? 

Ubi sunt plcturae vestrae? 

Servus miser auxilium orat. 

Servus miser est defessus. 

Dominus servos multos habet. 

Magister novam chartam Europae habet. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


43 


111 . Write in Latin: 

1. The boy carries his books. 

2. The women have their baskets. 

3. Our books are in the bookcase. 

4. The man shows his books to the boys. 

5. My pen is on the table. 

6. Your {said to one person ) book is in the bookcase. 

7. Your {said to more than one person ) chairs are not in the room. 

8. Your {said to more than one person) book is in the bookcase. 

9. Your {said to one person ) chairs are not in the room. 

LESSON XV 

ACCENT AND PRONUNCIATION 

112 . This lesson contains the rules for dividing a Latin word 
into syllables and for accent and pronunciation. So far you 
have pronounced by imitating your teacher and watching 
marks of accent. By studying these rules and applying them, 
you can pronounce new words without the aid of the teacher. 
The rules for dividing a word into syllables, length of syllables, 
and accent should be learned. The rules for pronunciation need 
not be learned, but should be used for reference constantly. 

All these matters are simpler in Latin than in English because 
not so irregular. With a little patience at first and much prac¬ 
tice you will soon master the main facts. 


113 . {a) SYLLABLES 

(1) A Latin word has as many syllables as it has vowels or 
diphthongs: a-ma-mus, pro-vin-ci-a, lau-do. 

(2) In dividing a word into syllables a single consonant goes 
with the following vowel: fe-mi-na, ta-bu-la. 


44 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


When there are two consonants one goes with the following 
and one with the preceding vowel: sil-va, cap-sa; but when 
the second consonant is 1 or r, both consonants generally go 
with the following vowel: a-gri-co-la, fe-nes-tra. 

Double consonants are always divided: pu-el-la. 

(i b ) NAMES OF SYLLABLES 

(1) The last syllable of a word is called the ultima. 

(2) The syllable next to the last is called the penult. 

The word penult is formed by combining the words paene 
(almost ) and ultima. 

(3) The syllable before the penult is called the antepenult. 


(c) LENGTH OF SYLLABLES 

(1) A syllable is long when it contains a long vowel or a 
diphthong. 

(2) A syllable containing a short vowel is long when it is 
followed by two consonants. 

(a) If the two consonants consist of a mute followed by 
1 or r the syllable is not long unless it contains a long vowel or 
diphthong. 

The mutes are p, t, c, k, q; b, d, g; ph, th, ch. 

(b) The double consonants x and z represent a combination 
of sounds and therefore are considered as two consonants. 


ACCENT 

114 . (1) When a word has two syllables accent the penult. 

ter'-ra. 

(2) In a word of more than two syllables accent the penult 
when it is long , accent the antepenult when the penult is short: 

gal-ll'-na, in'-su-la. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


45 


EXERCISE 


115. Divide the following words into syllables and indicate 

the accent: 

pueri 

frumentum 

portatis 

magistris 

calathus 1 

monstrant 

Britannia 

filius 

llberorum 

paenlnsula 

portamus 

properat 

1 th has almost the sound of t and is not considered two consonants: so also ph 
and ch. 


116. PRONUNCIATION 


The letters of the Latin alphabet are the same as those of the 
English alphabet except that there is no w or j. How many 
letters are there in the English alphabet? How many in the 
Latin alphabet? 

(a) CONSONANTS 

Pronounce consonants as in English except in the case of those 
given below: 


c and ch like c in can: camera 
s like 5 in set: rosa 
v like w in wall: via 
x like x in exercise: ex 
ph and th nearly equivalent to p 
and t: Phoebus, calathus 


bs and bt have sound of ps and 
pt: urbs, obtineo 
g like g in get: gallina 
t like t in to: munitio 
i (consonant) like y in yet: ianua 


(b) VOWELS 


Each vowel has one long and one short sound, pronounced 
nearly like the English sounds in the following words: 


Long 

a as in father: navigo 
e as in they: mensa 
i as in machine: filia 
6 as in note: provincia 
u as in rude: pictura 


Short 

a as in idea: paro 
e as in get: terra 
i as in pit: via 
o as in obey: rosa 
u as in put: puella 


46 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


(C) DIPHTHONGS 

A diphthong results from the rapid pronunciation of two 
vowel sounds so that they blend into one sound, pronounced 
nearly as in the following English words: 

ae like ai in aisle: praemium 
au like ow in how: laudo 
oe like oi in oil: proelium 
ei like ei in rein: hei! 
eu like eu in feud: neuter 


LESSON XVI 

PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF PORTARE 

117 . Review Section 107, Lesson XIV. 

In this exercise you find the verb porto used in 

Singular 

1 st person porto, I carry, I am carrying, I do carry 

2nd person portas, you carry, you are carrying, you do carry 

3rd person portat, he (she, it) carries, he is carrying, he does carry 

Plural 

1 st person portamus, we carry, we, are carrying, we do carry 
2nd person portatis, you carry, you are carrying, you do carry 
3rd person portant, they carry, they are carrying, they do carry 

118 . (1) These forms belong to the present tense because 
they represent present time. 

(2) They belong to the indicative mode because they state- 
facts. 

(3) They belong to the active voice because the subject acts. 


NUM/O/ 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


47 

























































48 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


119 . Giving the forms of a verb for the different persons in 
order, first in the singular, then in the plural in a given voice, 
mode, tense is called conjugating the verb in that voice, mode, 
tense. In Section 117 the verb portare is conjugated in the 
active voice, indicative mode, present tense. 

120 . The present indicative active is formed by adding the 
active personal endings to the present stem of the verb. 

121 . ACTIVE PERSONAL ENDINGS 

Singular Plural 

1st person -6 or -m, I -mus, we 

2nd person -s, you (sing.), thou -tis, you 

3rd person -t, he, she, it -nt, they 

122 . PRESENT STEM 

The present stem of any verb is found by dropping -re from 
the present active infinitive. The present active infinitive of all 
verbs of the first conjugation ends in -are and the present stem 
in -a—. 

123 . VOCABULARY 


VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION 


ist Person 

Infinitive 

Present Stem 

amo, I love, like 

amare, to love, like 

ama- 

aro, I plow 

arare, to plow 

ara- 

do, I give 

dare, 1 to give 

da- 

habito, I live 

habitare, to live 

habita- 

laudo, I praise 

laudare, to praise 

lauda- 

monstro, I show 

monstrare, to show 

monstra- 

oro, I ask, beg 

orare, to ask 

ora- 

paro, I prepare 

parare, to prepare 

para- 

porto, I carry 

portare, to carry 

porta- 

voco, I call 

vocare, to call 

voca- 


1 Note the short a in dare ; the verb is slightly irregular. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


49 


124. Write the conjugation of amare and vocare in the pres¬ 
ent indicative active. Write three different English translations 
for each Latin form. 

125. READING EXERCISE XIII 

1. Quid portas? Calathum porto. Ubi habitatis? In 
America habitamus. Puer parvus in Italia habitat, sed puellae 
parvae in Britannia habitant. 

2 . Puer auxilium orat. Magister puero auxilium dat. Puer! 
bon! magistro tabellas monstrant. Puer malus tabellas non 
habet. Quis puellae chartam dat? Puellae chartam do. Puella 
calamum habet. 

3 . Quid portatis? Libros nostros portamus. Ubi sunt 
tabellae vestrae? Magister tabellas nostras habet. Magister 
puellas laudat. 

4 . In Hispania habitamus. In villa habito. Ubi habitas? 
In Italia habito, sed in villa non habito. In parva casa alba 
habito. 

5 . Servas vocamus. Servae in cullna sunt. Servae cenam 
parant. Cenam non paramus. 

6 . Agricola in agr5 terram arat. Agricola flliam pulchram 
et bonam habet. Agricola flliam suam amat. Parva fllia 
agricolae servo defesso aquam dat. Servus frumentum portat. 

126. Study the first five sentences in Reading Exercise XIII. 
Can you tell the person and number of the subject of the sentence 
by the ending of the verb? 

127. Rule. Agreement of verb. — A verb agrees with its sub - 
ject in person and number. 

128. In what does an adjective agree with a noun? Com¬ 
pare the two rules for agreement. 


5o 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


129. Be ready to translate rapidly by a single Latin word: 


1. I do love 

2. He is carrying 

3. We are praising 

4. You {pi.) prepare 

5. They call 

6. You {sing.) are giving 

7. I am calling 

8. She shows 

9. You {pi.) are praising 

10. We do praise 

11. You {sing.) are preparing 

12. They live 


13. I am giving 

14. He is living 

15. We are carrying 

16. You {pi.) love 

17. They are giving 

18. You {sing.) give 

19. He does love 

20. They ask 

21. You {sing.) do love 

22. They are showing 

23. You {pi.) show 

24. He is praising 


130. ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

Can you connect the meaning of these English words with 
Latin verbs studied in this lesson? 

amiable orator 

habitable demonstrator 

laudable importer 


LESSON XVII 

EXPRESSIONS OF PLACE 

131. Review: ( 1 ) Be ready for a time test in writing the 
conjugation of the present tense of monstrare. Each Latin 
form must be translated in three different ways in English. 

( 2 ) Decline agricola and the adjective bonus together. 

( 3 ) Name the possessive adjectives. Give the rule for 
agreement of adjectives. Give the rule for the position of pos¬ 
sessive adjectives. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


51 


132. 


Puer Ambulat 


in camera 


ex camera 


ad cameram 


m cameram 


ab camera 


per cameram 


Study the illustrations. 

Tell just what is the meaning of the prepositions ad, ex, ab, 
per and what case is used with each preposition. 

What is the difference between the meaning of in when used 
with the ablative case and when used with the accusative case? 


133. 


Place 


in which 
from which 
out of which 


in, m 

a, ah, from 
e, ex, out of 


J Ablative Case 


into which 
to which 
through which 


in, into 

ad, to, toward > Accusative Case 
per, through ) 


Use ab and ex before vowels or h. 
either a or ab, e or ex may be used. 


Before consonants 


134. READING EXERCISE XIV 

1 . In camera ambulo. Ab fenestra ad mensam ambulo. Per 
ianuam ambulo. Puer ex camera ambulat. 

2 . Nauta ab Insula ad terram navigat. In navigio nautae 
est frumentum. Agri'cola ex navigio in horreum frumentum 
portat. Puerl in navigio sunt. Ab terra ad Insulam navigant. 
In Insula est casa nautae. 



















5 2 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


3. Servus ex horreo ad vlllam ambulat. Femina servum 
suum vocat et servus ad feminam properat. Quid servus habet? 
Servus ova in calatho habet. 

4. Pueri ad scholam non properant, sed puerl ab schola 
properant. Quid ad scholam portatis? Ad scholam libros 
nostros portamus. Novas tabellas quoque nostras portamus. 
Puer ab schola in aream properat. Puellae quoque in aream 
properant. Magister in area ambulat. 

135 . VOCABULARY 

ambulo, I walk ambulare, to walk 

navigo, I sail navigare, to sail 

propero, I hasten properare, to hasten 

navigium, I, n., boat 

136 . ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) Ambulo has become the English word amble. What 
change in spelling has taken place? Can you explain the 
meaning of the English words perambulator and ambulance? 

(2) Do you know any English words connected with navigo 
and navigium? with agricola, voco, nauta? 

COMPLETION EXERCISE 

137 . Fill in with the correct form of the Latin word and 
translate: 

1. Puer ex-( farmhouse ) ad- {hut) ambulat. 

2. Agricola ab- {yard) in- {barn) properat. 

3. Pueri per- {yard) in- {farmhouse) properant. 

4. Nautae ex- {huts) ad- {water) properant. 

5. Nautae ab- {land) ad- {island) navigant. 

6. ServI in- {kitchen) sunt. 

7. Femina et servae in- {yard) ambulant. 

8. Puellae per- {forest) properant. 

9. Pueri ab- {hut) ad- {school) ambulant. 

10. Ex- {room) per- {door) in- {road) propero 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


53 


LESSON XVIII 

PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF THE SECOND 
CONJUGATION 

138 . Review: (i) Decline puer and the adjective liber 
together. 

(2) What three prepositions are used with the ablative 
case? 

(3) What three with the accusative case? 

(4) How is the present stem of a verb found? 

(5) What are the active personal endings? 

(6) How is the present tense of a verb formed? 

139 . READING EXERCISE XV 

1. Chartam teneo. 

2. Cretam tenes. 

3. Puer calamum suum tenet. 

4. Libros nostros tenemus. 

5. Tabellas vestras tenetis. 

6 . Puellae calathos magnos tenent. 

7. Ab fenestra ad mensam sellam meam moveo. 

8. Ab muro camerae plcturas movemus. 

9. Serva ex camera in aream mensam movet. 

10. Puellae parvae vaccam magnam timent. 

11. Vacca magna puellas parvas terret. 

12. Puer equum non timet. 

13. Equus puerum non terret. 

14. Magistrum non timemus. 

15. Magister pueros parvos et puellas n 5 n terret. 

16. Virum malum timetis. 

17. Viri mall pueros terrent. 

18. Femina aquam altam timet. 

19. Puella aquam altam amat. 


54 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


20. Viros malos timemus. 

21. Viros bonos amamus. 

22. Puerl calamos habent. 

23. Virl puerls libros suos dant. 

24. Calamos vestros habetis. 

25. In villa pulchra habitatis. 

140 . What difference do you notice in the vowel preceding 
the personal endings of the following verbs taken from Sen¬ 
tences 18-25 above? 

timet timemus habent habetis 

amat amamus dant habitatis 


Verbs with the Stem Vowel E Belong to the Second Conjugation . 

141 . VOCABULARY 


VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION 


First Person 

habeo 

moveo 

teneo 

terreo 

timed 

video 


Infinitive 

habere, to have, hold 
movere, to move 
tenere, to hold 
terrere, to frighten 
timere, to fear 
videre, to see 


Present Stem 

hab e- 

move- 

tene- 

terre- 

time- 

vide- 


142 . PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 


Movere, to move 
Singular 

moveo, I move, I am moving, I do move 
moves, you move, you are moving, you do move 
movet, he (she, it) moves, he is moving, he does move 

Plural 

movemus, we move, we are moving, we do move 
movetis, you move, you are moving, you do move 
movent, they move, they are moving, they do move 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


55 


143 . Answer in Latin orally: 

1. Quid teneo? 

2. Quid tenes? 

3. Quid puer tenet? 

4. Quid tenetis? 


144 . Write in Latin. Each of your Latin sentences should 
contain only four words: 

1. The slave is moving the man’s bookcase. 

2. Huts do not have windows. 

3. The slaves are hastening from the barn. 

4. I do not have your (spoken to one person ) book. 

5. We do not fear deep water. 

6. The woman is giving the slave a basket. 

7. The man is master of the farmhouse. 


ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 


145 . Can you connect the meaning of these English words 
with verbs studied in this lesson? 


tenant 

timid 

tenable 

terror 

terrible 

terrify 

By the help of an unabridged 

English dictionary, ascertain 

and record in your notebook the 
English words: 

Latin source of the following 

urbane 

tabernacle 

salute 

vespers 

lunatic 

reporter 

actor 

sinister 

trivial 

dexterity 

Find and record in your notebook at least five English words 


associated by derivation with the following Latin verbs: paro, 
voco, porto, video, moved. 


56 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON XIX 

ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

IUSTITIA OMNIBUS, Justice for all. (Motto of District 
of Columbia) 

146. We have mentioned many English words which are 
connected with the Latin words in our lessons. It is necessary 
to notice that these words fall into two groups: 

(1) . English words which are the Latin words unchanged or 
slightly changed in spelling. Such English words are the exact 
or direct derivatives of the Latin words to which they cor¬ 
respond. 

(2) . English words which contain the base of a Latin word, 
with prefix or suffix. Such words are also derivatives, but not 
exact derivatives. For example, move is the exact derivative 
from moved, although movable, unmoved, immovable, and a num¬ 
ber of other English words contain the base of the verb moved 
and are also derivatives from moved. 

Words belonging to both of these groups are true derivatives; 
but when we speak of an exact derivative, we mean a word which 
corresponds in all its parts to the Latin original and not merely 
in base or fundamental element. In this lesson we shall speak 
only of exact derivatives and shall consider what changes, if 
any, these derivatives have undergone in spelling. 

147 . The first list contains a few Latin words which we are 
using with no change in spelling. Begin looking for such Latin 
words in your English reading and add to this list: 


I. Latin and English identical 


via 


area 


camera 


villa 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


57 


II. Ending dropped or changed to e 


Latin 

rosa 

pictura 

provincia 

laudo 

moveo 

charta 


English 

rose 

picture 

province 


laud 

move 

chart 


III. Latin suffix -ia becomes English -y 

These nouns of the first declension have practically the same 
meaning in both Latin and English. The form of the English 
word is slightly altered by the change of ending or suffix -ia 
to -y. Thus the Latin gloria becomes the English glory. 

Give the English equivalent of these nouns by changing -ia 
to -y: 

contr 5 versia Germania iniuria luxuria Sicilia 

custodia ignominia Italia memoria victoria 

IV. Latin -tia and - tium become English -ce 

Latin nouns ending in -tia or -tium become English nouns 
ending in -ce: diligentia becomes diligence; iustitia, justice. 

Give the English equivalent of these Latin nouns by changing 
-tia or -tium to -ce. Their meaning is almost unchanged: 

abundantia benevolentia impudentia servitium 

arrogantia circumferentia innocentia silentium 

avaritia gratia perseverantia spatium 

148 . Whenever you meet a Latin word ending in -ia, try 
to get the English meaning by changing -ia to -y before looking 
up the word in a vocabulary. In the same way if a Latin word 
ends in -tia or -tium try to get the meaning by changing -tia 
or -tium to -ce. 

Sometimes there will be no such English word, sometimes the 
meaning will not be the same, but many times the meaning of 
the Latin and the English words are the same or so nearly the 
same as to suggest the correct meaning. 


58 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


149. READING EXERCISE XVI 

1. Vir servum dlligentia ( on account of his diligence) laudat. 

2. Magister pueros perseverantia ( because of their persever¬ 
ance) laudat. 

3. ServI benevolentia dominum amant. 

4. ServI agricolam arrogantia non amant. 

5. Fer n in a. puellam innocentia amat. 

6. Magister puerum malum impudentia non amat. 

7. Puer memoriam bonam habet. 

8. Agricola abundantiam frumentl habet. 

9. Ab fenestra ad mensam spatium non est magnum. 

10. Erat silentium in camera quod magister illlc erat. 

11. Gloria RSmae erat magna et aeterna. 

12. Puer bonus perseverantiam magnam habet. 

13. Puerl et puellae silentium non amant, sed magister 
silentium amat. 

150. In the first six sentences name the words which are in 
the ablative case. What does the ablative case express in these 
sentences and how is it translated? 

Write a rule for this use of the ablative case. Compare with 
Rule 22, Appendix 30. 

151. Exempli gratia (e.g.), for the sake of illustration , is a 
Latin expression frequently found abbreviated in English. In 
this expression gratia is an ablative of cause. 

152. Write in Latin using only four Latin words in each 
sentence. Omit words in parentheses: 

1. The master praises the servant because of (his) perseverance. 

2. The teacher praises the boys on account of (their) diligence. 

3. The slaves love the farmer because of (his) benevolence. 

4. The woman praises (her) daughter on account of (her) prudence. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


59 


LESSON XX 


SECOND PROGRESS TEST 

153 . I. VOCABULARY 

You should know the pronunciation, spelling, and meaning of: 

(1) All words in the vocabulary on page 32. 

(2) All words in the following list: 


Adjectives 

Possessive Adjs. 

Nouns 

Verbs {1st Conj.) 

altus 

meus 

navigium 

amare 

apertus 

tuus 

-tium 

ambulare 

bonus 

suus 

servitium 

arare 

latus 

noster 

silentium 

dare 

longus 

vester 

spatium 

habitare 

magnus 



laudare 

malus 

Prepositions 

-tia 

monstrare 



abundantia 


parvus 

ex, e 


navigare 

albus 

ab, a 

arrogantia 

orare 

defessus 

in, (abl.) 

avaritia 

parare 

multus 

in, (acc.) 

benevolentia 

portare 

novus 

ad 

dlligentia 

properare 

liber 

per 

gratia 

vocare 

miser 


impudentia 


pulcher 

Conjunction 

innocentia 

Verbs ( 2nd Conj.) 

niger 

quod 

perseverantia 

habere 



-ia 

movere 



gloria 

tenere 



iniuria 

terrere 



memoria 

timere 



victoria 

videre 


- r . . , . II. FORMS 

You should know: 

(1) How to decline the adjectives novus, miser, niger; the 
nouns aqua, calamus, vir, magister, frumentum. 

(2) How to conjugate amare and habere in the present in¬ 
dicative active and three possible English translations for each 
Latin form. 


6o 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


III. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES ' 

You should be able to give two Latin words and their English 
derivatives under each of these heads: 

1. No change in spelling. 

2. Final syllable dropped. 

3. Final syllable changed to e. 

4. Suffix -ia changed to -y. 

5 . Suffix -tia changed to -ce. 

6 . Suffix -tium changed to -ce. 


IV. SYLLABLES AND ACCENTS 
You should know: 

(1) How to divide a Latin word into syllables. 

(2) When a syllable is long and when short. 

(3) When the penult is accented and when the antepenult. 


V. CONSTRUCTIONS 


You should know: 


(A) What case is used for 
What case is used 

( B) How to express place 


( 1. subject; 2. predicate noun 
1 3. possessor; 4. indirect object 

l 5. direct object 
to 6. express cause 

f 7. where; 8. from which 
<j 9. out of which; 10. into which 
In. to which; 12. through which 


{ 1. agreement of verbs 
2. agreement of adjectives 
3. position of possessive adjectives 

( D ) How to write correct Latin sentences illustrating each 
of these constructions or to recognize these constructions when 
found in Latin sentences. 

Which two constructions cannot be made apparent in English 
sentences? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


61 


THE GEESE SAVE ROME 

I. A PEACEFUL CITY 

Roma est magna et pulchra. Circum R5mam sunt agrl 
multi et latl. Multi agricolae agros arant et in horrels agricolae 
frumentum multum habent. Romae 1 virl multi et feminae 
multae habitant. Romani 2 fllios et fllias multas habent. 
Romani sunt liberl et laetl. Feminae Romanae sunt bonae et 
pulchrae. Romae 1 scholae sunt. Puerl magistros bonos habent. 

1 Romae, at Rome or in Rome. 2 Romani, the Romans. 

Answer in Latin orally: 

1. Quales (what kind of) agrl sunt circum Romam? 

2. Quales virl sunt Romani? 

3. Quales feminae sunt R 5 manae? 

4. Quales magistros puerl R 5 manl habent? 

II. THE GAULS BRING DEATH AND FAMINE 

Ab Gallia per Italiam Galll multi properant. Galll sunt 
magnl virl et bene pugnant: Galll pugnant et viros multos 
necant. Mox Galll Romam 1 properant. Agricolae sunt 
trepidl. Agricolae ab vlllls Romam 1 properant. Agricolae 
frumentum multum Romam 1 portant. Nunc Galll in vils 
prope Romam sunt. In agrls agricolarum sunt, in vlllls agri- 
colarum sunt. Galll viros necant et villas delent. Mox Galll 
ad muros Romae properant. Roma muros altos et portas 
validas habet. Sed Romae 2 est magna inopia frumentl. Puerl 
et puellae sunt ieiunae. Virl et feminae sunt ieiunae. 


1 Romam, to Rome; the preposition ad or in is omitted with names of towns. 

2 Romae, see Sec. 1, note 1. 


62 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 



Gall! in Muro Romae Sunt 
























FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


^3 


Answer in Latin orally: 

1. Unde (1 whence) Gall! properant? 

2. Quales virl sunt Gall!? 

3. Cur sunt agricolae trepidl? 

4. Quid agricolae Romam portant ? 

5. Quid Roma habet? 

6. Quales sunt pueri et puellae Romanae? 

III. THE SACRED GEESE SAVE ROME 

Prope murum Romae est cavea magna. In cavea sunt 
anseres . 1 Anseres sunt sacrl Iunonl {to Juno). Iuno est dea 
Romanorum. Iuno est magna et bona dea et RomanSs amat 
et servat. Romani benevolentia deam amant. Romani fru- 
mentum multum non habent, sed anseribus {to the geese) fru- 
mentum dant quod anseres sunt sacrl Iunonl. Cavea anserum 
{of the geese) est in Capitolio. 

Noctu virl Romani sunt defessl. Virl dormiunt 2 et Roma est 
quieta. Anseres autem non dormiunt. Galll ad muros furtim 
properant. Galius super Galium stat et nunc Gallus est in 
muro Romae. Anseres clamant et slgnum dant. Marcus 
Manlius prope murum est. Manlius anseres audit 3 et Galium 
necat. Manlius de muro Galium iactat. Galll sunt trepidl et 
fugiunt . 4 Anseres sacrl Romam servant. 

1 anseres, geese, nominative or accusative case. 

2 dormiunt, are asleep. 

3 audit, hears. 

4 fugiunt, they flee. 

%> 

Answer in Latin orally: 


1. Ubi sunt anseres? 

2. Quis est Iuno? 

3. Cur Romani Iunonem amant? 

4. Quo {to what place) Galll noctu properant? 

5. Ubi Gallus stat? 

6. Quis Galium necat? 

7. QuI Romam servant? 


4 



£ 


d 


d 


S .a 

g sq "S 
e .2 P 

11 s 

^ O U 

< ^ co 

<^__, <H—• . 

o o g 

<D <D 3 


« 

1) 

1- 

CJ 

• pH 

• pH 

c n 

a 

S 

a 

s 

a 

d 

o 

d 

cj 

H 

<D 

pH 

<v 

pH 

CD 

Ph 

C/5 

pq 

H 

H 

H 

On 

M 

O 

CN 

21 

CN 

CN 

cO 

CN 

H- 

CN 


O 

Ph 

"O 

d 

d 

M 

o 

+-> 

cn 

CJ ^ 
m-( d 
o »—> 

<d d 
a *Jh 
6 ‘S 

^ cj 

H PQ 


l-l 

d 

cn 

tt 
# CJ 

d eg 

+-> d 

c/) 

£ * 

> t—» 

4—1 UH 

O o 

<D <D 

*0, la d 

eg's 

D Q,j <D 

H H Ph 


fO 't to VO t>. 00 

M W M M m H 


X 

H 

< 

<d 

-d 

■4-> 

d 

o 

cn 

d d 

4-» d 

§ > 

£ s • 

o 5 , § 

3 kS .2 ‘o? 

►-> S a£ 

4 -H 4 -H ►—'v k 

o O hJ 1 «+H 

0> <D d ° 

ft "a ^ £ 

6 3 -s 2 

<D <U d O 

H H pq 


00 o\ o M 

m h M 


cn 

I g 

| 53 

n-i 

O O 



d 

cn 

w 


0) 


d 


cn 

d 

d 


a 

d 


C n r \ 

H CJ 


v-t 

4) 


d 

d 

• fH 

cn 

d 

a 

cn 

0) 

> 


<D 

a 

3 


t- 


• f—i 

a 

i~ 

d 

4-> 

^ £ 

d 

d 

o 

i—> 

CO 

e P 

«-*—< 

4_| 

3 m-h 

o 

o 

.3 o 

<D 

<D 

d iJ 

'a 

a 

d £ 

6 

3 

-Q 3 

<D 

QJ 

d <D 

H H 

H H 

CN 

CO 

d- v) 


cn 

d 

D 

> 

D 

C/5 

cn 

d 


a 

£ 


Fd 

<j 



C/5 

O 

£ 

hH 

Q 

P 

HH 

P 

w 

o 

£ 

w 

Q 

JZ5 

P 

O 

Pi 

p 4 

P 

CD 










































FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


65 



LESSON XXI 

IMPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF THE 
FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS 

ARS LONGA, VITA BREVIS, Art is long , life short. — SENECA 

154. The imperfect tense denotes action going on in the past. 
It is formed by adding -ba- and the personal endings to the 
present stem; -ba- is the sign of the imperfect tense. 


155. IMPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 


Portare: 

Stem porta- 

Movere: Stem move- 

Singular 


Singular 

portabam, 

I was carrying, 

movebam, 

I was moving, 


I carried 


I moved 

portabas, 

you were carrying, 

movebas, 

you were moving, 


you carried 


you moved 

portabat, 

he was carrying, 

movebat, 

he was moving, 


he carried 


he moved 

Plural 


Plural 

portabamus, we were carrying, 

movebamus 

, we were moving, 


we carried 


we moved 

portabatis, 

you were carrying, 

movebatis, 

you were moving, 


you carried 


you moved 

portabant, 

they were carrying, 

movebant, 

they were moving, 


they carried 


they moved 


156. Write the imperfect indicative active of narrare (to 
tell) and videre and the English translation of each form. 


66 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


167. ‘ READING EXERCISE XVII 

Colloquium 

Cornelia. Epistulam habeo. 

Iulia. Quis tibi {to you) epistulam dabat? 

Cornelia. Vir mihi {to me) epistulam dabat. 

Iulia. Quis erat vir? 

Cornelia. Vir erat Galba. 

Iulia. Ubi Galba habitat? 

Cornelia. Galba in Graecia habitabat, 
sed nunc in Italia habitat. Mihi fabulas 
multas de Graecia narrat. 

Iulia. Amasne 1 fabulas? 

Cornelia. Certe; fabulas amo, sed 
fabulas de populo Romano magis {better) 
amo. 

Iulia. Videbasne spectaculum? 

Cornelia. Ubi erat spectaculum? 

Iulia. Spectaculum erat in Campo Martio et multi vir! et 
multi puerl erant in Campo Marti 5 . 

Cornelia. QuI erant in spectaculo? 

Iulia. Multi virl et multi equl erant in spectaculo. 

Cornelia. Videbasne novum stabulum dominl? 

Iulia. Certe; novum stabulum videbam et in stabulo erant 
multi equl. 

Cornelia. Erantne equl pulchrl? 

Iulia. Equl erant nigrl et pulchrl. Equos nigros amo. 

Cornelia. Amantne servl dominum? 

Iulia. Servl dominum arrogantia non amant. Dominus 
non est vir bonus. 

Cornelia. Ubi est parva fllia dominl? 

Iulia. Puella parva in area est. 

1 When no interrogative word like quis or ubi introduces a question, -ne is at¬ 
tached to the important word in the question. The important word in a question 
usually comes first. -Ne is not translated; it is merely the sign of a question. 









FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


67 




158 . VOCABULARY 

epistula, -ae,/., epistle, letter de {prep, with abl.), about, con- 

fabula, -ae,/., fable, story cerning, from 

populus, -I, m., people nunc, now 

spectaculum, -I, n., spectacle, show narro, -are, to tell 

stabulum, -I, n., stable Campus Martius, Camp! Martii, 

certe, certainly m., Field of Mars 

The Campus Martius {Field of Mars ) was a large plain out¬ 
side the city of Rome, along the river Tiber. Here the Roman 
men and boys held games, races, etc. At the time of Caesar and 
Cicero the elections were held in the Campus Martius. Read 
Johnston’s Private Life of the Romans , page 216. 

ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

159 . Latin -ula, -ulus, -ulum = English -le 
Compare Latin ambulo with English amble 


epistula 

u 

u 

epistle 

fabula 

<c 

u 

fable 

spectaculum 

(C 

u 

spectacle 

stabulum 

a 

cc 

stable 

populus 

u 

<6 

people 


The letter u in these Latin words was lost in the course of 
time because the last two syllables were unaccented and conse¬ 
quently were slurred in pronunciation. What additional change 
in spelling do you notice in people ? 

160 . Write in Latin: 

1. The horses were in the stable. 

2. The farmer was praising the slave because of {his) diligence. 

3. The woman was giving the roses to the little girl. 

4. The boys saw the show in the Campus Martius. 

5. The teacher was telling a story to the girls. 

6. Julia was a Roman girl. 


68 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


161. 

Translate rapidly: 


VERB DRILL 


1. Narrabamus 

17. 

I was telling 

2. Parabant 

18. 

He moved 

3. Portas 

19. 

We were seeing 

4. Tenebam 

20. 

They have 

5. Videtis 

21. 

You (sing.) were moving 

6. Habebamus 

22. 

You (pi.) carry 

7. Portabas 

23- 

You (pi.) were telling 

8. Tenet 

24. 

I was moving 

9. Narrabas 

25- 

She was carrying 

10. Habemus 

26. 

They were having 

11. Movebatis 

27. 

I was seeing 

12. Videbat 

28. 

We were seeing 

13. Portabamus 

29. 

You (sing.) are telling 

14. Narrat 

30- 

We see 

15. Habebant 

3i- 

They moved 

16. Movebat 

32. 

He was seeing 


LESSON XXII 

FUTURE INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF THE FIRST AND 
SECOND CONJUGATIONS 

FIAT IUSTITIA, Let justice be done. 

162. Review: (i) Conjugate parare and terrere in the pres¬ 
ent and imperfect indicative active. 

(2) Decline magister. 

163. The future indicative active of the first and second 
conjugations is formed by adding -bi- and the personal 
endings to the present stem. 

(a) The first person singular has -bo instead of -bio. 

(b) The third person plural has -bu- instead of -bi-. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


69 


164 . FUTURE INDICATIVE ACTIVE 
OF PORTARE AND MOVERE 

Singular 

portabo, I shall carry movebo, I shall move 

portabis, you will carry movebis, you will move 

portabit, he will carry movebit, he will move 

Plural 

portabimus, we shall carry movebimus, we shall move 
portabitis, you will carry movebitis, you will move 
portabunt, they will carry movebunt, they will move 

165 . Write the future indicative active of vocare, narrare, 
videre, and timere and the English translation of each form. 

166 . READING EXERCISE XVIII 

Note the tense of each verb: 

1. Her! in silva ambulabamus. 

2. Hodie ad scholam properamus. 

3. Cras in aqua navigabimus. 

4. Her! servl agricolae terram arabant. 

5. Hodie servl in horreum frumentum portant. 

6. Cras servl ad Insulam navigabunt. 

7. In Insula parvas casas nautarum videbunt. 

8. Ad Insulam non navigabimus, sed navigium nautae 
videbimus. 

9. Movebisne libros tuos ab mensa? 

10. Certe; libros meos ab mensa movebo. 

11. Monstrabasne herl tabellas tuas magistro? 

12. Non, sed hodie tabellas meas magistro monstrabS. 

13. Magister tabellas bonas laudabit et pueros dlligentia 
laudabit. 

14. Cras magister puerls fabulam longam narrabit. 

167 . VOCABULARY 

heri, yesterday hodie, today eras, tomorrow 


70 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


168 . Write ii\i Latin noting carefully the tense of each verb 
phrase; review Lesson XIV: 

1. We shall hold our books. 

2. She will move her chair. 

3- You {pi.) are carrying your tablets. 

4. They were calling their daughters. 

5. He will call his son. 

6. They are holding their pens. 

7. The teacher will tell the boys a story. 

8. The slave will move the books from the table. 


LESSON XXIII 

PERSONAL PRONOUNS 

169 . Review: (1) Conjugate orare in the present, imperfect, 
and future indicative active. 

(2) Decline horreum magnum. 


170 . First 


Singular 


Norn. 

ego, I 

Gen. 

mei, my, of me 

Dal. 

mihi, to or for me 

Acc . 

me, me 

All. 

me, from (with, by, in) me 


Seconi 

Nom. 

tu, you 

Gen. 

tui, your, of you 

Bat. 

tibi, to or for you 

Acc. 

te, you 

Abl. 

te, from (with, by, in) you 


Person 

Plural 

nos, we 

nostrum, nostri, our, of us 
nobis, to or for us 
nos, us 

nobis, from (with, by, in) us 

Person 
vos, you 

vestrum, vestri, your, of you 
vobis, to or for you 
vos, you 

vobis, from (with, by, in) you 


Atrium of a Pompeian House with Stone Seat for Children in Triclinium 






























































































































































































































72 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


171 . READING EXERCISE XIX 

Domus Romana 

1. Ego tibi domum Romanam monstrabo. 

2. Nos ab via per ianuam in vestibulum ambulabimus. 

3. Servus prope ianuam stabit. 

4 - Nos per vestibulum ambulabimus et atrium intrabimus. 

5. In atrio nos statuas multas et pulchras videbimus. 

6. Medio in atrio nos impluvium videbimus. 

7. In impluvio erit aqua. 

8. Super impluvium domorum Romanarum spatium est 
apertum et in impluvium pluviae cadunt (fall). 

9. Ara erit prope impluvium ubi dominus deos orat. 

10. In atri 5 nos dominum et dominam videbimus. 

11. Post atrium dominus nobis tabllnum monstrabit. 

12. In tabllno dominus arcam magnam habebit et in area erit 
multa pecunia. 

13. Post tabllnum domina nobis peristylium monstrabit. 

14. In peristylio nos fllium et fllias dominae videbimus. 

15. Fortasse fllius pilam suam habebit et flliae pupas suas 
habebunt. 

16. Cullna erit prope peristylium. 

17. In cullna servae cenam parabunt. 

18. Mox servae nos ad cenam vocabunt. 

19. In trlcllnio nos cum (with) domino et domina cenam habe- 
bimus. 

172 . Answer in Latin orally: 

interrogAtiones de DOMO ROMANA 

1. Quis prope ianuam stat? 

2. Quid est in atrio? 

3. Ubi est impluvium? 

4. Quid est in impluvio? 

5. Ubi est ara? 

6. Quid est post atrium? 

7. Quid in tabllno dominus habet? 

8. Quid est post tabllnum? 


A Roman Atrium with View of Peristyle Beyond 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


73 



wmmm 




mm 


■ x. 


nHann 


ai m 

»^»»>wwo w ooc»^w<w»»^aw^ 














M* 


















































































































74 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


Peristyle of the House of the Vetth at Pompeii 

g. QuI in peristylio sunt? 

10. Ubi est cullna? 

11. Ubi dominus et domina cenam habent? 

For ground plan and pictures of Roman house see Johnston’s 
Private Life of Romans , pp. 120-138, or Sandys’ Companion to 
Latin Studies , pp. 219-224. 


173 . 

ego, mei, I 
tii, tui, you 

domina, -ae, /., mistress 
pecunia, -ae, /., money 
medius, -a, -um, middle 
fortasse, perhaps 


VOCABULARY 

post {prep, with acc.), behind, 
after 

prope {prep, with acc.), near 
intro, -are, to enter 
sto, stare, to stand 
erit, he (she, it) will be 


174 . ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) What is a pecuniary loss? a medium? 

(2) P.M. is the abbreviation for post meridiem, afternoon; 
P.S. for post scriptum, written after , postscript. 





















FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


75 


(3) The Latin noun stabulum is connected with the verb 
stare. What was the original meaning of a stable? 

(4) The Latin verb intrare became the French entrer, then the 
English enter. 

175 . Write in Latin expressing all pronouns: 

1. I am standing behind the table near the chair. 

2. I will not give you (sing.) money. 

3. You entered the room after me. 

4. I shall show you (pi.) my 1 doll. 

5. I shall give the boy my ball. 

6. Cornelia showed me her new book. 

7. Cornelia gave me her pen. 


1 Use the possessive adjective meus, -a, -um. 


LESSON XXIV 

PRESENT ACTIVE IMPERATIVE 
SALVE, Hail (Motto of the State of Idaho) 

176 . Review: (1) Conjugate videre in the present, im¬ 
perfect, and future indicative active. 

(2) Decline ego and tu. 

177 . 

(1) The present active imperative singular is the present stem 
of the verb. 

(2) The present active imperative plural is the present stem 
plus the ending -te. 

178 . PRESENT ACTIVE IMPERATIVE 


1st Conj. porta, carry 
2nd Conj. move, move 


Singular 


Plural 

portate 

movete 


76 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


179 . Rule. The imperative mode is used in giving commands. 

180 . VOCATIVE CASE 

The form of the vocative case is the same as the nominative 
except in nouns of the second declension ending in -us and -ius 
whose vocative endings are -e and -I respectively: Sexte, 
Luci, mi fill (my son). Meus has vocative mi. 

In Latin the vocative generally follows one or more words in a 
sentence: Quid, Sexte, portas? Sextus, what are you carrying? 

The vocative is the case of direct address. This is the sixth 
Latin case; see Section 57. 

181 . READING EXERCISE XX 

Let a pupil or pupils perform the commands given in the 
first seven sentences: 

1. Da mihi tabellas tuas. 

2. Da mihi librum tuum. 

3. Da mihi calamum tuum. 

4. Da mihi stilum tuum. 

5. Monstrate mihi, discipull mei, tabellas vestras. 

6. Move librum ex mensa. 

7. Movete, pueri, libros ex sellls. 

8. Porta, Sexte, sellam ex camera. 

9. Da mihi, Luci, librum meum. 

10. Monstra mihi, Iulia, pupam tuam. 

11. Da mihi, ml fill, pilam tuam. 

12. Voca, Cornelia, servas. 

13. Narra nobis, magister, fabulam de Roma. p ^pa Romana 

14. Ego, discipull mei, vobls fabulam longam narrabo. 

15. Propera, Luci, in aream et voca pueros et puellas. 

16. State, discipull mei, prope me et ego vobls fabulam 
longam de Roma narrabo. 

182 . VOCABULARY 

discipulus, -I, m., pupil Lucius, -I, m., Lucius 











Munich Gabriel von Max 


A Roman Maiden 









FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


77 


183 . ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) Discipulus has become disciple. 

What other words have we had in which -ula, -ulus, -ulum 
became ~le in English? Find the original meaning of disciple 
and compare with the meaning of discipulus. 

(2) N.B. stands for nota bene, note well. Nota is a Latin 
imperative form which we use in English. 

184 . The following list contains the Latin form of a few 
common English proper names. The names of the members of 
the class which do not appear in this list may be given Latin 
form. 

LATIN FORM OF ENGLISH NAMES 

Albertus, -I, Albert Florentia, -ae, Florence 

Anna, —ae, Anne, Anna Georgius, —I, George 

Carolus, -i, Charles Lucia, -ae, Lucy 

Helena, -ae, Ellen, Eleanor, Helen Maria, -ae, Mary 
Henricus, -i, Henry Gulielmus, -i, William 


185 . Write in Latin: 

1. Albert, show me your book. 

2. Henry, move your chair near the table. 

3. Florence, hasten to school. 

4. Mary, carry your books and tablets to school. 

5. George, tell the boys a story. 


186 . VERB DRILL 

Be ready to translate rapidly: 


1. Amat 

2. Habebit 

3. Narrabam 

4. Stabit 

5. Tenebant 

6. Dabamus 

7. Move 


8. Paratis 

9. Intrant 

10. Habitabunt 

11. Tenebatis 

12. Vocas 

13. Properate 

14. Oramus 


15. Monstrabas 

16. Timebo 

17. Videte 

18. Vocabitis 

19. Ambulamus 

20. Navigabat 

21. Terretis 


78 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


187 . ROMAN GREETING AND GOODBYE 

Salve, quid agis hodie? Greetings, how are you today? 
Gratias, bene est. All right, thank you. ( Thanks, it is well.) 
Vale. Goodbye. 


LESSON XXV 

THE PASSIVE VOICE 

188 . PRESENT TENSE 

In the active voice the subject acts : The boy carries a book. 

In the passive voice the subject is acted on by something else: 
The book is carried by the boy; the boy is struck with a stone. 

189 . In English the passive voice is formed by using some 
form of the verb to be: I am carried, I was carried, I shall be 
carried. 

In Latin the passive voice of the present, imperfect, and future 
tenses is formed by using the passive personal endings with the 
same tense signs and vowel changes that occur in the active 
voice, with the two exceptions which will be noted as they occur. 

190 . PASSIVE PERSONAL ENDINGS 

Singular Plural 

i st person -or, -r, I -mur, we 

2nd person -ris, you -mini, you 

yd person -tur, he -ntur, they 

191 . Compare carefully the present active and passive of 
portare. The only difference is in the endings. You can form 
the present, imperfect, and future passive of any verb if you know 
the active by using the passive endings instead of the active 
endings, with two exceptions mentioned in Section 189. 




FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


79 


192 . PRESENT INDICATIVE 


Active 

porto, I carry 
portas, you carry 
portat, he carries 


Passive 

Singular 

portor, I am carried 
portaris, you are carried 
portatur, he is carried 


Plural 


portamus, we carry portamur, we are carried 

portatis, you carry portaminl, you are carried 

portant, they carry portantur, they are carried 


193 . Write the present passive indicative of amare, laudare, 
vocare, and the English translation of each form. 


Femina puellam, vocat. The woman calls the girL 
(Active ) 

Puella ab (by) femina vocatur, The girl is called by the 
woman. ( Passive) 

Magister puerum laudat. (Active) 

Puer ab magistro laudatur. (Passive) 

Agricola servos vocat. 

ServI ab agricola vocantur. 

Puella calathum portat. 

Calathus ab puella portatur. 

195 . Compare the groups of sentences above and note that: 

(1) The object of the active verb becomes the subject of the 
passive verb. 

(2) The subject of the active verb becomes the agent by whom 
the act is done. 



196 . Rule. Personal agent with a passive verb is expressed 
by the ablative case with ab or a. 



8o 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


197 . READING EXERCISE XXI 

(a) Change the following sentences to the passive voice in 
Latin and translate: 

1. Agricola terram parat. 

2. Puer libros portat. 

3. Nauta puellam vocat. 

4. Magister puellas laudat. 

5. Servus frumentum portat. 

6. Femina me vocat. 

7. Magister puero chartam monstrat. 

8. Vir puer 5 equum dat. 

9. Magister nos laudat. 

10. Domina servas bonas laudat. 

(b) Change the following sentences to active voice in Latin 
and translate: 

1. Cena ab servis paratur. 

2. Mensa ex camera ab servo portatur. 

3. Aqua viro defesso ab femina datur. 

4. Libr! magistro ab puerls monstrantur. 

5. Libr! pueri ab magistro laudantur. 

198 . ENGLISH ADJECTIVES DERIVED FROM LATIN 

The following is a list of Latin adjectives declined like bonus 
which we use in English with practically the same meaning but 
without the Latin ending. In the last five, e has taken the place 
of the ending. 

Can you give the English equivalent of each of these 
adjectives? 

Africanus humanus rusticus densus 

barbaricus liquidus publicus dlvlnus 

domesticus placidus sordidus maritimus 

horridus rapidus splendidus serenus 

Romanus robustus timidus severus 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


81 


LESSON XXVI 

PRESENT INDICATIVE PASSIVE OF THE SECOND 
CONJUGATION 

199 . Review: (i) What are the passive personal endings? 

(2) Conjugate amare in the present indicative passive. 

(3) How is personal agent with a passive verb expressed? 

200 . PRESENT INDICATIVE PASSIVE 

Movere, to move 

Singular Plural 

moveor, I am moved movemur, we are moved 

moveris, you are moved movemim, you are moved 

movetur, he is moved moventur, they are moved 

201 . Write the present indicative passive of videre and 
timere and the English translation of each form. 

202 . READING EXERCISE XXII 

Change the following sentences from active to passive voice 
in Latin and translate: 

1. Magister nobis fabulas narrat. 

2. Puer mihi librum dat. 

3. ServI dominum severum timent. 

4. Magister dlligentia mea me laudat. 

5. Magister puerum timidum terret. 

6. Tu librum meum tenes. 

7. Nos sellas ex camera portamus. 

8. Ego fabulas de Roma amo. 

9. Serva sellam et mensam mo vet. 

10. Pueri in Campo Martio spectaculum vident. 


82 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


203 . VERB DRILL 


Be ready to translate rapidly by a single Latin word. 


1. He is moving 

2. He is moved 

3. He will move 

4. He was moving 

5. We are carried 

6. We are carrying 

7. We were carrying 

8. We shall carry 


9. You (sing.) see 

10. You (sing.) are seen 

11. You (sing.) will see 

12. You (sing.) were seeing 

13. Move (sing.) 

14. They are praised 

15. You (pi.) are feared 

16. I am praised 


204 . VOCABULARY 


fortuna, -ae,/., chance, fortune 

fuga, -ae,/., flight 

luna, -ae,/., moon 

factum, -i, n., deed 

natura, -ae,/., nature, character 

bellum, -i, n., war 

patria, -ae,/., one’s country 

poeta, -ae,/., poet 


poena, -ae, /., penalty, punish¬ 
ment 

animus, -i, m., spirit, courage, 
feeling 

arma, -orum, n., arms, imple¬ 
ments 

capillus, -i, m., hair 


Translate into English: 

1. Nova et pulchra luna meam dominam ex camera vocat. 

2. Poeta capillos nigros et longos habet. De gloria naturae nobis 
monstrat. 

3. Gloria patriae viros ad bellum et ad arma et ad magna facta 
movebit. 

4. Fortuna bell! multas poenas viris magni animi tenet. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


83 


LESSON XXVII 

IMPERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE 


205. Review: Conjugate narrare and habere in the present 
indicative active and passive. 


206. To form the imperfect passive of any Latin verb replace 
the active endings by passive endings: 


FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION 


Singular 


portabar, I was carried, I was 
being carried 

portabaris, you were carried, you 
were being carried 
portabatur, he was carried, he 
was being carried 


movebar, I was moved, I was 
being moved 

movebaris, you were moved, you 
were being moved 
movebatur, he was moved, he 
was being moved 


Plural 


portabamur, we were carried, we 
were being carried 
portabaminl, you were carried, 
you were being car¬ 
ried 

portabantur, they were carried, 
they were being 
carried 


movebamur, we were moved, we 
were being moved 
movebamini, you were moved, 
you were being 
moved 

movebantur, they were moved, 
they were being 
moved 



Templum Iovis CapitolIni 
Coin of Vespasian 





84 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


READING EXERCISE XXIII 

207. Cubiculum Romanum 

1. Spectate, discipuli mel, et vobls de cubic ulo Romano 
narrabo. 

2. Domus Romana multa cubicula habebat. 

3. Cubicula erant circum atrium. 

4. Hie sunt domina et serva. 

5. Domina in cathedra sedet. 

6. Flabellum pulchrum ab serva tenetur. 

7. In mensa est lucerna. 

8. Lucerna ab serva ad mensam portabatur. 

9. Illlc est altus lectus. 

10. Noctu domina in lecto dormiet (will sleep). 

11. Serva ante ianuam cubicull dormiet. 

12. Domina in villa magna habitat. 

13. Equos multos et vaccas habet. 

14. Prope vlllam sunt agrl multi et magnl. 

15. Multi servl dominae in agrls laborant. 

16. Domina est bona et servls dona multa dat. 

17. Domina ab servls non timetur sed amatur. 

18. Domina vlllae fllium et flliam habet. 

19. Puer et puella ab servo bono docentur. 

20. Servus in Graecia habitabat et erat magnus vir. 

21. Nunc est servus in Italia, sed non est miser, quod dominam 
bonam habet. 

208. Answer in Latin orally: 

1. Quid est in cubiculo? 

2. Ubi femina sedet? 

3. Quid serva tenet? 

4. Ubi domina noctu dormiet? 

5. Cur domina ab servls amatur? 

6. Quis flliam et fllium dominae docet? 

7. Qualis femina est domina vlllae? 


CUBICULUM Ro 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


85 































































86 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


VOCABULARY 


209 . 

ager, agrl, m., field 
ante {prep, with acc.), before, in 
front of 

cubiculum, -i, n., bedroom 
doced, -ere, to teach 
deus, -i, m., god 
pugna, -ae, /., fight 
donum, -I, n., gift 


noctu, at night 
sedeo, -ere, to sit 
specto, -are, to look, look at 
cur? why? 

regina, -ae,/., queen 
vita, -ae, /., fife 
locus, -i, m., place 


210 . 


ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 


(1) What is a docile boy? an agrarian law? 

(2) What was the original meaning of doctor? 

(3) What Latin words which you have learned are connected 
with ager and spectare? 

(4) A.M. is the abbreviation for ante meridiem, before noon. 

(5) What is the meaning of ante bellum? 

(6) By the help of an unabridged English dictionary, ascer¬ 
tain and record in your notebook the Latin source of the follow- 


bonus 

doctor 

miser 

circus 

alumnus 

pagan 

virtue 

umbrella 

superb 

suburb 


211 . Write in Latin: 

1. The horse is feared by the little boy. 

2. The little girl was carried by the slave. 

3. The slave was praised by her mistress. 

4. The man was not loved because of his arrogance. 

5. The letter was given to the sailor by the slave. 

6. The beautiful queen was sitting in an open place in front of 
her home. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


87 


LESSON XXVIII 

FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE 

212 . Review: (1) Decline the adjective magnus. 

(2) Conjugate monstrare and videre in the present and im¬ 
perfect indicative active and passive. 

(3) Conjugate portare and movere in the future indicative 
active and compare with the future passive given below. 

213 . FUTURE INDICATIVE PASSIVE 

FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION 


Singular 

portabor, I shall be carried movebor, I shall be moved 

portaberis, you will be carried moveberis, you will be moved 

portabitur, he will be carried movebitur, he will be moved 

Plural 

portabimur, we shall be carried movebimur, we shall be moved 

portabimim, you will be carried movebimini, you will be moved 

portabuntur, they will be carried movebuntur, they will be moved 

Compare active portabzs with passive porta beris 
movebis “ “ moveberis 

Note the e before the personal ending of the passive form. 
This is one of the two exceptions mentioned in Section 189. 

214. Write the future indicative passive of vocare, servare, 
docere, monere, and the English translation of each form. 


88 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


READING EXERCISE XXIV 


215. 


De Periculo Puerorum 


Quattuor pueri in silva ambulabant. Pueri erant Sextus, 
Lucius, Marcus, Titus. Pueri longe ab via mediam in silvam 
ambulabant. Media in silva erat rivus magnus. Pueri aquam 
rlv! spectabant et nare cupiebant {wished). Sextus, Lucius, 
Marcus bene nabant, sed Titus non bene nabat. 

Vir prope rlvum stabat. Navigium vir! in rivo erat. Pueri 
de periculo aquae ab viro monebantur. Vir pueros monebat 
quod aqua erat alta et periculdsa. Quattuor pueri tamen non 
terrebantur et in aqua rivl nabant. 

Titus in altam aquam nabat et terrebatur. Titus clamabat, 
11 Servate me, servate me! ” Lucius et Marcus ad Titum pro- 
perabant, sed aquam perlculdsam timebant. Titus iterum 
clamabat et vir ad Titum navigabat. Titus ab viro servabatur 
et ad terram portabatur. Nunc pueri in perlculosa aqua non 
nant. 



Pueri Nare Cupiunt 









FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


216 . Answer in Latin orally: 

INTERROGATIONES de perIculo puerorum 

1. QuI erant puerl? 4. Qualis erat aqua rlvl? 

2. Nabantne 1 puerl bene? 5. Quid Titus clamabat? 

3. Ubi puerl nabant? 6. Quis Titum servabat? 

1 -ne. See Section 157 note. 


VOCABULARY 


217 . 

bene, well 

clamo, -are, to cry out 
longe, far 
moneo, -ere, to warn, advise 
no, nare, to swim 


periculum, -i, n., peril, danger 
periculosus, -a, -um, dangerous 
quattuor ( indecl .), four 
rivus, -i, m., brook, stream 
servo, -are, to save 


218 . ADVERBS FORMED FROM ADJECTIVES 


Adverbs are formed from many adjectives of the first and 
second declension by adding -e to the base of the adjective. 


Adjective 

bonus, good 
longus, long 
malus, bad 
liber, free 


Adverb 

bene, 1 well 
longe, far 
male, badly 
libere, freely 


1 bene and male are slightly irregular in ending. How? 


219 . ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) Compare the spelling of Latin clamo with English claim 

periculum “ “ peril 

periculosus “ “ perilous 

(2) What is a mulet? a wutatorium? a Refactor? 

(3) Can you connect admonish and presmx? with verbs in the 
vocabulary? 

(4) Find and record in your notebook at least five English words 
associated by derivation with the following: servo, pugno, teneo, 
puto, specto, habeo, moneo. 


9° 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


220 . Write in Latin: 

1. The man warned the boys of (de) the danger. 

2. The deep water will frighten Titus. 

3. The boys are in danger because of their imprudence. 

4. Titus will be saved by the man. 

5. The man’s boat is near the bank of the stream. 

221 . VERB DRILL 

Give the tense and voice of each verb or verb phrase and then 
translate rapidly: 


1. Portaberis 

16. 

Docentur 

2. Movebitur 

17. 

Portamur 

3. Docebuntur 

*18. 

Moneb 5 

4. Portant 

19. 

Docebunt 

5. Vocabor 

20. 

Portabuntur 

6. Monetur 

21. 

I shall be saved 

7. Vocabimus 

22. 

You {pi.) will be warned 

8. Servabamur 

23 - 

It will be moved 

9. Moneris 

24. 

We shall be carried 

10. Docebatur 

25 * 

They will cry out 

11. PortabiminI 

26. 

They will be taught 

12. Servatur 

27. 

We were saved 

13. Movebimur 

28. 

They are called 

14. Vocabat 

29. 

He is carrying 

15. Servabitur 

30 * 

You {sing.) will be called 



Navis 










FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


pi 


LESSON XXIX 


ESSE, To Be 

222. Sum, I am, esse, to be, fui, I was, futurus, about to be. 
This is an irregular verb, the conjugation of which differs from 
that of the model verbs porto and moved in the three following 
tenses, to be memorized: 

PRESENT INDICATIVE 
Singular Plural 

sum, I am sumus, we are 

es, thou art, you are estis, you are 

est, he is sunt, they are 


IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 


Singular 

eram, I was 

eras, you were 

erat, he was 


Plural 

eramus, we were 
eratis, you were 
erant, they were 


FUTURE INDICATIVE 
Singular Plural 

ero, I shall be erimus, we shall be 

eris, you will be eritis, you will be 

erit, he will be • erunt, they will be 









92 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


224 . READING EXERCISE XXV 

1. Hodie nos in schola cum magistro sum us. 

2. Cras nos in Campo Marti5 cum virls erimus. 

3. Her! nos in agro cum agricola eramus. 

4. Her! ego in navigio cum nauta eram. 

5. Hodie ego in villa cum domina sum. 

6. Cras ego silvam cum pueris explorabd. 

7. Pueri in rivo nabunt et ego pueros spectabo. 

8. Pueri in aqua periculosa non nabunt, quod de periculo ab 
viro monebantur. 

9. Heri, Marce, tu eras puer malus, quod tu in schola non eras. 

10. Nabasne, Marce, in rivo heri? 

11. Ego in rivo non nabam, sed in silva ambulabam. 



Medicus Sexto MedicInam Dat 








FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


93 


12. Lucius et Titus mecum erant. 

13. Sextus noblscum non erat quod aeger erat. 

14. Sextus in cubiculo in lecto suo erat. 

15. Medicus Sexto medidnam dabat et hodie Sextus non est 
aeger. 

16. Cras in schola noblscum erit. 

17. Dabatne Sextus medico pecuniam? 

225. When cum meaning with is used with a personal pro¬ 
noun, it is attached to it: thus tecum is used instead of cum 
te, mecum for cum me, noblscum for cum nobis. 


VOCABULARY 


226. 

aeger, aegra, aegrum, sick, ill 
exploro, -are, to examine, explore 
cum {prep, with abl.), with 
postea, after that, afterwards 
nec {or neque), and not (neque 
. . . neque, neither . . . nor) 
amplus, -a, -um, large 


medicus, -i, m., physician 
medicina, -ae,medicine 
M.D. stands for Medicinae Doc¬ 
tor, doctor of medicine 
aequus, -a, -um, equal, level, 
kindly 

barbarus, -a, -um, foreign, rude 


227. Answer in Latin orally: 

INTERROGATIONES DE MARCO 

1. Cur erat Marcus malus puer? 

2. Nabatne Marcus in rlvo? 

3. Qui erant cum Marco? 

4. Cur Sextus cum puerls non erat? 

5. Cur Sextus aeger non est hodie? 

6. Eritne Sextus in schola cum Marco eras? 


228. Write in Latin expressing all pronouns: 

1. I was sick yesterday. 

2. Your physician, Marcus, gave me medicine. 

3. My physician is a famous man. 

4. Lucius walked to our school today. 

5. Tomorrow, boys, I shall be on your island with the sailor. 


94 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


229 . 


LESSON XXX 


THIRD PROGRESS TEST 


I. VOCABULARY 


You should know the pronunciation, spelling, and meaning of: 

(1) All words in the vocabulary on page 32. 

(2) All words in the vocabulary on page 59. 

(3) All words in the following list: 


Nouns 
1st Declension 
domina 
epistula 
fabula 
mediclna 
pecunia 

2nd Declension 
Masculine 

ager 

Campus Martius 
discipulus 
medicus 
populus 
rlvus 
Neuter 
cubiculum 
donum 
perlculum 
spectaculum 
stabulum 

Pronouns 

ego 

tu 


Adjectives 

aeger 

medius 

perlculosus 

quattuor 

Romanus 

Prepositions 

ante 

cum 

de 

post 

prope 

Adverbs 

bene 

certe 

eras 

cur 

fortasse 

her! 

hodie 

longe 

nunc 

noctu 


Verbs 

1st Conjugation 
clamare 
explorare 
intrare 
narrare 
nare 
servare 
spectare 
stare 

2nd Conjugation 
docere 
monere 
sedere 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


95 


II. FORMS 


You should know: 

(1) How to conjugate narrare and docere in present, im¬ 
perfect, and future active and passive and the English translation 
of each form. 

(2) The present active imperative singular and plural of 
narrare and docere and the English translation of each form. 

(3) How to conjugate the verb esse in present, imperfect, and 
future indicative and the English translation of each form. 

(4) How to decline (a) the adjectives medius, aeger, liber; 
( b ) the pronouns ego and tu. 

(5) How to form an adverb from an adjective of the first and 
second declension. 


III. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES 


You should know: 

(1) What these Latin suffixes become in English and an 
example of each: -ia, -tia, -tium, -ula, -ulum, -ulus. 

(2) What Latin words these common abbreviations stand for 
and their meaning: p.m., n.b., m.d., p.s., a.m., e.g. 

IV. CONSTRUCTIONS 

You should know: 


{A) What case is used for 


1. subject 

2. possessor 

3. indirect object 

4. direct object 

5. predicate noun 

6. the person addressed 




g6 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


where 
from which 
out of which 
into which 
to which 
through which 

(. D) How to express a command. 

(E) How (i) to illustrate these sixteen constructions by 
English sentences; (2) to write correct Latin sentences using 
these sixteen constructions; (3) to recognize and name these 
constructions when found in Latin sentences. 


(C) How to express place 


10. 

11. 

12. 
i3- 
14. 
iS- 


EPISTULA PUERI ROMAN! 

Letter from a Roman boy Gains to his friend Decimus, 
gAius decimo s. d. 1 

Sum cum avo et avia mea in villa magna prope Clusium. 

Hie scholas et magistros n 5 n habemus. Ego laetus sum quod 

•^j| libros et magistros non amo. Post 

H vlllam avl mel est silva magna. 

| In silva est rlvus altus et latus. 

Amicus meus, Titus, in rlvo mecum 

: 1 | saepe nat. Titus cum avo suo in 

casa prope vlllam avl mel habitat. 

_ Avus TitI est agricola bonus. Mag- 

Epistula _ . _ _ 

nos agros et muitas vaccas et equos 

habet. Avus TitI est amicus avl mel. Herl in silva lupum 

magnum videbamus. Nos terrebamur quod lupl saevl sunt. 

Nos clamabamus et servl avl mel ad n 5 s properabant. Servx 

saxa ad lupum iactabant, sed lupum non necabant. 

1 Gaius Decimo salutem dicit, Gains (says) sends greeting to Decimus. This 
was a common heading for a Roman letter. Roman letters were not signed at 
the end as the name of the writer was given in the heading. 




FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


97 


Her! ego cum Tito in rlvo nabam. Aqua erat gelida et hodie 
sum aeger. Avia mea medicum vocabat. Medicus mihi 
mediclnam malam dabat. Cras ego non aeger ero. 

Answer in Latin orally: 

1. Ubi est Gams? 

2. Cur est Gams laetus? 

3. Ubi Titus habitat? 

4. Quis est avus TitI? 

5. Quid habet avus TitI? 

6 . Cur est Gaius aeger hodie? 

7. Qualem mediclnam medicus Gaio dabat? 

Avus meus parvum servum Africanum habet. Servus niger 
et malus est. Her! avus meus servum parvum vocabat. “ Porta 
mihi, serve,” inquit, “ tabellas et stilum meum.” Servus 
ignavus est et non parebat. Avus meus Iratus erat et servus 
parvus ab magistro servorum verberabatur. Ego laetus eram 
quod servum parvum non amo. 

In a trio vlllae avl mel sunt statuae multae. Statuae sunt 
virorum clarorum, proavorum meorum. Avus mihi fabulas 
multas de proavis mels narrat. Avus mihi fabulas de gloria 
R5mae narrat. Proavl me! saepe ab avo meo factls magnls 
laudantur. Ego cum avo meo remanere cupio sed eras ad 
vlllam avunculi me! Ibo (/ shall go). Villa avuncull mel est 
prope Arretium. Ego te videre cupio. Cura ut valeas. 1 Vale. 2 

1 Cura ut valeas, take care that you keep well. 2 Vale, goodbye. 

Answer in Latin orally: 

1. Qualis est servus parvus? 

2. Cur erat avus Gail Iratus? 

3. Quales fabulas avus Gaio narrat? 

4. Cur proavl Gail ab avo laudantur? 

5. Quo Gaius eras Ibit {will go )? 


9 8 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON XXXI 


IS, EA, ID 


230. Is, ea, id is used either as a demonstrative pronoun or 
adjective, meaning this or that, or as the third personal pronoun 
meaning he, she, it. 

231. Is is declined as follows. The translation given is for 
is when used as a personal pronoun: 


Masculine 
Nom. is, he 
Gen. eius, his 
Dat. ei, to him 
Acc. eum, him 
Abl. eo, from (with, by) 
him 

Nom. ei, ii, they (mas.) 

Gen. eorum, their 
Dat. eis, iis, to them 
Acc. eds, them 

Abl. eis, iis, from (with, 
by) them 


Singular 

Feminine 

ea, she 
eius, her 
ei, to her 
earn, her 

ea, from (with, by) 
her 

Plural 

eae, they (fern.) 

earum, their 
eis, iis, to them 
eas, them 

eis, iis, from (with, 
by) them 


Neuter 

id, it 
eius, its 
ei, to it 
id, it 

eo, from (with, by) 
it 

ea, they (neut.), 
those things 
eorum, their 
eis, iis, to them 
ea, them, those 
things 

eis, iis, from (with, 
by) them, those 
things 


232. Suus, -a, -um, means his, her, its, their when referring 
to the subject of the sentence. Review Section 109 ( 4 ). Eius 
means his, her, its and eorum, earum, their when not referring 
to the subject. 

Puer librum suum habet. The boy has his book (his own book) 
Puer librum eius habet. The boy has his book (some other 

hoy’s book) 

Puella pupam suam habet. The girl has her doll (her own doll) 
Puella pupam eius habet. The girl has her doll (some other girl’s 

doll) 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


99 


233 . COMPLETION EXERCISE 

Fill in the blanks with the correct forms of is, ea, id and 
translate: 

1. - (that) puer est malus. 

2. - (he) librum non habet. 

3. Domina - (that) servam n 5 n amat quod - (she) non 

laborat. 

4. Dominus- (these) servls dona dabit quod- (they) sunt 

bonl. 

5. Ego ad oppidum cum- 1 (him) ambulabam. 

6. Ego cum- (that) viro non ambulabo. 

7. Nos in oppido- (them) videbamus. 

8 . Ego- (those) dona amlco me 5 non dabo. 

234 . READING EXERCISE XXVI 
Nammeius, Puer Helvetius 

1. Nammeius erat puer parvus. 

2. Is in terra Helvetia habitabat. 

3. Is erat fllius Moritasgl. 

4. Moritasgus vlllam magnam, horrea magna, agros multos 
et latos habebat. 

5. Moritasgus servos quoque multos et servas multas 
habebat. 

6. ServI eius in agris lab 5 rabant. 

7. El frumentum ab agris ad horrea Moritasgl portabant. 

8. In horrels eius erat multum frumentum. 

9. In agris eius erant equl multi et vaccae. 

10. Nammeius equum habebat. 

11. Moritasgus equum el dabat. 

12. Equus eius erat niger et pulcher. 

13. Nammeius equo suo frumentum dabat. 

14. Nammeius equum amabat et equus eum amabat. 

15. Magister Nammeil erat servus Graecus. 


IOO 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 



16. Nammeius non erat bonus discipulus, quod is libros non 
amabat. 

17. Villa Moritasgl erat prope lacum Lemannum (Lake 
Geneva). 

18. Nammeius navigium habebat et saepe ad insulam 
navigabat. 

19. In Insula nauta bonus habitabat et fIlium habebat. 

20. Nammeius et fllius nautae erant amici. 

21. Saepe fllius nautae cum Nammeio ad terram navigabat. 


Lacus Lemannus 
235. Answer in Latin orally: 

INTERROGATIONS DE NAMMEIO 

1. Ubi Nammeius habitabat ? 

2. Cuius (whose) fllius erat Nammeius? 

3. Quid Moritasgus el dabat? 

4. Quis erat magister Nammeil? 

5. Cur Nammeius n 5 n erat bonus discipulus? 

6. Quis erat amicus Nammeil? 

7. Ubi amicus Nammeil habitabat? 








FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


IOI 


VOCABULARY 


236 . 

amicus, -I, m., friend 
Helvetius, -a, -um, Helvetian 
is, ea, id, this, that; he, she, it 
creber, -bra, -brum, close, fre¬ 
quent 

egregius, -a, -um, outstanding, 
distinguished 

flnitimus, -a, -um, neighboring 
integer, -gra, -grum, whole 
officium, -I, n., duty 


laboro, -are, to labor, work 
oppidum, -I, n., town 
saepe, often, frequently 
pauci, -arum, -drum, few 
publicus, -a, -um, belonging to 
the people 

reliquus, -a, -um, left behind, 
remaining, rest of 
notus, -a, -um, known 


237 . ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) Which word in the above vocabulary do we use in English 
with no change except loss of ending? 

(2) Do you know any English word connected with amicus? 

(3) You frequently see the abbreviation i.e., id est. Write an 
English sentence using i.e. 


238 . Write m Latin expressing all pronouns: 


1. He has his 1 ball. 

2. She has her 1 doll. 

3. I have my book. 

4. We gave her money. 

We saw him in the town. 


6. That boy is Titus. 

7. He has her book. 

8. She has his book. 

9. She has their (the boys’) books. 

10. He has their (the girls’) books. 


1 See Section 232. 


LESSON XXXII 

COMPOUND VERBS 

239 . By combining prefixes with simple verbs, many com¬ 
pound verbs may be formed whose meaning is clear if the mean¬ 
ing of the prefix and the simple verb is known. There is such 
a large number of these compounds in Latin that the number of 
Latin words which one can understand is greatly increased by 
learning the force of the prefixes. 


102 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


240. The same prefixes which are found in Latin are used 
also in English. Learn the meaning of those given below and 
study the examples of their use. 

Prefix Meaning Latin Illustration , English 

Illustration 


a-, ab-, from, away avocare, to call away abstain 

ad-, to, toward, near adhibere, to have on hand, supply adjective 

con-, together continere, to hold together convene 

con-, thoroughly confirmare, to strengthen convince 

de-, down from, away deterrere, to frighten away deport 

e-, ex-, out of, forth exspectare, to look out, wait for expel 

in-, in, into, upon importare, to carry into import 


241. Notice that prefixes are sometimes altered to corre- 


spond with the initial consonant 
assimilation. 

of the stem. 

This is called 


Latin 

English 

ad- becomes ap- before p, 

apportare 

appeal 

con- becomes com- before p or m, 

commovere 

command 


comportare 

compel 

in- becomes im- before p, 

importare 

impose 


242. Observe also that after a prefix the vowel of the stem is 
often changed. Teneo becomes contineo. Habeo becomes 
adhibeo. 


243. State the meaning of the following compounds: 


emoveo 

adsto 

advoco 

commoveo 

comportd 

c 5 nsto 

Insto 

admoveo 

exporto 

exst 5 

evoco 

adsum 

apporto 

deportd 

convoco 

Inspecto 

244. 

VOCABULARY 


existimo, 

-are, think, believe 

permoveo, -ere, move strongly, 

occupo, -j 

are, seize 

excite 


sustineo, 

-ere, uphold, resist 

obtineo, -ere, 

hold fast, obtain 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


103 


pertineo, -ere, extend, belong to 
consilium, -i, n., advice, plan 
amicitia, -ae,/., friendship 
timidus, -a, -um, fearful, cow¬ 
ardly 

verus, -a, -um, true 
aut. . . aut, either ... or 


et. . . et, both . . . and 
ac (atque), and also, and 
iam, now, already 
etiam, also, even 
sub, under, close to {prep. w. abl., 
place where; or w. acc., place 
to which ) 


245. Translate into English: 

1. Vera amicitia non est timida; iniurils non facile {easily) per- 
movetur. 

2. Pauca consilia, etiam nostrorum flnitimorum, nobis nota sunt. 

3. Officium est Romano rum et occupare et cum diligentia obtinere 
id oppidum. 

4. Innocentia et egregia benevolentia ad amlcitiam pertinent. 

5. Consilia publica iam exlstimantur esse nota els. 


246. Translate into Latin: 

1. We shall carry the poor boy close to the wall. 

2. Either the mistress or her daughter is standing close to the wall. 


SUPPLEMENTARY READING 

We have by this time learned enough about the language of 
the Romans so that we are naturally interested to know more 
intimately how these progenitors of our modern civilization 
acted in private and public life, how their children were edu¬ 
cated, what games and amusements they enjoyed, how their 
time was spent in the home and about the city. Many glimpses 
of these things have been given in the pictures and readings 
of this book, but you are urged at this time to read more com¬ 
plete accounts in the following references or in some similar 
books: Otis, Our Roman Legacy (Heath, 1926), pp. 3-77; 
Mills, The Book of the Ancient Romans (Putnam, 1927), Chap. 


104 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON XXXIII 

PRINCIPAL PARTS 

247 . Verbs have four principal parts: 

(1) porto, I carry , present indicative active (ist per. sing.) 

(2) portare, to carry , present infinitive active 

(3) portavi, I have carried , perfect indicative active (ist per. sing.) 

(4) portatus, carried , perfect passive participle 

Every form of a verb is built on one of its principal parts. 

248 . The principal parts of the verbs of the first conjugation, 
as a rule, are formed like those of portare. 

249 . Review the verbs of the first conjugation (except do 
and sto) and form their principal parts. (See pp. 59 and 94 for 
lists.) 

250 . The principal parts of do and sto are slightly irregular: 

Pres. Ind. Pres. Inf. Perf. Ind. Perf. Part. Eng. Derivative 
do dare dedi datus {date) to give 

sto stare stetl status {state) to stand 

In what particulars are the principal parts of do and sto irreg¬ 
ular? 

251 . VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION 


habeo 

habere 

habul 

habitus {habit) 

to have } hold 

moneo 

monere 

monul 

monitus {monitor) 

to warn, advise 

terreo 

terrere 

term! 

territus 

to frighten 

teneo 

tenere 

tenul 


to hold 

timeo 

timere 

timul 


to fear 

doceo 

docere 

docul 

doctus {doctor) 

to inform, teach 

moved 

movere 

movl 

motus {motion) 

to move 

sedeo 

sedere 

sedl 

sessus {session) 

to sit 

video 

videre 

vldl 

vlsus {vision) 

to see 




FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


105 

IRREGULAR VERB ESSE 

sum esse fui futurus ( future ) to be 

English related words are given in parentheses after the 
participles of verbs when the English word will assist in re¬ 
membering the form of the participle. 

252. READING EXERCISE XXVII 

Colloquium. Marcus et Nammeius 

Nammeius. Quis es? 

Marcus. Sum Marcus, puer Romanus, et in Italia habito. 
Quis es tu? 

Nammeius. Ego sum Nammeius, films Moritasgl. In terra 
Helvetia habito. 

Marcus. Ubi est terra Helvetia? 

Nammeius. Terra Helvetia est prope Galliam. Terra 
Helvetia Gallia et Germania et Italia continetur. Terra Hel¬ 
vetia est parva. 

Marcus. Multine virl in terra Helvetia habitant? 

Nammeius. Certe. Multi virl ibi habitant et cum Germanls 
saepe pugnant. 

Marcus. Ubi est Moritasgus? 

Nammeius. Is est in castrls Romanis cum Helvetils. Ego 
portam castrorum video. Quot portas castra Romana habent? 

Marcus. Castra Romana quattuor portas habent. 

Nammeius. Ego quoque fossam altam et vallum altum video. 
Cur castra fossam et vallum habent? 

Marcus. Fossa alta et vallum altum Romanos ab Gallls 
servant. 

Nammeius. Pugnantne Galll cum Romanis? 

Marcus. Galll cum Romanis saepe pugnant, quod Gall! 
Romanos arrogantia non amant. 

Nammeius. Habesne gladium? 

Marcus. Ego gladium non habeo. 


io6 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


Nammeius. Ego gladium novum habeo. Moritasgus eum 
mihi dabat. 

Marcus. Eamus {let us go) in castra Romana. 

253 . VOCABULARY 

castra, -orum, n., camp porta, -ae, /., gate 

contineo,-ere,-ui,-tentus,to bound, pugno, -are, -avi, -atus, to fight 


contain, keep quot? ( indecl .), how many? 

fossa, -ae, /., ditch vallum, -I, n., wall, palisade 

gladius, -i, m., sword 



Hadrian’s Wall in Northern England at Cuddy’s Gap 

254 . ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) What sort of a boy is a pugnacious boy? What is a portal? 

(2) Can you connect fossil with fossa? 

(3) The English word wall, once the Latin vallum, is among 
the oldest Latin derivatives in our language. The Roman walls 
are the most conspicuous remains which the Romans have left 
in England. 

(4) The Latin word castra has become the English Chester. 
It also was one of the first Latin words used in English. 

Many Roman camps became permanent towns. A number of 
such towns are found in England and many of them retain the 
Latin word castra: Chester, Glou cester, Ro Chester, Dor Chester, etc. 

255 . Suggested Drill: 

Decline fossa, gladius, vallum, castra. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


107 


LESSON XXXIV 

PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 

256. PERFECT STEM 

The perfect stem of a verb is found by dropping -I (a personal 
ending) from the third principal part: 

Third Principal Part Perfect Stem 


portavi 

portav- 

dedi 

ded- 

steti 

stet- 

movl 

mov- 

habul 

habu- 

vldi 

vld- 

fui 

fu- 


257. The perfect indicative active of all verbs is formed by 
adding the perfect personal endings to the perfect stem. 

The perfect personal endings differ from those used in any 
other tense. 


258. PERFECT PERSONAL ENDINGS 



Singular 

Plural 

1 st person 

-I 

-imus 

2 nd person 

-istl 

-istis 

3 rd person 

-it 

-erunt 


259. PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE OF PORTARE 


Singular 

portavi, I have carried, 

I carried 

portavistl, you have carried, 
you carried 
portavit, he has carried, 
he carried 


Plural 

portavimus, we have carried, 
we carried 

portavistis, you have carried, 
you carried 

portaverunt, they have carried, 
they carried 


io8 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


260 . Form the perfect indicative active of the verbs in 
Section 256 by adding the perfect personal endings to their 
perfect stems. Write the perfect indicative active of these verbs 
and the two English translations of the first person singular. 

261 . PERFECT AND IMPERFECT 


English (Verb or Verb Phrase) 
I was carrying 
I have carried 

I carried 


Corresponding Latin Tense 
imperfect 
perfect 
imperfect 
or 

perfect 


The perfect tense is the tense regularly used in narration, that 
is, in telling or narrating past events. 

The imperfect tense is used in description, that is, in describing 
a past situation or a circumstance attending or leading up to 
a past act. 



Parva Rubra Mitella Lupum Videt 












FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


109 


After translating the following story, tell which sentences 
mark the successive stages in the story. The verbs in these 
sentences should be in the perfect tense. Which sentences 
describe situations or circumstances attending or leading up 
to the different stages of the story? The verbs in these sen¬ 
tences should be in the imperfect tense. 

262. READING EXERCISE XXVIII 

Parva Rubra Mitella 

1. Olim prope silvam femina et filia habitabant. Puella 
appellabatur Parva Rubra Mitella, quod ea rubram mitellam 
semper habebat. Avia Parvae Rubrae Mitellae ultra silvam 
habitabat. 

2. Femina filiam vocavit et el dixit, 1 “ Porta calathum ad 
aviam tuam. Ova et crusta sunt in calatho.” 

3. Parva Rubra Mitella ad casam aviae properabat cum 
(when) subito ea lupum vldit. Lupus erat prope earn et puella 
parva magnopere terrebatur. 

4. Lupus earn rogavit, “ Quid, puella parva, portas? ” 

5. Parva Rubra Mitella respondit, “ Ego calathum ad 
aviam meam porto. Avia mea est aegra.” 

6. Lupus rogavit, “ Ubi avia tua habitat? ” 

7. Puella parva respondit, “ Ea ultra silvam prope rlvum 
in casa alba habitat.” 

8. Turn lupus in silvam properavit et Parva Rubra Mitella 
erat laeta. Mox ea casam aviae vldit. Ea ad ianuam properavit 
et ianuam pulsavit. 

9. “ Intra,” vox (a voice) dixit. 

10. Puella casam intravit et ad lectum ambulavit. In lecto 
lupus erat. Puella parva lupum spectavit et terrebatur quod 
os et ocull aviae tarn magnl erant. 

11. “ Cur, avia, sunt ocull tul tarn magnl? ” puella parva 
rogavit. 

1 dixit, she said — the perfect tense of dicere. 


no 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


12 . “ Ut te, fllia mea, melius videam,” 1 lupus respondit. 

13 . “ Cur, avia, est os tuum tam magnum? ” puella parva 
rogavit. 

14. “ Ut te, fllia mea, melius edam,” 2 lupus respondit. 

15 . Lupus ex lecto desiluit 3 et puellam rapuit . 4 Turn vir, 
qul (who) in silva laborabat, in casam properavit et Parvam 
Rubram Mitellam servavit. 

1 “ Ut... videam,” that I may see. 

2 “ Ut. .. edam,” that I may eat. 

3 desiluit, perfect tense of desillre, to leap , jump. 

4 rapuit, perfect tense of rapere, to seize. 

263 . VOCABULARY 

laetus, -a, -um, happy ruber, -bra, -brum, red 

lupus, -I, m. y wolf semper, always 

oculus, -I, m., eye turn, then 

appello, -are, -avi, -atus, to call cum, conj., when 
rogo, -are, -avi, -atus, to ask 

responded, -ere, respond!, responsus, to answer, respond 

Connect appellation with the participle appellatus, interroga¬ 
tion with rogatus, response with responsus. 

264 . Answer in Latin orally: 
interrogationes de parvA rubra mitellA 

1. Quocum 1 {with whom ) Parva Rubra Mitella habitabat? 

2. Ubi avia Parvae Rubrae Mitellae habitabat? 

3. Quid ad aviam Parva Rubra Mitella portabat? 

4. Quid lupus earn rogavit? 

5. Quid puella parva respondit? 

6. Cum Parva Rubra Mitella casam aviae intravit, cur terrebatur? 

7. Quid ea lupum rogavit? 

8. Quid lupus el respondit? 

9. Quis Parvam Rubram Mitellam servavit? 

1 Cum is frequently attached to an interrogative or relative pronoun. Cf. 
Section 225. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


III 


265 . Write in Latin expressing all pronouns: 


1. Little Red (Riding) Hood lived in a hut near the forest. 

2. The grandmother lived in a small white hut. 

3. The little girl was hastening through the forest to her grand¬ 
mother’s hut. 

4. She was carrying eggs and cakes. 

5. She saw a large wolf near the road. 

6. She was frightened by the wolf. 

7. The wolf will not kill her. 

8. Little Red (Riding) Hood will be saved by a man. 

LESSON XXXV 

PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT 
INDICATIVE ACTIVE 

VENI, VIDl, VlCI, I came, I saw , I conquered. — caesar 

266 . Review: (1) How is the perfect stem of a verb found? 

(2) Name the perfect active endings. 

(3) Give the principal parts of habeo, moneo, terreo, timed, 
teneo. 

(4) Write the perfect indicative active of monere and two 
English translations of each form. 

267 . PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 


Perfect Stem, -era-, and Personal Endings 

Pluperfect of Portare 


Singular 

portaveram, I had carried 
portaveras, you had carried 
portaverat, he had carried 


Plural 


portaveramus, we had carried 
portaveratis, you had carried 
portaverant, they had carried 


112 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


268. FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE 
Perfect Stem, -eri-, and Personal Endings 

Future Perfect of Portare 


Singular Plural 

portavero, I shall have carried portaverimus, we shall have carried 
portaveris, you will have carried portaveritis, you will have carried 
portaverit, he will have carried portaverint, they will have carried 

Pronounce rapidly, being careful to shift the accent to the 
proper syllable. 

269. Write the pluperfect and future perfect active of dare, 
vocare, movere, esse, habere and the English translation of 
the first person. 

VERB DRILL 

270. Give the tense of each verb or verb phrase and then 


translate: 




i. 

Portaverit 

13. Dederunt 

25 - 

I have called 

2. 

Portaverat 

14. Dederant 

26. 

I had called 

3 - 

Portavit 

15. Dederint 

27. 

I shall call 

4 - 

Portabit 

16. Dant 

28. 

I am calling 

5 . 

Portabat 

17. Dabunt 

29. 

I was calling 

6. 

Portat 

18. Dabant 

30 - 

I shall have called 

7 - 

Moveramus 

19. Habuisti 

3 i- 

You (pi.) have given 

8. 

Movimus 

20. Habebas 

32 . 

You (pi.) were giving 

9 - 

Moverimus 

21. Habueras 

33 . 

You (pi.) are giving 

IO. 

Movebimus 

22. Habes 

34 . 

You (pi.) will give 

ii. 

Movebamus 

23. Habueris 

35 * 

You (pi.) will have given 

12. 

Movemus 

24. Habebis 

36. 

You (pi.) had given 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


113 


271. VOCABULARY 

numerus, -I, m., number socius, -I, m., ally 

negotium, -I, n., business, task signum, -I, n., signal 

vesper, -i, m., evening regnum, -I, n., kingdom, royal 

power 

Write in Latin: 

1. They will give him a large number of tasks. 

2. Near evening we shall give our allies the signal. 

3. Sicily was in the kingdom of the Romans. 


LESSON XXXVI 

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN 


272. 

DECLENSION OF QUIS? WHO? 



Singular 


Mas. and Fem. 


Neut. 

Nom. 

quis, who? 


quid, what? 

Gen. 

cuius, whose? 


cuius, of what? whose? 

Bat. 

cui, to whom? 


cui, to what? 

Acc. 

quem, whom? 


quid, what? 

Abl. 

quo, from (by, 

with) whom? 

quo, from (by, with) what? 



Plural 



Mas. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

Dat. 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Acc. 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Abl. 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 


Note. — The translation for the plural is the same as for the singular. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


114 


273 . READING EXERCISE XXIX 

Colloquium: Duo puerl ad scholam ambulant 


Paulus. 

Thomas. 

habul. 

Paulus. 

Thomas. 


Cuius librum habes? 

Ego librum meum habeo, sed herl librum tuum 


Cui librum meum dedistl? 

Ego Georgio librum tuum dedi et Georgius eum 
(it) in camera sua habet. 

Paulus. Quern in camp 5 vides? 

Ego Robertum in campo video. 

Cuius pilam Robertus habet? 

Robertus pilam Georgi! habet. 

QuI in schola sunt? 

Iacobus et Gulielmus in schola cum magistro sunt. 
Quern hodie magister laudabit? 

Iacobus a magistro laudabitur. 

Cur Iacobus a magistro laudabitur ? 

Iacobus a magistro laudabitur, 


Thomas. 

Paulus. 

Thomas. 

Paulus. 

Thomas. 

Paulus. 

Thomas. 

Paulus. 

Thomas. 

laborat. 

Paulus. 

Thomas. 


quod bene 


Cui tu calamum meum dedistl? 

Ego magistro calamum tuum dedi. Is in mensa 
sua calamum tuum habet. 

Paulus. Estne Robertus discipulus bonus? 

Thomas. Robertus pilam suam amat et libros non amat. 
Is non est discipulus bonus. 

Paulus. Magister nos advocat. Propera ad scholam. 


274 . Write in Latin expressing all pronouns: 

1. Whose book have you? 

2. I have Robert’s book. 

3. To whom will Robert give the book? 

4. Robert will give the book to James. 

5. Whom did you see in town? 

6. I saw James and George in town. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 115 

275. Suggested Drill: (1) Give the principal parts of 
doceo, moved, sedeo, video. 

(2) Conjugate narrare in the present, imperfect, and future 
active and passive. 

(3) Conjugate stare in the perfect, pluperfect, and future 
perfect active. 


LESSON XXXVII 

PERFECT INDICATIVE PASSIVE 

PERlCULUM IN MORA, Danger in delay. — livy 

276. The perfect indicative passive is formed by combining 
the perfect passive participle (fourth principal part) with the 
present tense of the verb esse. 

Perfect Indicative Passive of Portare 

Singular 

[ sum, I have been carried, was carried 
portatus, -a, -um j es, you have been carried, were carried 
[ est, he has been carried, was carried 

Plural 

{ sumus, we have been carried, were carried 
estis, you have been carried, were carried 
sunt, they have been carried, were carried 

277. Form the perfect indicative passive of movere, docere, 
videre by combining the perfect passive participles, motus, 
doctus, vlsus, with the present tense of esse. Write the perfect 
indicative passive of these verbs and two English translations 
of the first person. 


n6 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


278. The participles portatus, motus, visus, etc. are declined 
like the adjective altus and agree with the subject of the sen¬ 
tence in gender, number, and case: 

Puer portatus est, Pueri portatl sunt. 

Puella portata est. Puellae portatae sunt. 

Ovum portatum est. Ova portata sunt. 

279. COMPLETION EXERCISE 

Complete these sentences by adding endings to the participles 
and translate. Be sure that the participles agree with the sub¬ 
jects of the sentences: 

1. Calathus ab serva parva portat- est. 

2. Ova et mala ab serva parva portat- sunt. 

3. Serva parva ab coqua vocat- est. 

4. Ova et mala ab serva parva coquae dat- sunt. 

5. Ova ab coqua ad (for) cenam parat- sunt. 

6. Mala in mensa ab serva locat- sunt. 

7. LectI in trlcllnio ab servls locat- sunt. 

8. Dominus ad cenam ab serva parva advocat- est. 

9. Domina quoque ab serva parva advocat- est. 

10. Servae ab domina sua laudat- sunt quod bonae erant. 

280. VOCABULARY 

coqua, -ae, /., cook malum, -i, n., apple 

loco, -are, -avi, -atus, to put, place 

281. ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) Coqua and coquus (a man who cooks) became coca and 
cocus, then old English coc and still later English cook. 

(2) Give the Latin verbs from whose participles the fol¬ 
lowing English words are derived: locate , state , date , advocate , 
demonstrate , navigate , interrogate. 

(3) Ab ovo usque ad mala, from egg even to apples , became a 
Roman proverb meaning from first to last , because at Roman 
feasts eggs were served as a first course and fruit as a last course. 


Triclinium Romanum 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


117 

















































































































































n8 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


282. Write a short story in Latin about the picture on page 
ii7- 

New words which you may use in your story: 

corona, -ae, /., garland pirum, -i, n., pear 

patina, -ae, /., bowl prunum, -i, n., plum 

Persicum, -i, n., peach uva, -ae, /., grape 

283. Suggested Drill: (i) Give the principal parts of 
laboro, contineo, pugno, responded. 

( 2 ) Conjugate monere in the present, imperfect, future, and 
perfect indicative active and passive. 

( 3 ) Decline quis? quid? 


LESSON XXXVIII 

THE PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT 
INDICATIVE PASSIVE 

284. The pluperfect indicative passive is formed by combining 
the perfect passive participle with the imperfect tense of the verb 

esse. 

Pluperfect Indicative Passive of Portare 
Singular 

{ eram, I had been carried 
eras, you had been carried 
erat, he had been carried 

Plural 

{ eramus, we had been carried 
eratis, you had been carried 
erant, they had been carried 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


I19 


285, The future perfect indicative passive is formed by com¬ 
bining the perfect passive participle with the future tense of 
the verb esse. 

Future Perfect Indicative Passive of Portare 

[ ero, I shall have been carried 
portatus, -a, -um 1 eris, you will have been carried 
[ erit, he will have been carried 

{ erimus, we shall have been carried 
eritis, you will have been carried 
erunt, they will have been carried 


286. Write the pluperfect and future perfect indicative pas¬ 
sive of movere, docere, and videre and the translation of the 
first person singular. 

EXERCISE 


287. Change the following sentences from active to passive 
form and translate. Do not change the tense of the verbs: 

1 . Magister librum puero dederat. 

2 . Vir fabulas multas puerls narravit. 

3 . In agro dominus equos multos vlderat. 

4 . Serva ex cubiculo medium in atrium lectum moverat. 

5 . Magister discipulos advocaverat. 

6 . Romani spectacula saepe spectabant. 

7 . In silva virl cervum vlderunt. 

8 . Servus Graecus puerum Romanum docet. 

9 . Serva in mensa lucernam locabit. 

10 . Femina puellam revocaverat. 


288. VERB DRILL 

Give the tense and voice of each verb or verb phrase and 


translate: 

(a) 1 . Motus erit 

2 . Motus est 

3 . Motus erat 

4 . Movebatur 


5 . Movetur 

6 . Movebitur 

7 . Portatus es 

8 . Portatus eras 


120 FIRST LATIN LESSONS 



9. Portatus eris 

17. Tenuerant 


10. Portabaris 

18. Tenebantur 


11. Portaris 

19. Revocatl sumus 


12. Portaberis 

20. Revocamus 


13. Tenent 

. 21. Revocatl eramus 


14. Tenebunt 

22. Revocabimur 


15. Tenuerunt 

23. Revocabamus 


16. Tenuerint 

24. Revocatl erimus 

W 1. 

They had been carried 

7. We were swimming 

2. 

We shall have been called 

8. They will enter 

3 . 

He was moved 

9. He had been saved 

4 - 

You {pi.) had been seen 

10. You {pi.) are loved 

5 - 

I shall be taught 

11. I have been praised 

6. 

You {sing.) are standing 

12. You {sing.) had walked 


LESSON XXXIX 

FOURTH PROGRESS TEST 
289 . I. VOCABULARY 


You should know the pronunciation, spelling, and meaning of: 

(1) All words in the vocabulary on page 32. 

(2) All words in the vocabulary on page 59. 

(3) All words in the vocabulary on page 94. 

(4) All words in the following list: 


Nouns 

Nouns 

Pronouns 

Verbs 

1st. Decl. 

Neut. 

is 

1st. Conj. 

coqua 

castra 

quis? 

appellare 

fossa 

malum 


laborare 

porta 

oppidum 


locare 

2nd. Decl. 

vallum 

Adverbs 

pugnare 

Mas. 

Adjectives 

semper 

saepe 

rogare 

amicus 

turn 


gladius 

Helvetius 

2nd. Conj. 

lupus 

laetus 

Conjunction 

continere 

oculus 

ruber 

cum 

respondere 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


121 


II. FORMS 

You should know: 

(1) Principal parts of all verbs studied. 

(2) How to conjugate any verb of the first or second con¬ 
jugation in the six tenses of the indicative active and passive. 

(3) How to form the present active imperative of any first or 
second conjugation verb. 

(4) How to conjugate the verb esse in the six tenses of the 
indicative mode. 

(5) How to decline: 


Nouns 

Adjectives 

Pronouns 

fossa 

laetus 

ego 

gladius 

miser 

tu 

puer 

aeger 

is 

ager 

castra 


quis? 


III. PREFIXES 

You should know the meaning of the prefixes ad-, con-, ex-, 
in-, re-, and of the compound verbs apportare, comportare, 
exportare, importare, reportare. 


IV. ENGLISH DERIVATIVES 

You should know: 

Derivation of English words treated in Sections 237, 251, 254, 
281. 

V. CONSTRUCTIONS 

1. You should be able to recognize any of the sixteen con¬ 
structions listed on pages 95 and 96 or to write correct 
Latin sentences illustrating these constructions. 

2. You should be able to distinguish between the use of suus 
and eius. 

3. You should know when to use a perfect and when to use 
an imperfect tense. 


122 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


PROSERPINA 

I. PROSERPINA GATHERS FLOWERS WITH HER 
COMPANIONS 

Ceres erat dea frumentl. Cum 1 Ceres terrae 2 subridebat, 
in agrls abundantia frumentl erat. Horrea erant plena fru¬ 
mentl et virl laetl erant. Ceres unam flliam habebat. Filia 
erat Proserpina, puella pulchra. Olim per campos Siciliae 
Proserpina cum puellls errabat. Proserpina et puellae violas 
et lllia alba legebant. 3 In calathis puellae violas et lllia multa 
habebant. Proserpina quoque calathum plenum llliorum et 
violarum habebat. Dum Proserpina lllia et violas legit, 4 ab 
puellls ceteris erravit. 

1 Cum, whenever. 

2 terrae subridebat, smiled upon the earth; terrae is dative with subridebat. 

3 legebant, were plucking. 

4 legit, plucked, present tense of lego. With dum a present tense is trans¬ 
lated as past. 


Answer orally in Latin: 

1. Quis erat Ceres? 

2. Quando {when) erat abundantia frumentl? 

3. Ubi Proserpina cum puellls errabat? 

4- Quid in calathis puellae habebant? 

5. A quibus Proserpina erravit? 

II. PLUTO CARRIES PROSERPINA TO THE UNDERWORLD 

Pluto, magnus deus Orel, ab regno suo venerat 1 et per terras 
equos nigros suos agebat. Venus cum fllio suo sedebat et 
terras spectabat. Cum Venus deum Orel et Proserpinam vldit, 
filio suo dixit, “ Mitte sagittam tuam, ml fill, ad deum Orel.” 
Cupldo ad deum Orel sagittam suam mlsit. 2 Mox Pluto Pr5- 
serpinam vldit et puellam amavit. Puella erat sola quod ab 


w o 

rt- in 
O CD H 
<-t *-f ' 

S.'S, c 
crS “ 
<r p 2 

<-t- O ^ 

2. S 

D- r+ P 

(DO- 

Sg*« 

g 3 “ C 
n 5 ,rt 
« 

P ? 


05 

3 “ 


% * 

<< 

CT 

o 

3 

rt- 

tr 

P 


n 

>-p» 

H 

cd 

o 

*-t 

CD 

CO 

3 

c^ 

3 

tr 

CD 

- ET 
CD 

O 

3 

r+ 

cr 

3- 

rD 

rD 

•“! 

1 3 

’ p 

3 

p 

n 

— • 

3- a- 

rD 

rD 

CO 

3 

r+ 

CO 

rr 

rD 

r-t 

2 

^ • 
< 

3 

rD 

•-* 

c+- 

o 

o 

<—► 


3- 

p 

(D 

3 

o 

OQ 

O 

P 

CL 

3 

a- 

o 

■— 

»—■ • 
p^- 

r+ 

o 

3- 

*o 

CD 


•f P 

s « 

_ p 

E£ l -t 

co 

rD 

erg 

g o. 

p«r <“> 
p 

P CO 














: 






FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


123 


puellls ceteris erraverat. Pluto puellam celeriter rapuit. 3 Proser¬ 
pina clamavit, “ Servate me, puellae. Serva me, mater mea.” 
Puellae autem non prope Proserpinam erant et puellam non 
audiverunt. 4 Mater quoque non prope puellam erat et 
fill am suam non audivit. Pluto puellam trepidam ad Orcum 
porta vit. 

1 venerat, pluperfect of venire, to come. 

2 misit, perfect of mittere, to send, shoot. 

3 rapuit, perfect of rapere, to seize. 

4 audiverunt, perfect of audire, to hear. 

Answer in Latin orally: 

1. Quocum ( with whom ) Venus sedebat? 

2. Quid Venus filio suo dixit? 

3. Quo Cupldo sagittam suam misit? 

4. Quid Proserpina clamavit? 

5. Cur puellae Proserpinam non audiverunt? 

III. CERES SEARCHES FOR HER LOST DAUGHTER 

Mox Ceres ad Siciliam redlvit 1 et flliam suam petlvit. 2 
Cum Ceres puellas vldit, dea puellls dixit, “ Ubi, puellae, est 
Proserpina, cara filia mea? ” Puellae responderunt, “ Nos 
ignarae sumus. In camp 5 n 5 s violas et lilia legebamus. Proser¬ 
pina ab nobis erravit et postea nos earn non vidimus.” Turn 
dea misera erat. Per totam terram Ceres flliam suam petlvit. 
Per silvas, per agros dea erravit et semper rogavit, “ Ubi est 
filia mea? ” Tandem in Sicilia zonam puellae vldit. Zona 
puellae in aqua rlvl erat. Nunc Ceres admodum misera et 
Irata erat. Praecipue Siciliam oderat 3 quod in Sicilia zonam 
flliae vlderat. Non erat abundantia frumentl, sed magna inopia. 
Virl et feminae erant ieiunae. Puerl parvl et puellae erant 
ieiunae. Violae et lilia in agrls non erant. Herbae in agrls non 
erant. 

1 redlvit, perfect of redire, to return. 

2 petivit, perfect of petere, to seek. 

3 oderat, she hated, a defective verb. 


124 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


Answer in Latin orally: 

1. Quid Ceres puellls dixit? 

2. Quid puellae responderunt? 

3. Quo dea erravit? 

4. Ubi dea zonam vldit? 

5. Cur Ceres Siciliam oderat? 

6. Quales erant virl et pueri? 

IV. CERES FINDS PROSERPINA 

In rlvo Siciliae habitabat nympha Arethusa. Arethusa erat 
benigna et nunc misera erat, quod pueri et puellae Siciliae 
ieiunae erant. Tandem Ceres ad rlvum erravit. Arethusa deae 
dixit, “ Sicilia, O magna dea, non est mala terra. Virl et 
feminae Siciliae non sunt malae. Subride Siciliae. Da, magna 
dea, Siciliae abundantiam frumentl. Pueri et puellae sunt 
ieiunae. Fllia tua nunc est reglna Orel. Pluto earn ad Orcum 
portavit. Ego earn vldl. Ea non est laeta, sed ea est magna 
reglna.” Nunc Ceres erat admodum Irata et ad Olympum ad 
regiam Iovis 1 properavit. “ Fllia mea,” inquit, “ in Oreo est. 
Pluto earn ad Orcum portavit. Da earn rursus mihi.” 

Iuppiter deae respondit, “ Si fllia tua in Oreo cibum non 
gustavit, ad terram superam el 2 redlre licet.” 

Puella autem cibum gustaverat. Nunc Proserpina sex 
menses 3 in Oreo habitat et sex menses cum matre 4 sua habitat. 
Ubi Proserpina cum matre sua est, mater est laeta. Dea terrae 
subrldet et in campls sunt herbae et violae et lllia. Sed cum 
Proserpina in Oreo est, Ceres est misera. Dea terrae non sub¬ 
rldet et in campls non sunt herbae et violae et lllia. 

1 Iovis, of Jupiter: Iovis is genitive of Iuppiter. 

2 ei redire licet, she may return {it is permitted her to return). 

3 sex menses, for six months. 

4 matre, ablative case of mater, mother. 

Answer in Latin orally: 

1. Ubi Arethusa habitabat? 

2. Cur erat Arethusa misera? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


125 


3. Quid Arethusa deae dixit? 

4. Quo Ceres properavit? 

5. Quid Ceres IovI dixit? 

6. Quid Iuppiter respondit? 

7. Quando est Ceres laeta? 

8. Quando est Ceres misera? 


LESSON XL 


THIRD DECLENSION 
PATER PATRIAE, The father of his country. 

290 . Nouns of the third declension end in -is in the genitive 
singular. 

They are divided into two classes: consonant stems and i- 
stems. 

Each of these classes is divided into groups based on the 
nominative ending and gender. 

291 . CONSONANT STEMS 

GROUP I 

Masculine Nouns Ending in -s, -1, -ter, -6 


VOCABULARY 


flos, floris, flower 
lapis, lapidis, stone 
miles, mllitis, soldier 
consul, consulis, consul 
sol, solis, sun 

vulnero, -are, -i 


homo, hominis, man 
leo, leonis, lion 
frater, fratris, brother 
pater, patris, father 
mater, matris, /., mother 
i, -atus, to wound 


292 . Since the base of the noun to which the endings are 
added is found by dropping the ending of the genitive singular , 


126 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


be sure to learn the genitive as well as the nominative of each 
word in this declension. 

Note that mater must be feminine gender regardless of its 
ending. 

293 . ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) English words related to Latin nouns are generally formed 
from the base. 

Connect these English words with words in the vocabulary. 
Underline the base of the Latin word to which they are related; 
e.g., militia: 

consular patrimony floral 

solar leonine lapidary 

fratricide matron military 

(2) We use in English the Latin word led, leonis (with case 
ending dropped) to mean lion. What change in spelling has 
taken place? 

294 . DECLENSION OF MILES: Base mllit- 



Singular 

Endings 

Plural 

Endings 

Nom. 

miles 

— 

milites 

-es 

Gen. 

militis 

-is 

militum 

-um 

Dat. 

militi 

-i 

militibus 

-ibus 

Acc. 

militem 

-em 

milites 

-es 

Abl. 

milite 

-e 

militibus 

-ibus 


Pronounce the forms rapidly and note the shift of accent. 


295 . All consonant stems of the third declension, except 
neuter nouns, are declined like miles. Neuter nouns have two 
cases alike; which cases ? 

Write declension of consul, homo, frater. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


127 


296 . READING EXERCISE XXX 

De Tito 

1. Titus erat parvus puer Romanus. 

2. Titus matrem et patrem et fratrem magnum habebat. 

3. Pater erat consul Romanus et in Italia in villa habitabat. 

4. Mater erat domina vlllae et servos multos et servas muh 
tas habebat. 

5. Fra ter magnus erat miles et in Gallia cum Gallls pug- 
naverat. 

6. Frater Tito fabulas multas et longas de Gallls narravit. 

7. Hodie pater TitI et frater in silva sunt. 

8. In silva sunt cervl et leones. 

9. Multi homines cum patre et fratre in silva sunt. El 
cervos et leones necabunt. 

10. Titus parvus cum patre non est, sed in rlpa rlvl cum 
matre ambulat. 

11. In rlpa ambulat et in rlvum lapides iactat. 



Titus in RIvum Lapides Iactat 






128 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


12. Quattuor cycrn in rivo sunt. 

13. Titus cycnos spectat, sed eos non vulnerabit. 

14. Sol fulget et mater calorem solis non amat. 

15. Mater in silva prope rivum ambulat et flores legit. 

16. Flores sunt violae et lllia. 


The soldier told his brother many stories about Gaul. 
The soldier’s brother is Titus. 

Titus’s mother has many flowers in her basket. 

The swans were not wounded by the boy. 

Titus lives with his father and mother. 

SPECIAL ADVERB VOCABULARY 


297 . Write in Latin: 

1. 

2. 

3 - 

4 - 

5 - 

298 . 

aegre, with difficulty 
bis, twice 

eodem, to the same place 

iam pridem, long ago 

inde, thence 

satis, enough 

quo, whither 

parum, little, too little 

interim, meanwhile 

299 . Translate into English: 


amplius, more 

eo, thither, to that place 

hue, hither 

ne .. . quidem, not even 
unde, whence 
vehementer, strongly 
quidem, certainly, at least 
magnopere, greatly, especially 
magis, more greatly, more 


1. Aegre agricola leonem bis vulneravit. 

2. Interim frater eum eodem vocavit unde iam pridem prope- 
raverat. 

3. Quo ambulavit puer? Hue eum revocate! 

4. Mater mllitis quidem vehementer timet. 

5. Ne eius frater quidem satis terretur. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


129 


LESSON XLI 

CONSONANT STEMS OF THIRD DECLENSION 

300. Review: (1) Give the new nouns in Lesson XL by 
endings, three ending in -s, two in -1, two in -6, three in -ter. 

(2) What is the gender of these nouns? Which word is an 
exception? 

(3) Decline frater and homo. 

301. CONSONANT STEMS 

GROUP II 

Masculine Nouns Ending in -or and -tor 

The nouns in this group are formed from verbs or other 
nouns. It is easy to get their meaning if you know the words 
from which they are formed. Many of these nouns are used in 
English with little or no change in spelling and frequently with 
the same meaning. 

ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

302. Masculine nouns ending in -or are formed by adding 
-or to the stems of verbs. The meaning of these nouns in English 
corresponds to the meaning of the Latin verb. 


CHART 

303. MASCULINE NOUNS ENDING IN -OR 


Latin Verb 

amare, to love 
clamare, to cry out 
terrere, to frighten 
timere, to fear 


Latin Noun English Derivative 

amor, amoris, love 
clamor, clamoris, outcry clamor 

terror, terroris, fright terror 

timor, timoris, fear 


130 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


304. We use terror and clamor in Engiish with the same 
spelling and meaning. 

The following list contains some of the other nouns belonging 
to this group whose spelling and meaning are the same in Eng¬ 
lish as they were in Latin. Check the nouns in this list which 
you remember having seen in your English reading: 


ardor, ardoris 
favor, favoris 
labor, laboris 
pallor, palloris 
splendor, splendoris 
tremor, tremoris 


color, coloris 
honor, honoris 
languor, languoris 
rumor, rumoris 
squalor, squaloris 
vigor, vigoris 


CHART 

305. MASCULINE NOUNS ENDING IN -TOR = ONE WHO 


Latin Root Word 

Latin Noun in -tor English Derivative 

gladius 

gladiator, -oris 

gladiator 

ianua 

ianitor, -oris, doorkeeper 

janitor 

orare 

orator, -oris 

orator 

via 

viator, -oris, traveler 


explorare 

explorator, -oris, explorer, scout 



(a) We have changed the meaning of janitor and do not use 
viator or explorator in English, but are using the other words 
with the same meaning, 

(b) Note that some nouns in -tor are formed from nouns, 
some from verbs. 


306. Fill in this chart with the root Latin words from which 
the Latin nouns were formed. If the -rtor word is used in Eng¬ 
lish, place it in the third column. 

Give the original meaning of each Latin noun, bringing out 
the meaning of the root word and the suffix -tor: 


Latin Root Word 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


* 3 * 

English Derivative 


Latin Noun in -tor 

spectator 
(de)monstrator 
narrator 
navigator 
laudator 
doctor 
dator 
servator 
monitor 
pugnator 
stator 
evocator 

307. A large wall chart like the chart in the lesson, containing 
all the -tor words studied, may be made by a member of the 
class and words added from time to time as they are found. 

Charts of this kind form an interesting exhibit. 

Watch for -or and -tor words in your English reading. Find 
out whether they are Latin words. Make a chart containing 
the -or words found by the class or add these words to the list 
of Latin words used in English with no change in spelling begun 
in Lesson XIX. 

308. Write the declension of amor and explorator. The base 
is the same as the nominative and the endings of the other 
cases the same as those used for miles. 



Denarius Romanus 
A Roman coin with the head of Julius Caesar 



























132 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


309 . 


READING EXERCISE XXXI 


Gladiatores 

1. In via erat clamor magnus. 
Multi gladiatores pugnabant. Quat- 
tuor gladiatores necatl sunt et 
ceterl 1 vulneratl sunt. Gladiatores 
erant Galll. El in via Romae 
pugnabant. 

2. Olim gladiatores fuerant ho¬ 
mines liberl, sed nunc erant servl 
consulis Romani. C 5 nsul Ro- 
manus erat clarus orator. Frater 
oratoris erat viator et cum mlliti- 
bus Romanis in Gallia et Britannia 
et Germania fuerat. 

3. Orator magnam vlllam habe- 
bat. Multi viatores vlllam vlsita- 
bant. Ianitor in ianua vlllae 
semper stabat et ianuam viatoribus 
recludebat (opened). Orator magnum 

Gladiato amorem librorum habebat et in 

capsls suls multos libros habebat. 

4. Gladiatores erant feroces (fierce) homines et saepe pug¬ 
nabant. Gladiatores etiam cum leonibus in arena pugnabant. 
Populus Romanus spectacula amabat et multi homines et 
feminae Romae spectacula spectabant. 

1 ceterl; the neuter plural of this word is found in the phrase et cetera, abbre¬ 
viated etc. 





FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


133 


LESSON XLII 

CONSONANT STEMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 
PAX VOBISCUM, Peace be with you. 


310 . 


GROUP III 


Feminine Nouns Ending in -tas, -tus, -us, -x 
VOCABULARY 


lux, lucis, light 

aestas, -tatis, summer 

aetas, -tatis, age, time of life 

cupiditas, -tatis, desire, longing 

palus, paludis, swamp 

virtus, virtutis, courage 

lex, legis, law 

nix, nivis, snow 

inter {prep, with acc.), between 


auctoritas, -tatis, authority, in¬ 
fluence 

llbertas, -tatis, freedom 
civitas, -tatis, citizenship, com¬ 
munity, state 

dignitas, -tatis, worth, rank 
pax, pads, peace 
vox, vods, voice 
trans {prep, with acc.), across 


311 . LATIN AND ENGLISH WORD STUDY 

(1) What is the meaning of the compound verbs: transpor- 
tare, tranare (transnare), transmovere? 

(2) What is the meaning of interrex? 

(3) Virtus is formed by adding -tus to the noun vir and 
means that quality which a man should have, courage. 

The Latin word virtus has become the English virtue. It is 
slightly changed in spelling. Does it still mean courage? 

(4) Pax, pads has become peace. What change in spelling 
has taken place? 

(5) To what Latin source can you trace each of the follow¬ 
ing: lucidity, legal, pacify, dignity, vocal? 


134 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


312. FEMININE NOUNS ENDING IN -TUDO 


By adding -tudo to the stems of adjectives the corresponding 
nouns are formed. 


CHART 


Latin Adjective 

altus, high, 
deep 

latus, wide 
longus, long 

magnus, great 

multus, much, 
many 


Latin Noun 


French 

Noun 


altitudo, altitudinis, height, - 

depth 

latitude, latitudinis, width latitude 
longitudo, longitudinis 
length longitude 

magnitude, magnitudinis - 

greatness, size 

multitude, multitudinis, a multitude 
great number 


English 

Noun 

altitude 

latitude 

longitude 

magnitude 

multitude 


313. (i) Form Latin nouns ending in -tudo from aeger and 
pulcher. Which one has an English derivative? 

(2) The Romans used altitudo for both height and depth. 
Do we use altitude to mean both? How do we use the words 
latitude and longitude? 

(3) English derivatives as a rule do not come from the nomi¬ 
native, but from the accusative case. In the years which elapsed 
from the time classical Latin was spoken until these words came 
into the English language the case endings gradually disappeared. 
The last ending lost was the accusative. In the -tudo words 
whose accusative ends in -tudinem, the ending -inem was lost 
and the syllable -tud (spelled tude) was saved because of the 
accent. Changes of this type in words coming through the 
French are very common. 


314. READING EXERCISE XXXII 

1. Nix in terra est. Nix est alba et pulchra. Puerf et 
puellae nivem amant. In Italia nix in solo non saepe est alta. 

2. Inter vlllam et rlvum est magna palus. In palude fossa 




FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


T 3S 


longa et lata est. Altitudo fossae non est magna, sed longitudo 
fossae est magna. Trans fossam est ager magnus. Pueri 
mult! in agro sunt. Voces puer 5 rum audio. 1 

3. Romani leges bonas habebant. Multi Romani erant 
mllites et virtu tern magnam habebant. Mllites Romani vir- 
tute ab Americanls laudantur. Mllites pacem non amant, sed 
feminae et puellae pacem amant. 

4. In Campo Martio erat multitude hominum et puerorum. 
El spectaculum spectabant. Multi leones in spectaculo erant. 
Gladiatores cum leonibus pugnabant. 

1 audio, I hear. 


315 . Answer in Latin orally: 

INTERROGATIONS 

1. Ubi est magna palus? 

2. Quid est in palude? 

3. Quales erant leges Romanorum? 

4. Amantne mllites pacem? 

5. Qui erant in Campo Martio? 

6. Quibuscum {with whom ) gladiatores pugnabant? 

316 . Review Section 232; write in Latin expressing all 
pronouns: 

1. We saw a great number of men and boys in the town. 

2. Caesar praised his soldiers for their courage. 

3. He was loved by his soldiers. 

4. There was a large swamp near his camp. 

5. The master is with his servants near the swamp. 

6. The boys swam across the brook. 

7. The brook is between the road and the swamp. 

317 . Suggested Drill: Conjugate vocare and videre in the 
present indicative active and passive. 


136 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON XLIII 


THIRD CONJUGATION 

PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE AND PASSIVE 

318. Review: (1) Give a masculine noun of the third de¬ 
clension ending in -s, -1, -6, -ter, -or, -tor. 

(2) Give a feminine noun ending in -us, —tiis, -x, -tudo. 

(3) Decline lex. 


319. READING EXERCISE XXXIII 


1. Ego chartam et cretam in mensa p5no. 

2. Magister libros in mensa ponit. 

3. Nos librds nostrbs in capsa ponimus. 

4. Ego librum meum lego. 

5. Tu librum tuum legis. 

6. Vos libros vestros legitis. 

7. Puerl libros suos legunt. 

8. Mensam tango. 

9. Tu tabellas tuas tangis. 

10. Agricola servos in agrum mittit. 

11. Nunc consules Romae 1 non regunt. 

12. ServI equos ad rivum ducunt. 

13. In tabula nigra creta scribo. 

14- Tu stilo scrlbis. 

15. Puer in charta calamo scrlbit. 

16. Nos in chartls calamls scrlbimus. 

17. Puer ova calatho portat. 

18. Nauta navigio frumentum portabat. 

19. Gladiatores gladiis pugnabant. 

20. Puer cycnum lapide vulneravit. 

21. Agricola aratro terram arabat. 

1 Romae, see p. 61, Section i, note i. Romae is a locative case equivalent to 
the preposition in with the ablative. This is the seventh Latin case (see Section 
180) and completes the list mentioned in Section 57. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 137 

320. (1) In Sentences 13, 14, 15, 16 what words tell by what 
means or instrument the writing is done? 

(2) In what case is creta (Sentence 13)? Is a preposition 
used? 

(3) Find a word expressing means in each of the last five 
sentences. 

(4) Write a rule telling how to express means or instrument 
in Latin. 


321. What new verb endings do you find in Reading Exer¬ 
cise XXXIII? Verbs with these endings in the present tense 
belong to the third conjugation. 


322. THIRD CONJUGATION 


PRESENT INDICATIVE 


Active 

duco, I lead 
ducis, you lead 
ducit, he leads 


Singular 


Passive 


ducor, I am led 
duceris, you are led 
ducitur, he is led 


ducimus, we lead 
ducitis, you lead 
ducunt, they lead 


Plural 

ducimur, we are led 
ducimini, you are led 
ducuntur, they are led 


Compare the active form duczs with the passive duceris. 
Note the e before the personal ending of the passive. This is 
the second of the two exceptions mentioned in Section 189. Cf. 
portaberis, moveberis. 


138 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


323 . 


VOCABULARY 


Verbs of the Third Conjugation 

died, -ere, dixi, dictus, to say, speak 
duco, -ere, duxi, ductus, to lead 
lego, -ere, legi, lectus, to read, choose, pluck 
mitto, -ere, misi, missus, to send 
pono, -ere, posui, positus, to put, place 
rego, -ere, rexi, rectus, to rule, direct 
scribo, -ere, scripsi, scriptus, to write 
tango, -ere, tetigi, tactus, to touch 
vinco, -ere, vici, victus, to conquer 


Eng. Derivative from 
Participle 

{diction) 

(con duct) 
(elect) 

(mission) 
(position) 
(correct) 
(scripture) 
(contact) 
(victor) 
(cmion) 


cedo, -ere, cessi, cessurus, to move, go away, yield 
discedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, go away 
antecedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, go before, surpass 
excedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, go out, withdraw (ezcercive) 
relinquo, -ere, reliqui, relictus, leave behind (relict) 

cdgndsco, -ere, cdgnovi, cognitus, learn (recognition) 

cdnscribo, -ere, -scripsi, -scriptus, write together, enroll (conscription) 

Find and record in your notebook at least five English words 
associated by derivation with the following: cedo, nuntio, ago, 
scribo, cognosco, duco, mitto, and loco. 


324 . TWO LATIN “WORD FAMILIES ” 

Give the literal meaning of each of the following compound 
verbs, and whenever possible mention an English derivative 
with the same prefix: 


reduco 

traduco 

permitto 

educo 

amitto 

remitto 

induco 

dlmittd 

emitto 

adduco 

intermittd 

immitto 

conduco 

submitto 

admitto 

produco 

committo 

transmitto 


325 . Change the first six sentences of Reading Exercise 
XXXIII from active to passive form in Latin and translate. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


139 


LESSON XLIV 

IMPERFECT AND FUTURE INDICATIVE OF 
THE THIRD CONJUGATION 

326. Review: (1) What new use of the ablative case did 
you learn in the previous lesson? 

(2) Compare the rule which you wrote with Rule 19, Appen¬ 
dix 30. Learn Rule 19. Make a statement in Latin using an 
ablative of means. 

(3) How is the imperfect tense formed? 

(4) How is the future tense of verbs of the first and second 
conjugations formed? 

(5) How is the passive voice of the present, imperfect, and 
future formed (Section 189)? 


327. 


IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 
Active Passive 

Singular 


ducebam, I was leading, 
lied 


ducebas, you were leading, 
you led 

ducebat, he was leading, 
he led 


ducebar, I was led, 

I was being led 
ducebaris, you were led, 

you were being led 
ducebatur, he was led, 

he was being led 


Plural 


ducebamus, we were leading, 
we led 

ducebatis, you were leading, 
you led 

ducebant, they were leading, 
they led 


ducebamur, we were led, 

we were being led, 
ducebamini, you were led, 

you were being led 
ducebantur, they were led, 

they were being led 


140 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


328. 

FUTURE 

INDICATIVE 


Active 

Passive 


Singular 

1. 

ducam, I shall lead 

ducar, I shall be led 

2. 

duces, you will lead 

ducerzs, you will be led 

3 - 

ducet , he will lead 

due etuTy he will be led 


Plural 

1. 

due emus , we shall lead 

die emur , we shall be led 

2. 

due etis , you will lead 

ducemznz, you will be led 

3 - 

ducenf, they will lead 

ducenfur, they will be led 

329. 

Write the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect active 


and passive of ducere according to the rules used in the first 
and second conjugations; see Sections 257, 267, 268, 276, 284, 
285. Compare with Appendix 26, pp. 270, 271, 272. 

330. LATIN AND ENGLISH WORD STUDY 

English -tion, -sion Derived from Feminine Nouns 
of the Third Declension Ending in -io 

Many Latin nouns of the third declension are formed by add¬ 
ing -io to the stems of verbs. 

331. CHART 


-id = act of or result of act 
From participial stem: 


Latin Verb 

Latin Noun 

ACC. CASE 

French 

Noun 

English 

Noun 

mitto (missus) 

missio (missionem) 

mission 

mission 

oro (oratus) 

oratio (orationem) 

oration 

oration 

reduco (reductus) 

reductio (reductionem) 

reduction 

reduction 

sto (status) 

statio (stationem) 

station 

station 

navigo (navigatus) 

navigatio (navigationem) 

navigation 

navigation 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


141 

332. The English and French nouns are the accusative case 
of the Latin nouns with the unaccented final syllables lost. 

The English noun ends in -sion when the participle of the 
Latin verb ends in -sus. 

The English noun ends in -tion when the participle of the 
Latin verb ends in -tus. 

333. Form Latin nouns by adding -id to the participial 
stems of these verbs and give their English derivatives: 

transmitto habito moved 

eligo exclamd video 

Inscribo pond sedeo 

—id = act of or result of act 
From the present stem, the root: 

Latin Noun French Noun English Noun 
acc. CASE 

legio (legionem) legion legion 

regio (regionem) region region 

Legio (-onis), legion originally meant a choosing. A legion 
was the largest unit of a Roman army corresponding roughly to 
our regiment and contained theoretically six thousand soldiers. 
The actual number was usually between four and five thousand 
men. 


334. 

Latin Verb 

lego 

rego 


LESSON XLV 

CONSONANT STEMS OF THIRD DECLENSION 

335. Review: (x) Give six masculine nouns of the third 
declension, each with a different ending in the nominative 
singular. 

(2) Give four feminine nouns of the third declension, each 
with a different ending in the nominative singular. 

(3) Decline legio, -onis. 


142 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


336 . 


GROUP IV 


Neuter Nouns Ending in -us and -men 


What is the rule for the declension of neuter nouns? 

Except that neuter nouns of the third declension follow this 


rule, they have the 

same endings as miles. 


337 . Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. opus 

opera 

flumen 

flumina 

Gen. operis 

operum 

fluminis 

fluminum 

Dat. open 

operibus 

flumini 

fluminibus 

Acc. opus 

opera 

flumen 

flumina 

Abl. opere 

operibus 

flumine 

fluminibus 


338 . VOCABULARY 


caput, capitis, n., head 
corpus, corporis, n., body 
opus, operis, n., work, deed 
princeps, prlncipis, m., leading 
man, chief 

hiems, hiemis,/., winter 
idem, eadem, idem, the same 
{learn the declension of this word 
in Sec. 21 of Appendix ) 


vulnus, vulneris, n., wound 
flumen, fluminis, n., river 
nomen, nominis, n., name 
tempus, temporis, n., time 
victor, -toris, m., conqueror 
paene, adv., almost 
vito, -are, -avi, -atus, avoid 
demonstro, -are, -avi, -atus, 
point out 

stay through, abide 


permaneo, -ere, -mansi, -mansurus, 


339 . LATIN AND ENGLISH WORD STUDY 

(1) What is the difference in meaning between the English 
word capital derived from caput (capitis), and capitol derived 
from Capitolium, the name of the temple of Jupiter on the 
Capitoline hill, one of the seven hills of Rome? 

(2) What is the meaning of the phrase per capita? 

(3) Connect the meaning of these English words with Latin 
nouns in the vocabulary: operate, vulnerable, nominate, 
corporal, flume, decapitate . 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


143 


340. READING EXERCISE XXXIV 

Cornelia 



1. Cornelia in Italia in 
villa magna cum matre et 
fratribus suls habitabat. 

Nomina fratrum erant 
Tiberius Gracchus et GaiuS 
Gracchus. Cornelia et 
fratres ab matre sua do- 
cebantur. Nomen matris 
quoque puellae et puero- 
rum erat Cornelia. Mater 
erat femina bona, sed 
pecuniam multam non 
habebat. Olim cum Tibe¬ 
rius et Gaius pueri parvl 
erant, mater eos gemmas 
suas appellavit. 

2. Avus puellae erat _ 

c, . o - . Cornelia et Filii, Gaius et Tiberius 

Scipio. Scipio erat mag- 

nus miles et consul Romanorum. IJbi Romani magno in 
perlculo erant, Scipio eos servavit. In bello et in pace opera 
Sclpionis erant magna et clara. 

3. Scipio nbndum vir erat, cum in proelio patrem suum 
servavit. Pater Sclpionis vulneribus defessus erat. Corpus et 
caput patris vulnerata erant et pater paene necatus erat. 

Proelium erat prope flumen. Nomen fluminis erat Tlcinus. 


341. Answer in Latin orally: 

INTERROGATION'S 

1. Quibuscum Cornelia habitabat? 

2. Ab quo Cornelia et fratres docebantur? 

3. Quis erat Scipio? 












144 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


342. Rule. Ablative of Description. —In the sentence, Ego 
sum puer magna virtute, I am a boy of great courage , the ablative 
phrase magna virtute describes boy. In a similar way, translate 
into English: 

(1) Video librum magna latitudine. 

(2) Filia agricolae est puella magna, diligentia. 

Note that of is used in the English translation of phrases of 
description. 

Write in Latin: 

(1) He is a scout of great bravery. 

(2) They saw a swamp of great size. 



A CHAINED DOG SHOWN IN THE MOSAIC PAVE¬ 
MENT OF THE ENTRANCE (OSTIUM) TO THE HOUSE 

of the Tragic Poet of Pompeii. Under the 
DOG IS THE INSCRIPTION “ CAVE CANEM .” BULWER- 
Lytton in “ The Last Days of Pompeii ” repre¬ 
sents THIS HOUSE AS THE DWELLING OF GLAUCUS. 


END OF FIRST HALF-YEAR 










FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


145 


LESSON XLVI 

I-STEMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 

CAVE CANEM, Beware of the dog. 

343. I -stems of the third declension differ from the consonant 
stems in having -ium in the genitive plural. Masculine and 
feminine i-stems may have -Is or -es in the accusative plural. 

Learn the i-stems in groups and by genders; add new 
words to these groups as they appear in the vocabularies. 

344. GROUP I 

Masculine and Feminine Nouns Ending in -is and -es, not 
Increasing in the Genitive 


VOCABULARY 


Masculine 

canis, canis, dog 
civis, civis, citizen 
Ignis, Ignis, fire 
panis, panis, bread 
piscis, piscis, fish 


Feminine 

avis, avis, bird 
navis, navis, ship 
nubes, nubis, cloud 
ovis, ovis, sheep 
valles, vallis, valley 


Note, (i) Canis has -um not -ium in the genitive plural. 

(2) Civis is sometimes feminine gender when it refers to a woman. 


345. DECLENSION OF NAVIS 



Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

navis 

naves 

Gen. 

navis 

navium 

Bat. 

navi 

navibus 

Acc. 

navem 

navis, -es 

Abl. 

nave 

navibus 


146 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


346. To what Latin words are these words related? 

valley ignite piscatory 

naval civil pantry 

canine aviary nubilous 

347. READING EXERCISE XXXV 

Pueri et Pisces 

1. Titus et Lucius prope silvam habitabant. Media in silva 
erat flumen magnum. In flumine erant pisces multi. Pueri 
pisces prehendere volebant, sed pater eorum erat clvis Romanus 
et severus vir. Is pueros ad scholam mlsit. Canis TitI erat cum 
puerls. Pueri erant Iratl quod scribere et legere non volebant. 



Salesroom oe a Roman bakery. Similar loaves 

HAVE BEEN EOUND IN THE RUINS OF POMPEII 


























































FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


147 


2. Schola quoque erat prope silvam. Puerl ab schola ad 
silvam properaverunt quod magister eos non spectabat. Canis 
cum puerls erat et calathum portabat. In calath 5 erant panis 
et mala. Mater TitI panem et mala in calatho posuerat. 
Puerl per vallem ad silvam ambulaverunt. In valle erant vaccae 
et oves. In cael 5 erant nubes parvae et albae. In caelo erant 
aves quoque multae. Puerl per silvam ad flumen properave¬ 
runt. Navis magna in flumine erat. 

3. Puerl in ripa fluminis sederunt et pisces prehendere 
temptaverunt et denique Lucius piscem magnum prehendit. 
El Ignem fecerunt {made) et super ignem piscem posuerunt. 
Mox piscis paratus erat et puerl cenaverunt. 

4. Hodie puerl sunt laetl, sed eras magister eos verberabit. 

348 . Answer in Latin orally: 

INTERROGATIONES 

1. Habesne canem? 

2. Esne clvis Americanus? 

3. Suntne nubes in caelo hodie? 

4. Cur Titus et Lucius in schola esse non volebant? 

5. Quid canis portabat? 

6. Quid in caelo erat? 

7. Quo puerl properaverunt? 

8. Quis in flumine piscem prehendit? 

9. Cur pueri eras laetl non erunt? 

349 . Write in Latin: 

1. The boys had a fire in the forest near the river. 

2. Lucius caught a fish in the river. 

3. They saw sheep in the valley. 

4. Titus’s dog was with the boys. 

5. Tomorrow the boys will be beaten by their fathers. 

350 . Suggested Drill: Give a synopsis of scribere in the 
third person plural in all tenses of the indicative active and 
passive. 


148 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON XLVII 

I-STEMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 

MENS SANA IN CORPORE SANO, A sound 
mind in a sound body. — juvenal 

351. GROUP II 

Feminine Nouns Ending in -ns and -rs, and Monosyllables 
Ending in -s or -x Following a Consonant 

VOCABULARY 

frons, frontis, forehead, front pars, partis, part 
mens, mentis, mind plebs, plebis, common people 

mors, mortis, death urbs, urbis, city 

arx, arcis, citadel, castle 

These nouns are declined like navis. Write the declension of 
mens, mentis and urbs, urbis. 

352. ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

(1) What is a post mortem investigation? 

(2) What is the meaning of interurban? plebeian? 

(3) What is a mortal wound? 

353. READING EXERCISE XXXVI 
Translate: 

1. Pars puerorum in schola sunt, 1 pars in campo sunt. 

2. Partem puellarum in camera video, pars puellarum in 
via sunt. 

3. Magister part! puerorum dona dedit quod bon! erant. 

4. Frons est pars capitis. 

1 A singular or a plural verb may be used as the predicate of pars in Latin as 
with part in English. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


149 


5. Puerl et puellae mentes habent. 

6. Mens non est pars corporis. 

7. Habentne canes mentes? 

8. Fr 5 ns mensae est prope sellas puerorum. 

9. Capsa est in fronte camerae. 

10. In urbe habitamus. Estne urbs nostra magna? 

11. Agricolae non in urbibus sed in vlllls habitant et agros 
magn 5 s habent. 

12. Pars plebis in agrls laborant, pars in urbibus habitant. 

13. Plebs Romana timida saepe erat, sed mllites Romani 
timidl non erant. 

14. Mllites Romani mortem non timebant. 

15. Quot mllites erant in legione Romana? 

16. Legiones Romanae cum Gallls saepe pugnabant. 

17. In urbe Romanorum erat arx. 

18. Arx valla alta habebat et multi mllites in arce erant. 

19. Olim ubi Gall! Romam superare volebant, alta valla arcis 
et clamor anserum Romanos servaverunt. 

20. Manlius de muro Romae Gallos iactavit. 

354 . Rule. Partitive genitive. — With words denoting a 
part a genitive is used to denote the whole of which a part is taken: 

Pars puerorum, part of the hoys. 

355 . Find seven examples of a partitive genitive in Reading 
Exercise XXXVI. 

356 . Write in Latin: 

1. I like part of the girls. 

2. The head is a part of the body. 

3. Part of the boys will be beaten by the teacher for their impu¬ 
dence. 

4. The cook gave the boys and girls cakes. 

357 . Suggested Drill: Decline flos and caput. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


15 ° 


LESSON XLVIII 

I-STEMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 

358. Review: ( 1 ) Give the rules for distinguishing masculine 
and feminine i-stems from consonant stems. Give an example 
of each rule. 

( 2 ) Decline pars, mors. 

359. GROUP III 
Masculine Nouns Ending in -ns 


VOCABULARY 


adulescens, -centis, young man 
dens, dentis, tooth 
ago, agere, egl, actus, to drive, do 
cogo, -ere, coegi, coactus, drive 
together, gather, compel 
redigo, -ere, redegi, redactus, 
drive back, reduce 


mons, montis, mountain 
p5ns, pontis, bridge 
circum {prep, with acc.), around 
gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, carry on 
praesidium, -I, n., garrison, pro¬ 
tection 

proelium, -I, n., battle 


Write the declension of dens, dentis and mons, montis. These 
nouns are declined like navis. Mention two English derivatives 
each from dens, adulescens, ago. 


360. LATIN AND ENGLISH WORD STUDY 

Give the literal meaning of these compound verbs with the 
prefix circum-: 


circumagere 

circumarare 

circumducere 


circummittere 

circumponere 

circumsedere 


circumscrlbere 

circumspectare 

circumstare 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


151 


361. READING EXERCISE XXXVII 

Adulescens et Lupus 

1. In valle adulescens et canis eius oves patris servabant. 
Circum vallem erant montes altl. Media in valle rivus altus 
et latus erat. In {over) rivo erat pons. Pons non erat latus et 
oves pontem timebant. Adulescens partem ovium parvarum 



Adulescens Partem Ovium Parvarum trans Pontem Portat 


trans pontem portavit. Partem ovium parvarum et oves mag- 
nas trans pontem egit. Oves parvae agn! appellantur. 

2. Trans pontem erat campus magnus. Adulescens in ponte 
sedebat et pisces prehendere temptabat. Is periculum non 
timebat et oves non servabat, sed canis eius oves et agnos 
servabat. 

3. Dum in campo oves pascunt 1 lupus ab monte properavit. 
Lupus agnum rapuit et agnum dentibus vulnerabat. Canis 
agnum servare temptavit et lupum dentibus vulneravit. Turn 
adulescens lupum videbat et eum lapide magn 5 vulneravit. 

1 For the present tense with dum see p. 122, Sec. i, note 4. 




152 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


Adulescens et canis eius ab lupo ovem parvam servaverunt. 
Nunc puer in ponte non sedet et pisces prehendere non temptat, 
sed oves periculo llberat. 

362 . Rule. Separation is expressed by the ablative case with 
or without the prepositions a, ab, de, e, ex. 

(a) When the separation is literal the preposition is generally 
used. 

(b) Place from which is one type of ablative of separation. 

363 . Find a$ example of ablative of separation in each of 
the last two sentences of Reading Exercise XXXVII. In which 
is the preposition omitted? 

364 . Answer in Latin orally: 

interrogation's de adulescente 

1. Cuius oves adulescens servabat? 

2. Cur adulescens oves parvas trans pontem portavit? 

3. Quis agnum ab dentibus lupl servavit? 

4. Quo modo (by what means ) adulescens lupum vulneravit? 


365 . ENGLISH DERIVATION EXERCISE 


With the help of an unabridged English dictionary, ascertain 
and place in your notebook the Latin source from which the 
following English words were derived: 


fraternity 

capital 

regalia 

infinitive 


gentle 

faction 

sinecure 

temperance 


Find and place in the notebook at least five English words 
associated by derivation with the following verbs: 

doce 5 lego dico premo 

do facio traho 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


153 


LESSON XLIX 

I-STEMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 

366 . GROUP IV 

Neuter Nouns Ending in -e, -al 



Mare, 

sea 

Animal, 

animal 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Now. 

mare 

maria 

animal 

animalia 

Gen. 

maris 

marium 

animalis 

animalium 

Dat. 

marl 

maribus 

animal! 

animalibus 

Acc. 

mare 

maria 

animal 

animalia 

Abl. 

mari 

maribus 

animal! 

animalibus 


367. VOCABULARY 

animal, -alis, n., animal mare, maris, n., sea 

remaned, -ere, remans!, -man- supero, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
sus, to stay behind, remain surpass, excel, conquer 

368. EXERCISE 

1. Galba erat princeps nomine (in name). 

2. Pueri erant defessi corpore. 

3. Romani virtute Gallos superabant. 

4. Titus dlligentia fratrem suum superabat. 

5. Frater altitudine Titum superat. 

6. GermanI multitudine hominum Gallos superabant. 

7. GermanI magnitudine corporis Gallos superabant. 

369. Study these sentences and answer the following ques¬ 
tions: 

In what respect was Galba chief (Sent. 1 .)? 

In what case is nomine (Sent. 1 .) ? 

In what respect were the boys weary (Sent. 2 .) ? 


i54 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


In what case is corpore (Sent. 2.) ? 

In what respect did the Romans surpass the Gauls (Sent. 
3-) ? 

In what case is virtute (Sent. 3.)? 

370. Write a rule for this use of the ablative case. 

Find an example of this type of ablative in Sentences 4, 5, 6, 7. 

Compare your rule with Rule 16, Appendix 30. Learn 
Rule 16. 

371. READING EXERCISE XXXVIII 

Navigatio 

1. Terrae multae sunt circum Mare Internum. Nos Mare 
Mediterraneum appellamus, sed Romani Mare Internum appel- 
laverunt. Terrae sunt Africa, Hispania, Gallia, Italia, Graecia, 
Asia. 

2. In mar! erant naves multae. In una nave erant nautae et 
viatores. Cum viatdribus erat parvus puer. Puer erat Aulus 
nomine. Pater et mater 
puer! erant elves Ro¬ 
mani, sed in Africa 
habitaverant. Olim 
Aulus in silva Africae 
ab leone territus erat. 

Mllites African! pue- 
rum ab leone servave- 
rant. Nunc Aulus cum 
patre et matre ad Ital- 
iam navigabat. 

3. In Sicilia viatores 
magnam urbem vlde- 
runt. Urbs erat Syracusae nomine. Circum urbem erant 
agrl latl et magnl. In agrls erant. animalia multa, oves et 
vaccae et equl. Agricolae in horrels frumentum multum 
















FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


155 


habebant et in villls magnls habitabant. Sicilia erat pulchra 
terra. Pars viatorum in Sicilia remanere volebat et pars ad 
Italiam Ire {to go) volebat. Puer parvus cum patre et matre in 
Sicilia remansit et deinde ad Italiam navigavit. 

372 . Answer in Latin orally: 

interrogations de navigation 

1. Quae terrae sunt circum Mare Mediterraneum? 

2. Quis erat cum viatoribus in nave? 

3. Quid erat nomen puerl? 

4. Ubi puer habitaverat? 

5. QuI erant pater et mater puerl? 

6. Cur pars viatorum in Sicilia remanere volebat? 

373 . Write a letter in Latin from Aulus to Titus, a boy friend 
in Africa, using this heading: Aulus Tito S.D. End the letter 
with Cura ut valeas, or Vale. For meaning and use of these 
phrases see page 96 note 1 and page 97 notes 1 and 2. 


LESSON L 

FIFTH PROGRESS TEST 

374 . Summary of what you should have learned since the 
Fourth Progress Test, Lesson XXXIX. 

I. 

You should know the meaning and principal parts of the 


following verbs: 




I ST CONJ. 

2ND CONJ. 

3RD CONJ. 

superare 

remanere 

agere 

ponere 

vulnerare 


dlcere 

ducere 

regere 

mittere 


* 

legere 

scrlbere 

tangere 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


156 


II. 

You should know how to conjugate a verb of the third 
conjugation in the six tenses of the indicative mode active and 
passive. 

III. 

You should know the meaning of and the case used with inter, 
trans, circum; meaning of paene. 

IV. THIRD DECLENSION 

You should know: 

1 . (a) How to decline miles. 

(b) Spelling, meaning, genitive, gender, of these consonant 
stems declined like miles: 


flos 

mater 

orator 

magnitude 

lapis 

clamor 

ianitor 

multitudo 

consul 

amor 

palus 

longitudo 

sol 

terror 

virtus 

latitude 

homo 

timor 

lex 

altitude 

leo 

viator 

nix 

legie 

frater 

explorator 

vox 

eratie 

pater 

gladiator 

pax 

navigatie 

2. (a) How to decline opus. 

(b) Spelling, meaning, and genitive of these neuter consonant 

stems declined like opus and flumen: 


caput 

corpus 

vulnus 

nemen 

3 . (a) How to decline navis. 

(b) Spelling, meaning, genitive, gender of 

these i-stems de- 

dined like navis: 

canis 

avis 

mens 

arx 

civis 

ovis 

mors 

adulescens 

ignis 

nubes 

pars 

dens 

panis 

valles 

plebs 

mens 

piscis 

frons 

urbs 

pens 




FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


157 


4 . How to decline the neuter i-stems mare, animal. 


V. 

You should know rules for distinguishing i -stems from 
consonant stems. 

VI. LATIN AND ENGLISH WORD STUDY 

You should know: 

1. How Latin nouns ending in -or, -tor, -tudo, -io are 
formed and their English derivatives. 

2. Why some English nouns end in -sion and others in -tion. 

3. Derivation and meaning of the English and Latin words 
treated in Sections 293, 311, 323, 324, 339, 346, 352, 360. 

VII. CONSTRUCTIONS 

You should know how to express: 

1. means 

2. separation 

3. specification 

4. whole of which a part is taken. 

You should be able to give English and Latin sentences using 
these constructions or to recognize them in Latin sentences. 

Note. This progress test contains a summary of new material only. 
Refer to former progress tests for a cumulative review. Hereafter only 
new material will be summarized in the progress tests. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


158 


ROMAN COURAGE 
GAIUS MUCIUS 

Porsena, rex Etruriae, cum mllitibus multis Romam op- 
pugnabat. Hostes in vils prope Romam erant. Hostes agros 
prope Romam tenebant. In urbe erat magna inopia frumentl. 
Gaius Mucius adulescens ad senatum venit. 



Mucius Dextram IgnI Inicit 


11 Cupio, patres,” inquit, “ castra hostium intrare. In mente 
factum magnum habeo, si del mihi auxilium dant.” 

Senatores assensum dederunt. Adulescens slcam veste con- 
didit et ad castra hostium properavit. Rex Porsena in medils 
castrls sedebat. Prope regem Porsenam miles sedebat et 
Mucius Porsenam n 5 n cognoverat. 1 Mucius mil i tem regem 

1 cognoverat, did not recognize, see Vocabulary. 









FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


I S 9 


putavit. Mucius mllitem slca necavit, sed regem necare cupi- 
ebat. Adulescens ab hostibus captus 1 est et ad regem tractus 2 
est. Mucius autem non terrebatur et Porsenae dixit: 

“ Sum clvis Romanus. Ego sum Gaius Mucius nomine. Ego 
hostem patriae meae necare cupiebam. Ego ad mortem paratus 
sum. Ego non sum solus. Multi adulescentes Romani te 
necare temptabunt. Vita tua, O rex, non erit tuta.” 

Rex trepidus et Iratus Mucio dixit: “ Mllites mel te vlvum 
incendent, si nomina adulescentium non narrabis.” 

“ Ego te non timeo,” Mucius respondit. “ Nomina adules¬ 
centium tibi non narrabo. Romani corpora sua oderunt. 3 
Romani patriam suam amant. Specta.” 

Prope regem in ara erat Ignis. Adulescens dextram IgnI 
iniecit. 4 Mucius immotus stetit dum dextra sua Igne con- 
sumitur. 

Rex virtute adulescentis erat attonitus. u Virtus tua est 
admodum magna/^ rex inquit. “ Ego te liberum dlmittam.” 

Mucius misericordia regis movebatur et dixit: “ TrecentI 
adulescentes Romani te necare temptabant. Sors prlma in me 
cecidit. ReliquI in vices 5 te necare temptabunt.” 

Mucius tutus ab rege dlmissus est. Romani Mucium Scae- 
volam appellaverunt quod dextram amlserat. Porsena audacia 
Mucil magnopere territus est et cum Romanis pacem fecit. 6 
Sic adulescens solus patriam suam perlculo magno servavit. 

1 captus, from capio. 

2 tractus from traho. 

3 oderunt, hate. See p. 123, III note 3. 

4 iniecit, from inicio; a dative case as well as an accusative case is used with 
this verb. 

5 in vices, in turn. 

6 fecit, from facio. 


Answer in Latin orally: 

interrogAtiones 

1. Quibuscum Porsena Romam oppugnabat? 

2. Quid Gaius Mucius patribus dixit? 


i6o 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


3. Ubi rex Porsena sedebat? 

4. Quem Mucius slca necavit? 

5. Quid rex Mucio dixit? 

6. Quid Mucius prlmum respondit? 

7. Cui {into what ) adulescens dextram iniecit? 

8. Cur rex Murium liberum dlmlsit? 

9. Cur Porsena cum Romanis pacem fecit? 


THE COURAGE OF A ROMAN MAID 
CLOELIA 

Prope flumen Tiberim erant castra Porsenae. Romani 
Porsenae pueros et puellas pr 5 obsidibus dederant. Una ex 
obsidibus, Cloelia nomine, custodies evasit. Cloelia secum 
partem puellarum duxit. Inter hastas hostium Cloelia cum 
puellls Tiberim tranavit, et Cloelia tuta cum puellls Romam 1 



Inter Hastas Hostium Cloelia cum PuellIs Tiberim Tranat 


venit. Porsena erat admodum Iratus et Romam nuntios misit. 
Porsena Cloeliam poposcit. Puellas ceteras non volebat. Postea 
autem Porsena Iratus non erat et Cloeliam laudavit. “ Cloe¬ 
lia,” inquit, “ virtute Mucium superat. Si Romani mihi earn 
remittent, ego puellam tutam reddam. ,, 

Itaque Romani Cloeliam ad Porsenam mlserunt. Porsena 
1 Romam, see p. 61 , II note 1. 





FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


161 


virtute magna puellae honorem et salutem dedit. Cloeliam 
tutam ad Romanos reddidit. Ubi pax facta est, 1 in sacra via 
populus Romanus Cloeliae statuam equestrem posuit. Sic 
populus Romanus virtutem puellae honoravit. 

1 facta est, from facid. 

Answer in Latin orally: 

INTERROGATIONS 

1. Ubi erant castra Porsenae? 

2. QuI erant obsides Romani? 

3. Quis custodies Porsenae evasit? 

4. Quibuscum Cloelia Tiberim tranavit? 

5. Quem Porsena poposcit? 

6. Quid Porsena dixit? 

7. Cur Porsena puellae honorem dedit? 

8. Quando populus Romanus Cloeliae statuam equestrem posuit? 


LESSON LI 

PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE AND PASSIVE OF 
VERBS OF FOURTH CONJUGATION AND -IO 
VERBS OF THIRD CONJUGATION 

375. Verbs with -Ire in the present infinitive active belong 
to the fourth conjugation. 

Their present stems end in -I: audlre, present stem audi-. 

376. A few verbs belonging to the third conjugation end in 
-id, as capio, capere. Most of the forms of the -io verbs of the 
third conjugation are like those of verbs of the fourth conjuga¬ 
tion. Compare the stem vowels of the present tense of capio 
with those of the present tense of audio and note the differ¬ 


ences. 


162 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


377. PRESENT INDICATIVE 


ACTIVE 

-id Third Conjugation Fourth Conjugation 
Singular 


capio, I take 
capis, you take 
capit, he takes 


audio, I hear 
audis, you hear 
audit, he hears 


Plural 


capimus, we take 
capitis, you take 
capiunt, they take 


audimus, we hear 
auditis, you hear 
audiunt, they hear 


PASSIVE 

Singular 

capior, I am taken audior, I am heard 

caperis, you are taken audiris, you are heard 

capitur, he is taken auditur, he is heard 


Plural 


capimur, we are taken 
capiminl, you are taken 
capiuntur, they are taken 


audimur, we are heard 
audimini, you are heard 
audiuntur, they are heard 


378. VOCABULARY 


3 RD Conj. -io Verbs 

capio, capere, cepi, captus, to 
take, catch, capture 
facio, facere, feci, factus, to 

make, do 

iacio, iacere, ieci, iactus, to throw 


4th Conj. Verbs 

audio, audire, audivi, auditus, 

to hear 

ferio, ferire,-,-, to strike 

venio, venire, veni, ventus, to 

come 



FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


163 


379 . ENGLISH AND LATIN WORD STUDY 

(1) Explain the formation of the following Latin words. 
Which of them have English derivatives? 

captio, - 5 nis captor, -oris 

auditio, -onis factor, -oris 

factio, -onis auditor, -oris 

(2) Find as many English words as you can which contain 
the stems ven-, vent-, of the verb venire. Use all the prefixes 
and suffixes which you know. 

380 . READING EXERCISE XXXIX 
Pueri Fuste Pilam Feriunt 1 

1. Hodie in campo prope scholam est ludus. Multi pueri et 
puellae et magistri e 5 rum ad campum venerunt. Voces puer 5 - 
rum et puellarum longe audiuntur. Ei clamorem magnum 
faciunt quod ludum spectant. Alius 2 puer pila ludere gaudet, 
alius ludum spectare gaudet. 

2. Pars puerorum in campo stant. Alter 3 puer pilam iacit, 
alter puer pilam capit. Ceterl pueri singull pilam fuste ferire 
temptant. Puer, cum pilam fuste ferit, currit et clamorem mag¬ 
num pueri et puellae faciunt. 

1 fuste pilam ferire, to play baseball. 2 alius — alius one, another. 

3 alter — alter, one, the other. 






Pueri et Puellae Romanae Malis et PilIs Ludunt 











164 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


3. Puerl fuste pilam ferire gaudent. Ei pilam etiam iacere et 
capere gaudent. Gaudentne puellae pilam capere et iacere? 

Note. For Roman games of ball see Johnston’s Private Life of the 
Romans, p. 217. 

381 . Review Rules 17 and 19, Appendix 30. Write in Latin, 
distinguishing means from accompaniment: 

1. The boys are striking the ball with a bat. 

2. Titus is throwing stones into the brook. 

3. He will wound the beautiful swan with the stones. 

4. Soldiers often fight with swords. 

5. The girls are coming to town with their mother. 

6. The Romans often fought with the Gauls. 

7. Some boys bat the ball, others watch the game. 


LESSON LII 


FOURTH CONJUGATION AND -IO VERBS OF 
THE THIRD CONJUGATION ( Cont .) 


382 . IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 


Active 


Passive 


Singular 


audiebam, I was hearing, I heard 

audiebas, you were hearing, you 
heard 

audiebat, he was hearing, he 
heard 


audiebar, I was heard, I was 
being heard 

audiebaris, you were heard, you 
were being heard 
audiebatur, he was heard, he 
was being heard 


Plural 


audiebamus, we were hearing, audiebamur, we were heard, we 
we heard were being heard 

audiebatis, you were hearing, audiebamini, you were heard, 

you heard you were being heard 

audiebant, they were hearing, audiebantur, they were heard, 
they heard they were being heard 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


165 


FUTURE INDICATIVE 

Singular 

audiar, I shall be heard 
audiem, you will be heard 
audiefur, he will be heard 

Plural 

audi emus, we shall hear aud iemur, we shall be heard 

audiefts, you will hear audiemmz, you will be heard 

audienf, they will hear audie/ifur, they will be heard 

383 . The imperfect and future indicative of the -id verbs 
of the third conjugation are like the imperfect and future of 
audlre. Write these tenses of capere. 

384 . Write the conjugation of audlre and capere in the per¬ 
fect, pluperfect, and future perfect active and passive. Com¬ 
pare with Appendix 26, pp. 270, 271, 272. 

385 . READING EXERCISE XL 
Pueri follem pedibus calcitrant 1 

1. In plctura nos tres viros Ro¬ 
manos videmus. Virl follibus ludunt. 

Pila est parva, sed follis est magnus. 

Pilae et folles sunt rotundl. Virl et 
pueri Romani folles capiebant et 
iaciebant. Virl Romani pilas quoque 
capiebant et iaciebant. El pilam fuste 
non feriebant et follem pedibus non Vnu Romani Follibus 
calcitrabant. Ludunt 

2. Pueri AmericanI autem pilam fuste feriunt et follem pedi¬ 
bus calcitrant. Pueri AmericanI follem quoque iaciunt et 
capiunt. Cum pueri AmericanI follem pedibus calcitrant, 
multi homines ad ludum veniunt et clamorem magnum faciunt. 

1 follem pedibus calcitrare, to play football. 



audi am, I shall hear 
audies, you will hear 
audief, he will hear 


i66 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


386. Answer in Latin orally: 

INTERROGATIONS 

1. Virlne Roman! pilam fuste feriebant? 

2. Quo modo puerl Romani pills ludebant? 

3. Qu5 modo puerl American! pills ludunt? 

4. Quo modo puerl American! folle ludunt? 

387. VOCABULARY 

pes, pedis, m., foot quo modo? in what manner? by 

rotundus, -a, -um, round what means? 

ludo, -ere, lusi, lusus, to play 


388. FOUR “VERB FAMILIES” 

Learn, with meanings, the following compounds from capio, 
iacio, venio, facio. Give the principal parts of those not printed 


by observing the sample. Note 
of facio, capio, and iacio. 

accipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus, take 
to, receive, accept 
excipio, take out, succeed to 
incipio, begin 

adicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus, add to 
conicio, hurl, throw 
obicio, throw against 
proicio, hurl forward 
conficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, ac¬ 
complish, complete 
deficio, fail, revolt from 


the vowel change in the stems 

praeficio, put at head of (w. dat.) 
perficio, accomplish 
proficio, accomplish, gain 
satisfacio, do enough, do one’s 
duty, apologize 

circumvenio, -Ire, -veni, -ventus, 
come around, surround 
convenio, come together, assem¬ 
ble 

invenio, come upon, find 
pervenio, come through, arrive 


389. Review Rules 19 and 20, Appendix 30. Write in Latin, 
distinguishing personal agent from means: 

1. The meal was being prepared by a slave. 

2. The boy’s father had been wounded by a Gaul. 

3. He was struck by a sword. 


390. Suggested Drill: Decline follis, pes, rotundus. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


167 


LESSON LIII 

ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 
OF TWO TERMINATIONS 

FORTES FORTUNA ADIUVAT, Fortune favors 
the brave. — Terence 

391. Adjectives of the third declension are divided into 
three groups based on the number of endings in the nominative 
singular. Those belonging to the /^-termination group have 
two endings in the nominative, one for masculine and feminine 
and one for neuter gender. 

In the masculine and feminine these adjectives are declined like 
navis except that the ablative singular ends in —I. The neuter is 
like mare. 


392. Singular Plural 



MAS. AND FEM. 

NEUT. 

MAS. AND. FEM. 

NEUT. 

Nom. 

omnis 

omne 

omnes 

omnia 

Gen. 

omnis 


omnium 


Dat. 

omni 


omnibus 


Acc. 

omnem 

omne 

omnes, -is 

omnia 

Abl. 

omni 


omnibus 



VOCABULARY 


393. 

brevis, -e, short 
difficilis, -e, hard, difficult 
facilis, -e, easy 
fortis, -e, strong, brave 
omnis, -e, all, every 
dux, ducis, m., leader 


rex, regis, m., king 

oupio, -ere, cupivi, cupitus, to 

wish, desire 

peto, -ere, -ivi or -ii, -itus, to 
seek, ask, demand 
quo respectu? in what respect? 


What is the gender of the other third declension nouns 
ending in -x which you have learned? Why are dux and rex 
masculine? 


i68 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


394. LATIN AND ENGLISH WORD STUDY 

(1) The English word omnibus is the dative plural of omnis, 
so called because an omnibus was for all. 

(2) Form a Latin noun ending in -tudo from fortis and give 
the English derivative. 

(3) The English word brief is derived from the Latin brevis. 
Note the change in spelling. 

(4) Nine out of every ten French words were Latin: 

Compare Latin difficilis with French difficile 


facilis 

CC 

cc 

facile 

fortis 

cc 

cc 

forte 

brevis 

CC 

cc 

breve 

hominem 

cc 

cc 

homme 

matrem 

cc 

cc 

mere 

patrem 

cc 

cc 

pere 


395. READING EXERCISE XLI 

Colloquium 

Puer. Estne via in Galliam brevis? 

Miles. Non, via in Galliam est longa 
et difficilis. 

Puer. Suntne omnes Gall! fortes? 

Miles. Certe, Gall! sunt fortes virl. 

Puer. Estne facile pugnare cum Gallls? 

Miles. Non, sed Caesar Gallos vincet. 

Puer. Quis est Caesar? 

Miles. Caesar est fortis et clarus dux 
Romanorum. 

Puer. Habentne Galll reges? 

Miles. Non, Gall! reges non habent, sed 
prlncipes habent. 

Puer. Habentne German! reges? 

Miles. Certe, German! reges habent. Unus de regibus 
Germanorum est Ariovistus et nunc in Gallia habitat. Mult! 







FIRST LATIN LESSONS 169 

German! cum Ariovisto sunt. German! sunt fortes et saepe cum 
Gallis pugnant. 

Puer. Petentne Gall! auxilium de Caesare? 

Miles. Gall! de Caesare auxilium petiverunt et Caesar id 
dabit. Mox erit bellum magnum in Gallia, cum Caesar et 
milites Roman! cum Germanis et Ariovisto pugnabunt. 

Puer. Superantne milites German! milites Romanos? 

Miles. German! magnitudine, sed non virtute Romanos 
superant. 

Puer. Militesne Caesarem amant? 

Miles. Certe, milites omnes Caesarem amant quod Caesar 
fortis dux est. 

Puer. Galline Caesarem amant? 

Miles. Pars Gallorum Caesarem amat, sed pars Caesarem 
non amat. 

Puer. Cur remanes in urbe? 

Miles. Ad urbem veni quod matrem meam videre cupie- 
bam, sed eras ad castra Caesaris in Galham properabo, quod 
cum Germanis pugnare cupio. Vale. 

Puer. Ego quoque miles esse cupio. Vale. 

396 . Answer in Latin orally: 

INTERROGATIONES 

1. Quis erat Caesar? 

2. A quo Gall! regebantur? 

3. Quis erat rex Germanorum? 

4. Ubi Ariovistus habitabat? 

5. De quo Gall! auxilium petiverunt? 

6. Dabitne Caesar auxilium? 

7. Quo respectu Germani Romanos superant? 

8. Cur miles ad urbem venit? 

9. Suntne milites AmericanI fortes? 

397 . Review Rules 12 and 16, Appendix 30. Write in Latin, 
distinguishing in what respect from place where; 


170 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


1. The Gauls surpassed the Germans in courage but not in height. 

2. The Germans lived in huts and did not have large farmhouses. 

3. Caesar was not a king in name. 

4. All Romans did not live in Italy. 

5. A brave leader remains with his soldiers in danger. 

6. To write is difficult. 

7. To read is easy. 

Note. In the last two sentences the adjectives difficult and easy 
must be neuter as they modify an infinitive which is considered neuter 
gender. 

398. Suggested Drill: (1) Give principal parts of capio, 
facio, iacio. 

(2) Give synopsis of cupere in third person plural active and 
passive indicative mode in all the tenses. 


LESSON LIV 

ENGLISH -ABLE, -IBLE, LATIN - BILIS , 

Capable of being 

LABOR OMNIA VINCIT, Work conquers 
everything. — vergil 

399. Adjectives of the third declension may be formed by 


adding —bilis, capable of being, to the present 

stem of verbs. 

400. 


CHART 



-bilis = 

capable of being 


Latin Verb 

Latin Adjective 

French Adjective 

English Adjective 

curare 

curabilis 

curable 

curable 

terrere 

terribilis 

terrible 

terrible 

tangere 

tangibilis 

tangible 

tangible 

audire 

audibilis 

-- 

audible 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


171 

401. Study the chart carefully. 

(1) Notice that the English adjective ends in -able when the 
Latin adjective ends in -abilis, in -ible when the Latin adjective 
ends in -ibilis. 

(2) In the first conjugation the stem vowel -a remains and 
the Latin adjectives end in -abilis: laudare, laudabilis. 

(3) In other conjugations the stem vowel is i or changes to 
i and the Latin adjectives end in -ibilis: terrere, terribilis. 

(4) Many of these words are used in English, but the un¬ 
accented ending, —bilis, has been slurred into -ble: laudabilis 
has become laudable; terribilis, terrible. One must go back to 
the Latin to account for the fact that some English adjectives 
end in —able and some in -dble. This slurring of the ending was 
due to the French pronunciation, as many of these words be¬ 
came first French, then English. 

(5) We have adopted the suffix -able into the English language 
and have formed many adjectives ending in -able which have 
no Latin original, as movable, tenable, doable, likable, lovable, etc. 

402. (1) Form Latin adjectives from the following verbs 
and give the English derivatives. Construct a chart like that 
given in Section 400: 

superare portare legere vulnerare 

habitare stare vincere navigare 

(2) Be able to give the meaning of each verb and the original 
meaning of each adjective as: laudare, to praise; laudabilis, 
capable of being praised. 

403. Many of these adjectives have a negative formed by 
prefixing in-, as inaudibilis, inaudible; invulnerabilis, invulner¬ 
able. 

404. You will meet the following adjectives in your Latin 
reading. Can you give their English derivatives? 


172 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


incredibilis innumerabilis lamentabilis imitabilis 

horribilis memorabilis miserabilis laudabilis 

tolerabilis violabilis inextricabilis Insuperabilis 

405 . Keep a list of all English adjectives found in your 
reading which end in -ible. Look up the Latin verbs from 
which they were formed. 

406 . These adjectives ending in -bilis are declined like omnis. 
Write the declension of curabilis. 

407 . READING EXERCISE XLII 

Proelium 

1. Proelium magnum factum erat 1 et clamor virorum equ 5 - 
rumque terribilis fuerat. 

2. Mult! mllites aut interfect! erant aut vulneratl erant. 

3. Apud mllites Romanos erat adulescens Hispaniensis, 
Sergius nomine. 

4. Dux militum magno in periculo fuerat et adulescens ab 
gladils hostium ducem suum servaverat. 

5. Dux pede vulneratus erat, sed vulnus ducis erat curabile. 

6. Sergius capite graviter vulneratus est et vulnus adulescen- 
tis erat incurabile. 

7. Hostes erant fortes viri, sed virtus militum Romanorum 
Insuperabilis fuerat. 

8. Fama proelil Romae ab viatore narrata est. 

9. Fama incredibilis Romanis videbatur ( seemed ) et Romani 
miserabiles erant, quod tot mllites interfectl et vulneratl erant. 

1 factum erat, had been fought. 

408 . VOCABULARY 

apud {prep, with acc.), among fama, -ae,/., report, rumor, fame 

aut — aut, either — or -que {always joined to second 

interficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, to word), and 
kill 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


173 


409. Write in Latin: 

1. There was a young man in the battle with the Roman soldiers. 

2. The young man saved his leader from a terrible death. 

3. The leader was not wounded in his body, but his foot was struck 
by a large stone. 

4. The young man’s head was severely wounded by a Gaul and his 
wound was incurable. 

410. Suggested Drill: (1) Give principal parts of audio, 
venio, ferio. 

(2) Give a synopsis of punlre, to punish, in the third person 
singular active and passive indicative mode (all tenses). 

(3) Mention an English derivative from the fourth principal 
part of: excipio, proicio, conficio, and invenio. 


LESSON LV 


SUFFIXES -ALIS, -ANUS, -ICUS, AND -IUS, 

Belonging to, pertaining to 

411. Many Latin adjectives are formed by adding -alis, 
-anus, -icus, or -ius to the stems of nouns. These suffixes be¬ 
come in English -at, -an, -ic, and -ious. 

412. The following are examples: 


navalis, -e 
Romanus, -a, -um 
Germanicus, -a, -um 
noxius, -a, -um 


Latin 


English 

naval 

Roman 

Germanic 

noxious 


174 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


413 . The adjectives ending in -alis are declined like omnis. 
Write the declension of navalis. 


414. ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

For each word in the following list, state the Latin noun 
from which it was formed and the literal meaning of the adjec¬ 
tive: 


floral 

Britannic 

Grecian 

mural 

Gallic 

Italian 

vocal 

European 

Sicilian 

filial 

operatic 

nominal 


415 . READING EXERCISE XLIII 

Castor et Pollux 

1. Homines sunt mortales, sed del sunt immortales. 

2. Olim erant duo fratres, Castor et Pollux. 

3. Castor erat mortalis, sed Pollux erat immortalis. 

4. Mater fratrum erat Leda et pater erat deus Iuppiter. 

5. Castor et Pollux in proelio ad lacum Regillum (at Lake 
Regillus ) auxilium Romanis dederunt. 

6. EquI fratrum erant alb! et magni. 

7. Castor et Pollux post proelium ad urbem Romam pro- 
peraverunt et victSriam nuntiaverunt. 

8. Romani fratribus magnum templum fecerunt quod 
fratres periculo eos liberaverant. 

9. Templum Castoris et Pollucis erat in Foro prope templum 
Vestae. 

10. Nunc viatores Romae tres columnas eius templi vident. 

n. Castor et Pollux ab Romanis semper amabantur quod 
Romanis auxilium dederant. 

Note. Read the story of Castor and Pollux, Gayley’s Classic 
Myths , pp. 242-245. 


The Roman Forum at the Present Time 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


175 
























176 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


416. VOCABULARY 

forum, -f, n., market place, libero, -are, -avi, -atus, to free 

Forum nuntio, -are, —avi, -atus, to an- 

templum, -i, n., temple nounce 

417. LATIN AND ENGLISH WORD STUDY 

(1) Explain the formation of the Latin nouns liberator and 
liberatio (-onis), and give their English derivatives. 

(2) Give the meaning of the following Latin verbs, compounds 
of nuntio. Note the change in spelling of the English derivatives: 

annuntio (ad-nuntio) announce 

enuntio enounce 

renuntio renounce 

418. Write in Latin: 

1. Castor and Pollux saved the Romans from danger. 

2. The citizens were freed from fear by the brothers. 

3. The great leader freed the Gauls from the Germans. 

4. Part of the Germans were captured by Caesar’s soldiers. 

5. Caesar gave much money to his soldiers. 

419. Suggested Drill: (1) Decline templum and deus. 

(2) Give a synopsis of liberare, first person plural indicative 
mode active and passive. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


177 


LESSON LVI 

ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 
OF THREE TERMINATIONS 

420 . There are a few adjectives of the third declension which 
have different forms in the nominative singular for masculine, 
feminine, and neuter gender. They are called adjectives of three 
terminations. They are declined like omnis except in the 
nominative singular. 


421 . Singular Plural 



MAS. AND FEM. 

NEUT. 

MAS. AND FEM 

NEUT. 

Nom. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

acres 


acria 

Gen. 


acris 



acrium 


Dat. 


acri 



acribus 


Acc. 

acrem 


acre 

acres, -is 


acria 

Ahl. 


acri 



acribus 



422 . READING EXERCISE XLIV 

Horatius Codes 

1. Tarquinius, rex Romae, erat vir severus crudelisque. 

2. Romani eum ex urbe pepulerunt. 

3. Tarquinius ad Porsenam, regem Etruriae, venit et 
auxilium oravit. 

4. Porsena cum mllitibus multls et acribus ad urbem venit 
et collem Ianiculum cepit. 

5. Inter collem Ianiculum et Romam erat pons Sublicius. 

6. Omnes agricolae magn 5 in terrore erant et in urbem 
fugerunt. 

7. Roma murls flumineque muniebatur, sed hostes viam 
trans pontem facere temptabant. 

8. Urbs magno in perlculo erat. 

9. Horatius et duo comites in ponte stabant et cum hostibus 
pugnabant. 


178 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


10. Horatius clamavit, “Rescindite, Romani, pontem.” 

11. Ubi Romani pontem paene resciderunt, duo comites 
trans pontem properaverunt. 

12. Horatius solus reman- 
sit. 

13. Ubi pars pontis re- 
scissa est, Horatius in celere 
fiumen desiluit et ad rlpam 
alteram tranavit. 

14. Clves statuam Horatil 
in Comitio posuerunt et el 
agrum magnum dederunt. 

15. Nomen Horatil apud 
Romanos in honore semper 
tenebatur. 



Horatius Solus Remanet 


Note. Read Horatius, Macaulay’s Lays of Ancient Rome. 


VOCABULARY 


423 . 

acer, acris, acre, bold, sharp 
celer, celeris, celere, swift 
crudelis, -e, cruel 
Comitium, -I, the Comitium, a 
meeting place adjoining the 
Roman Forum 

comes, comitis, m. and com¬ 
panion 


hostis, hostis, m. or /., an enemy, 
pi., the enemy 

desilio, -Ire, -ul, desultus, to 

leap down 

fugio, -ere, fugl, fugitus, to 

flee 

pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsus, to 
drive out, rout 


424 . Answer in Latin orally: 

INTERROGATIONES DE HORATIO 

1. Cur Romani Tarquinium ex urbe pepulerunt? 

2. Quo Tarquinius properavit? 

3. Qu! ad urbem venerunt? 

4. Quo modo Roma muniebatur? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


179 


5. Quis in ponte stabat et cum hostibus pugnabat? 

6 . Quid Romani fecerunt? 

7. Quid elves Romani Horatio dederunt? 

425 . ENGLISH AND LATIN WORD STUDY 

(1) Notice the change in spelling from crudelis to cruel. 
For a similar change compare magister with master and rotundus 
with round. 

(2) Form compounds of pello with the prefixes re-, ex-, in-, 
con-. Give the meanings of the Latin verbs thus formed and 
of their English derivatives. 

426 . Write in Latin: 

1. The horses of the enemy {plural) are swift. 

2. The companions of Horatius were bold men. 

3. Horatius leapt down from the bridge into the river. 

4. The river was swift and wide. 

5. Horatius saved the Romans from their enemies. 

6. The statue of Horatius was placed in the Comitium by the 
Romans. 

7. A large field was given to Horatius by the Roman citizens. 

427 . Suggested Drill: Give synopsis of pellere in second 
person plural indicative mode active and passive. 


i8o 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON LVII 

ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 
OF ONE TERMINATION 

PARES CUM PARIBUS FACILLIME CONGREGANTUR, 

Birds of a feather flock together. — cicero 

428 . Some adjectives of the third declension have the same 
form in the nominative singular for all three genders. They 
are called adjectives of one termination. Except for the nomina¬ 
tive singular of all genders and the accusative singular neuter 
the endings are the same as for omnis. 


429 . 

, Singular 


Plural 


MAS. AND FEM. 

NEUT. MAS. 

AND FEM. NEUT. 

Norn. 

audax 

audaces 

audacia 

Gen. 

audacis 


audacium 

Dat. 

audaci 


audacibus 

Acc. 

audacem 

audax audaces, 

, -Is audacia 

Abl. 

audaci 


audacibus 

430 . 

VOCABULARY 



audax, -acis, bold 

amicus, -a, 

-um, friendly 


velox, -ocis, swift 

inimicus, -a 

., -um, unfriendly 


par, paris, equal 

carus, -a, -1 

um, dear 


similis, -e, like 

gratus, -a, - 

-um, pleasing 


431 . LATIN AND ENGLISH WORD STUDY 

(1) How do we use the word par in English? Pair is also 
derived from par. What change in spelling has taken place? 

(2) Form Latin nouns in -tudo from gratus and similis and 
give the English derivatives. 

(3) Give English words related to audax, velox, amicus, 
inimicus. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


181 


432 . READING EXERCISE XLV 

1. Galll virtute non erant pares Romanis {to the Romans). 

2. Sella non est par mensae altitudine. 

3. Puella non est par puero aut altitudine aut magnitudine. 

4. Feminae magnitudine non sunt pares virls. 

5. Galll erant audaces virl, sed virtu te non erant pares 
Germanls. 

6 . EquI Gallorum erant veloces, sed non erant pares equis 
Germanorum. 

7. Opus puellarum gratum magistro erat. 

8. Galll sunt amici Americanls. 

9. German! erant inimlcl Gallls et Americanls. 

10. Puella est cara matrl suae. 

11. Estne piscis similis avl? 

12. Parva serva erat grata dominae suae, quod opus servae 
bonum erat. 

433 . Rule. Dative with adjectives. — Many adjectives 
meaning dear, equal, friendly, near, suitable, etc., are followed 
by the dative case. 

434 . Find an example of a dative with an adjective in each 
sentence in Reading Exercise XLV. 

435 . Write in Latin: 

1. The leader is dear to his soldiers because of his courage. 

2. The boy’s work is pleasing to his father because it is good. 

3. The king will be friendly to the consul. 

4. The men of Gaul were not equal to the Romans. 

5. The women are equal to the men in courage. 

6. The chief was unfriendly to his companions and was not loved 
by them. 

436 . Suggested Drill: (1) Give principal parts of habeo, 
teneo, terreo, video, timed. 

(2) Give synopsis of terrere in second person singular active 
and passive indicative mode. 


i 82 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON LVIII 


NUMERALS 
437. i unus, -a, -um 


2 duo, duae, duo 

3 tres, tria 

4 quattuor 

5 qulnque 

6 sex 

7 septem 

8 octo 


9 novem 
io decern 
n undecim 

12 duodecim 

13 tredecim 

14 quattuordecim 

15 qumdecim 

16 sedecim 


438. The Roman year originally began with the month 
March. Can you explain the meanings of the names of the 
months September, October, November, and December? 

Compare the Latin numerals with the French numerals: 
un, deux, trois, quatre, cinq, six, sept, huit, neuf, dix, etc. 


439. ( 1 ) The numerals from quattuor to centum (one hun¬ 
dred ), inclusive, are indeclinable. 

Tres, tria is declined like the plural of omnis. 

(2) Unus and duo are declined as follows: 


Singular 



MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

Norn 

. unus 

una 

unum 

Gen. 


unlus 


Dat. 


uni 


Acc. 

unum 

unam 

unum 

Abl. 

uno 

una 

uno 


The plural of unus is used occasionally in the sense of alone. 
It is declined like the plural of altus, -a, -um. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 183 

(3) Duo, two 

Plural 



MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

Nom. 

duo 

duae 

duo 

Gen. 

duorum 

duarum 

duorum 

Dat. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

Acc. 

duos, duo 

duas 

duo 

Abl. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 


440 . Turn to pages 263-264, and learn also the ordinal 
numerals from first to tenth. 


VOCABULARY 


441 

digitus, -i, m., finger, finger 
breadth 

ob, {prep. w. acc.), against, on ac¬ 
count of 

propter, {prep. w. acc.), near, on 
account of 


fidelis, -e, faithful 
gravis, -e, heavy, serious 
communis, -e, common, general 
alacer, -cris, -ere, eager, cheerful 
diligens, -gentis, careful 
deligo, -ere, -legi, -lectus, pick 
out, choose 


442 . READING EXERCISE XLVI 

1. Mensa est longa tres pedes, lata duos. 

2. Altitudo mensae est duo pedes; non est altissima. 

3. Liber est altus duos digitos; liber non gravis est. 

4. Ob commune perlculum omnes me! librl ab diligent! et 
fidell servo alacriter abditl sunt. 

5. Una puella est alta sex pedes, una quinque. 

443 . Translate into Latin: 

1. The village was surrounded with soldiers. 

2. He returned the book aiid handed it over to the teacher. 

444 . A. With the help of an unabridged English dictionary 
find and record in your notebook the Latin source from which 
the following English words have been derived: 


184 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


omnibus science governor 

fort insulation integer 

ambition 

B. Find and record in your notebook at least five English 
words associated by derivation with the following verbs: 
pon5 munio audio 

venio sumo claudo 

pello 

445. Observe that in the sentences of Section 442, the ac¬ 
cusative without a preposition was used to show extent. 

Write three original Latin sentences in which you use expres¬ 
sions of measurement. 


LESSON LIX 

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 

446. Review: (1) Study and learn the rule for extent of space, 
(Rule 9, Appendix 30). 

(2) Decline unus and duo. 

(3) Count in Latin 1 through 16. 

(4) Give from memory the ordinal numerals from first to tenth. 

447. (1) In English we compare adjectives regularly by 
adding -er, -est, or by using the adverbs more , most: 

Positive Comparative Superlative 

high higher highest 

pleasing more pleasing most pleasing 

(2) In Latin adjectives are regularly compared by adding 
-ior and -issimus to the base: 

Positive Comparative Superlative 

altus, -a, -um altior, altius altissimus, -a, -um 

velox, velocis velocior, velocius velocissimus, -a, -um 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


185 


448. Write the comparison of brevis, fortis, audax, amicus, 
and gratus in Latin and give the English meaning of each form. 

Note. The comparative is sometimes translated too or rather and 
the superlative very. 


449. The superlative is declined like altus, -a, -um. 

The comparative belongs to the third declension, but it is 
not an i-stem. Comparatives are declined as follows: 


Singular 

MAS. AND FEM. NEUT. 

Nom. altior altius 

Gen. altioris 

Dat. altior! 

Acc. altior em altius 

Abl. altiore 


Plural 

MAS. AND EEM. NEUT. 

altiores altiora 

altiorum 
altioribus 

altiores altiora 

altioribus 


450. VOCABULARY 

praemium, -I, n., reward, pre¬ 
mium 

quam, conj., than 
sinister, -tra, -trum, left 
citus, -a, -um, swift 
pronuntio, -are, -avl, -atus, de¬ 
clare 

noceo, -ere, nocul, nociturus, 

(w. dat.), harm 

dubito, -are, -avi, -atus, hesi¬ 
tate, doubt 

1. Our kinsmen will not hesitate to besiege the hidden towns of 
the enemy. 

2. The tree on the right is many feet taller than the tree on the 
left. 

3. Trees declare the glory of Nature. 

452. READING EXERCISE XLVII 

1. Romani erant audaciores, sed Galli citiores. 

2. Noster princeps vicinis oppidis ab victore praefectus est. 


arbor, -oris,/., tree 
soror, -oris,/., sister 
dexter, -tra, -trum, right 
occultus, -a, -um, hidden, secret 
vlcinus, -a, -um, nearby, neigh¬ 
boring 

propinquus,-a,-um, nearby; (as 
noun, kinsman) 

obsideo, —ere, obsedi, obsessus, 

besiege 

451. Translate into Latin: 


186 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


3. Puer bonus sorori non nocebit. 

4. Flumen est latius quam rfvus. 

453. Write in Latin: 

1. The orator is more famous than his brother. 

2. The girl is prettier than her mother. 

3. The boy is more pleasing to his mother than to the teacher. 

4. My dog is swifter than yours. 

5. The snow is deeper in the valley than on the road. 

6. We did not see a more beautiful city than Rome. 

454. FORMS AND USE OF THE PARTICIPLE 

Learn the four forms of the Latin participle as shown in the 
following paradigm: 


Active Passive 


Present portans, -antis, carrying 
movens, -entis, moving 
ducens, -entis, leading 
audiens, -ientis, hearing 

(lacking) 

Future 

portaturus, -a, -um, 
about to carry 

portandus, -a, -um, to be carried 


moturus, -a, -um, about 
to move 

movendus, -a, -um, to be moved 


ducturus, -a, -um, about 
to lead 

ducendus, -a, -um, to be led 


auditurus, -a, -um, about 
to hear 

audiendus, -a, -um, to be heard 

Perfect 


portatus, -a, -um, having been 
carried 

motus, -a, -um, having been 


(lacking) 

moved 

ductus, -a, -um, having been led 
auditus, -a, -um, having been 
heard 


Note that the present active and future passive participles 
are formed from the first principal part of the verb; but that 







FIRST LATIN LESSONS 187 

the future active is formed from the fourth principal part, which 
is the perfect passive participle. 

The only participle form of sum is the future active, futurus. 

As participles are verbal adjectives, they are inflected in all 
genders and cases to agree with the noun or pronoun which they 
modify. The present participle is declined like audax, Section 429. 

Write the participles of cupid, libero, ago, and responded. 

Participles are used in Latin much as in English. Study the 
following sentences: 

Present: Me ambulantem in via vidit. 

He saw me walking on the road. 

Future Active: Morituri te salutamus. 

About to die, we greet you. 

Future Passive: Urbs est defendenda. 

The city is to be defended. 

Perfect Passive : Puella, a matre vocata, celeriter veniet. 

The girl, called by her mother, will come 
quickly. 

LESSON LX 

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES IN -ER AND -LIS 

455 . Review: (1) Compare the rule you wrote for the case 
of the two things or persons compared with Rule 31, Appendix 
30. Learn Rule 31. 

(2) Compare in Latin and English: longus, liberalis, terri- 
bilis. 

(3) Decline longior, -ius. 

456 . Adjectives ending in -er form the superlative by add¬ 
ing -rimus to the positive: 

Positive Comparative Superlative 

miser, -a, -um miserior, -ius miserrimus, -a, -um 

acer, acris, acre acrior, -ius acerrimus, -a, -um 

457 . Write the comparison of celer and pulcher. 


188 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


458. Six adjectives ending in -lis form'the superlative by 
adding -limus to the base. All other adjectives ending in -lis 
form the superlative regularly like altus: 


Positive 

facilis, -e 
difficilis, -e 
similis, -e 
dissimilis, -e 
gracilis, -e 
humilis, -e 


Comparative 

facilior, -ius 
difficilior, -ius 
similior, -ius 
dissimilior, -ius 
gracilior, -ius 
humilior, -ius 


Superlative 

facillimus, -a, -um 
difficillimus, -a, -um 
simillimus, -a, -um 
dissimillimus, -a, -um 
gracillimus, -a, -um 
humillimus, -a, -um 


459. VOCABULARY 

dissimilis, -e, unlike humilis, -e, humble, low 

gracilis, -e, slender quam longe? how far? 


ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

460. Compare Latin humilis with English humble. All of 
the Latin word after the accent has been slurred and b has been 
added. A similar change occurred in several Latin words when 
they became English: numerus became number; genus, gen¬ 
eris, gender; tener, tender. What new letter is added in each 
of these words? 


461. READING EXERCISE XLVIII 

Answer in Latin orally: 

interrogation^ 

1. Quam longe rivus latitudine patet? 

2. Quam longe camera longitudine patet? 

3. Estne difficilius scrlbere aut legere? 

4. Estne facilius scrlbere calamo aut creta? 

5. Estne opus tuum in schola difficilius (too difficult) ? 

6. Quis est gracilior, Cornelia aut Iulia? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


189 


7. Estne novus liber gratus patri tuo? 

8. Quo respectu canis tuus canem meum superat? 

9. Eratne capsa Romana similis capsae Americanae? 

10. Eratne schola Romana dissimilis scholae nostrae? 

11. Quot puerl folle ludunt? 

12. Erantne consules Romani virl humiles? 

13. Cur puella amatur? 

14. Quo respectu Titus Marcum superat? 

15. Estne praemium TitI magnum? 

16. Quo modo puerf American! folle et pila ludunt? 

17. Quo modo puerl Romani folle et pila ludunt? 

462 . Write six Latin sentences in which two things or two 
people are compared. 


LESSON LXI 

IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 

E PLURIBUS UNUM, One from many 
(Motto of the United States) 

463 . The following adjectives are compared irregularly: 

Positive Comparative Superlative 

bonus, -a, -urn, good melior, melius, better optimus, -a, -urn, best 

malus, -a, -um, bad peior, peius, worse pessimus, -a, -um, worst 

magnus, -a, -um, large maior, maius, larger maximus, -a, -um, largest 

parvus, -a, -um, small minor, minus, smaller minimus, -a, -um, smallest 

multus, -a, -um, much -, plus, more plurimus, -a, -um, most 

Note. Plus is used in the singular as a neuter noun with a partitive 
genitive limiting it: Habeo plus pecuniae quam frater meus, I have 
more money than my brother. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


190 

464 . READING EXERCISE XLIX 

1. Titus est altior uno pede quam Mar¬ 
cus. 

2. Mensa est altior uno pede quam sella. 

3. Liber meus est longior uno digito quam 
tuus. 

4. Maximus puer est altior duobus pe- 
dibus quam minimus puer. 

5. Flumen est latius multls pedibus quam 
rlvus. 

6. Liber meus est latior tribus digitls 
quam liber tuus. 

7. Titus est multo peior quam Marcus. 

8. Nostra schola est multo melior quam tua. 

9. Calamus puer! est brevior quam calamus puellae. 

10. Dux naves veloces trans flumen est missurus 

11. Id cum celeritate agendum est. 

12. Malum dominum ferientem servam vldl. 

13. Liber, ab h 5 c homine Scriptus, ab omnibus suls amlcls 
legetur. 

465 . Translate into Latin, using a participle in each sentence: 

1. I saw Titus reading a book near the river. 

2. Having been defeated by the soldiers, we fled to the temple. 

3. Jumping from the ships, the soldiers hastened toward land. 

4. His comrades replied, “We are about to attack the bridge.” 

5. The city of the enemy is to be captured by the bold soldiers. 

466 . ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

Use each of these words in an English sentence: major, minus, 
plus, minor, maximum, minimum, optimist, pessimist. 

467 . Measure several objects and write four Latin sentences 
about them, using the ablative case to express the diference in 
height, length, or width. 








FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


IQI 


LESSON LXII 


FORMATION OF ADVERBS 


468. Review: (1) What new use of the ablative case did 
you learn in the last lesson? 

(2) Compare the rule which you wrote for this use of the 
ablative case with Rule 21, Appendix 30. Learn Rule 21. 

(3) Give two Latin sentences using an ablative of measure of 
difference in each. 

(4) Compare audax, liber, niger, bonus, magnus in Latin and 
give the English meaning of each form. 

469. (1) How are adverbs formed from adjectives of the 
first and second declension? (See Section 218). 

(2) Form adverbs from the following adjectives of the first 
and second declension. Give the meaning of each adjective 
and adverb: 

altus densus miser rapidus 

laetus divinus pulcher severus 

clarus horridus publicus timidus 

470. To form an adverb from an adjective of the third declension, 
add -iter to the base: velox (-ocis), swift; velociter, swiftly. 

471. Form adverbs from the following adjectives. Give 
meaning of the adjectives and adverbs: 


humilis 

terribilis 

liberalis 


brevis 

fortis 

crudelis 


acer 

celer 

audax (-acis) 


The adverb from facilis is facile , an exception to the rule. In 
some adverbs the i before -ter is dropped: audacter is found 
more frequently than audaciter. 


192 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


472. COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 

Adverbs are compared like the adjectives from which they 
are formed. The comparative ends in -ius and the superlative 
in -e. 


Positive Comparative 


Superlative 


longe, far longius, farther longissime, farthest, very far 

bene, well melius, better optime, best, very well 

male, badly peius, worse pessime, worst, very badly 

audacter, boldly audacius, more boldly audacissime, most boldly, very boldly 
celeriter, swiftly celerius, more swiftly celerrime, most swiftly, very swiftly 
facile, easily facilius, more easily facillime, most easily, very easily 


473. READING EXERCISE L 

Quintus et Sextus 

1. Quintus et Sextus sunt fratres. Sextus est parvus et 
Quintus est altior uno pede quam Sextus. Pater puerorum in 
Gallia acriter fortiterque pugnavit. Pater pedibus vulneratus 
est et nunc male ambulat. 

2. Cotldie puerl ad scholam veniunt. Quintus bene legit, 
sed male scrlbit. Sextus in tabellls stilo bene scrlbit, sed in 
charta calamo male scrlbit. Cum puerl legunt, Quintus Sex- 
tum superat. Cum in tabellls puerl scrlbunt, Sextus facile 
Qulntum superat. 

3. Herl Quintus et Sextus orationes habuerunt. 1 Duo 
oratores clarl, Cicero et Hortensius, orationes puerorum iudi- 
caverunt. Oratio Qulntl erat melior quam oratio SextI. Prae- 
mium Qulnto ab magistro datum est. Magister puerorum est 
magnus orator, Crassus nomine. Crassus magister Ciceronis 
quoque erat. Cicero erat bonus discipulus et erat gratissimus 
Crass 5 . Nunc Cicero et Hortensius sunt maximl oratores 
Romani. 

4. Cras puerl in schola non erunt, sed in Foro cum patribus 
suls. Cicero et Hortensius ad populum Romanum orationes 

1 orationem habere, to deliver an oration. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


m 



Cicero Apud Populum Or at in Foro in Rostris 











































































































































































































































194 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


habebunt et populus frequens orationes eorum audiet. Manl- 
lius legem de Pompeio populo Romano tulit. 1 Cras Cicero pro 
lege orationem habebit et Hortensius contra legem orationem 
habebit. 

5. Pompeius, dux magnus, ab plebe virtute magna amatur 
quod earn periculo servavit. Frumentum Romam 2 navigils 
ab Sardinia et Sicilia et Africa portatur. Multi plratae in Marl 
Interno fuerunt et navigia ceperunt. Plratae audacissiml vir! 
sunt. Olim el duo llberos praetoris in via prope Romam cepe¬ 
runt. Plratae in Cilicia, provincia Asiae, habitant, sed per 
mare totum navigant. Ubi Pompeius dux creatus est, naves 
celerrime paravit et cum plratis acerrime et fortissime pugnavit. 
In marl Pompeius plratas facile vlcit et eos in Ciliciam pepulit. 
Nunc Pompeius cum mllitibus in Cilicia est et plratas omnlno 
superavit. Fama Pompeii est magna et omnes hostes Romae 
eum timent. 

6. Mithridates, rex PontI, crudelissimus vir, cum Romanis 
pugnat. Is rex multos elves RomanSs necavit. Pontus est 
prope Ciliciam et Pompeius cum Mithridate pugnare cupit. 
Cras Cicero de periculo belli MithridaticI ad populum Romanum 
orationem habebit. Cicero Pompeium esse ducem contra 
Mithridatem cupit et pro lege Manllil orabit. Hortensius autem 
Pompeium esse ducem non cupit et contra legem Manllil orabit. 
Puerl, Quintus et Sextus, Sratlones oratorum clarorum audlre 
cupiunt. 

1 tulit, has proposed. 

2 Romam, to Rome. Cf. p. 61, sec. II note 1. 

474 . Answer in Latin orally: 

interrogAtiones 

1. Quis est altior Quintus an (or) Sextus? 

2. Quo modo pater puerorum pugnabat? 

3. Cur pater male ambulat? 

4. Quo respectu Quintus Sextum superat? 

5. QuI orationes puerorum iudicaverunt? 

6. Cuius oratio erat melior? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


195 


VOCABULARY 


475 . 

acriter, sharply, fiercely 
celeriter, swiftly 
facile, easily 
occulto, -are, -avi, -atus, hide, 
conceal 

recupero, -are, -avi, -atus, re¬ 
gain, get back 

tempto, -are, -avi, -atus, try, at¬ 
tempt 

claudo, -ere, clausi, clausus, 
close, shut 

peritus, -a, -um, experienced, 
skillful 

conditio, -onis, /., agreement, 
terms, condition 


contra {prep, with acc.), against 
pro {prep, with abl.), for, in be¬ 
half of, in front of 
fortiter, bravely 
cupidus, -a, -um, desirous 
idoneus, -a, -um, suitable 
maritimus, -a, -um, of the sea, 
maritime 

necessarius, -a, -um, necessary 
levis, -e, light, fickle 
consuetudo, -dinis, /., custom, 
habit 

difficultas, -tatis, /., difficulty 
beneficium, -i, n., kind deed, 
service 


476 . What is the meaning of the phrase pro and con? 


477 . Write in Latin: 

1. The Romans did not conquer the pirates easily because the 
pirates were very bold men. 

2. The pirates fought very fiercely and very boldly with the 
Romans. 

3. The pirates were conquered by the Romans because the Romans 
had a braver leader than the pirates. 


LESSON LXIII 

SIXTH PROGRESS TEST 

478 . Summary of what you should have learned since the 
Fifth Progress Test, Lesson L. 

I. VOCABULARY 

You should know the pronunciation, spelling, and meaning 
of all words in the following list: 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


196 


Verbs 

Nouns 

1st Conj. 

1st Decl. 

llbero 

nuntio 

fama 

2nd Decl. 
Masculine 

3rd Conj. 
pello 

digitus 

peto 

ludo 

Neuter 

Comitium 

forum 


praemium 

-id 3rd Conj. 
capio 

templum 

facio 

3rd Decl. 

iacio 

arbor 

cupio 

comes 

interficio 

hostis 

fugio 

pes 

soror 

dux 

4th Conj. 
audio 

rex 

ferio 

Adjectives 

venio 

3rd. Decl. 3 Terr 

desilio 

acer 

celer 


Adjectives 


3rd. Decl. 2 Term. 
brevis 
omnis 
fortis 
crudelis 
facilis 
difficilis 
similis 
dissimilis 
gracilis 
humilis 
terribilis 
curabilis 
incurabilis 
Insuperabilis 
miserabilis 
incredibilis 
mortalis 
immortalis 

3rd. Decl. 1 Term. 
audax 
velox 
par 


1st. & 2nd Decl. 

amicus 

cams 

gratus 

inimlcus 

rotundus 

Conjunctions 
aut — aut 
quam 
-que 

Adverbs 

acriter 

celeriter 

facile 

fortiter 

Prepositions 

apud 

contra 

pro 

Phrases 
quam longe? 
quo modo? 
quo respectu? 


II. FORMS 

You should know: 

(1) How to conjugate a fourth conjugation verb and an -id 
third conjugation verb in all tenses of the indicative active and 
passive. 

(2) How to decline unus, duo, tres. 

(3) How to decline a third declension adjective of (a) three 
terminations, acer; ( b ) two terminations, omnis; (c) one 
termination, audax; ( d ) a comparative, altior. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


197 


III. 

You should know: 

(1) How to count in Latin from 1 through 16. 

(2) The principal parts of all verbs in the lesson vocabularies. 


IV. COMPARISON 

You should know how to compare the following groups of 
adjectives and the corresponding adverbs: 

(1) Regular adjectives. 

(2) Adjectives ending in -er. 

(3) Six adjectives ending in —lis. 

(4) Five irregular adjectives, bonus, etc. 


V. LATIN AND ENGLISH WORD STUDY 

You should know: 

(1) How to form adverbs from adjectives ( a ) of the first and 
second declension; ( b ) of the third declension. 

(2) How Latin adjectives ending in -bilis and -alis are 
formed and their English derivatives. 

(3) Why some English adjectives end in - able , others in -ible. 

(4) The derivation and meaning of the Latin and English 
words treated in Sections 379, 394, 417, 425, 431, 438, 460, 466, 
476. 

VI. CONSTRUCTIONS 

You should know: 

(1) What case follows the adjectives earns, similis, etc. 

(2) How to express extent of space. 

(3) Case of word following quam in a comparison. 

(4) How to express measure of difference. 

(5) Which of these four constructions can be made apparent 
in English sentences. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


198 


CUPIDO et psyche 

I. VENUS IS JEALOUS OF THE BEAUTY OF PSYCHE 

P.ex quldam et reglna tres filias habebat. Minima natu 1 
erat pulcherrima. Puella pulchra erat Psyche nomine. Cum 2 
Psyche videbatur, homines 3 earn laudaverunt et ante earn 
flores sparserunt. Arae Veneris desertae sunt dum homines 
puellam pulchram laudant. Venus erat admodum Irata et ad se 4 
Cupldinem advocavit. Venus CupidinI Psychen 5 monstravit 
et dixit: “ Pone, ml fill, amorem malum in pectus puellae.” 

In horto Veneris erant duo fontes. Aqua prlml fontis erat 
dulcis, aqua secundl erat amara. Aqua dulcis gaudium faciebat, 
sed aqua amara dolorem faciebat. Cupldo duo vasa complevit. 
Alterum 6 aqua dulcl, alterum aqua amara complevit. Turn 
Cupldo ad cubiculum Psyches 7 properavit. Dum Psyche dor- 
mit, Cupldo aquam amaram in labra eius fudit et latus 8 puellae 
sagitta vulneravit. Turn puella e somno excitata est. Cupldo 
pulchritudine puellae attonitus erat et latus suum sagitta 
vulneravit. Is statim in crlnes pulchros puellae aquam dulcem 
fudit. Puella autem Cupldinem non vldit. 

1 Minima natu, youngest (smallest by birth). 

2 Cum, whenever. 

3 homines, people. 

4 ad se, to her ; se always refers to the subject. 

5 Psychen, accusative case of Psyche. 

6 alterum, see Section 380, note 3. 

7 Psyches, genitive case of Psyche. 

8 latus, lateris, n., side. 

INTERROGATIONES 

1. Quot sorores Psyche habebat? 

2. Cur arae Veneris desertae sunt? 

3. Quid Venus CupidinI dixit? 

4. Quales erant aquae duorum fontium? 

5. Quo modo Cupldo duo vasa complevit? 

6. Qualem aquam Cupldo in labra puellae fudit? 

7. Cur puella e somno excitata est? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


199 


8. Cur Cupldo attonitus erat? 

9. Qualem aquam Cupldo in crines puellae fudit? 

II. PSYCHE MARRIES A HUSBAND WHOM SHE NEVER SEES 
Mox duo prlncipes sorores maiores natu 1 in matrimonium 
duxerunt. Omnes virl Psychen pulchritudine magna laudavit, 
sed nullus vir earn amavit. Parentes igitur puellae ad oraculum 
Apollinis venerunt et causam rogaverunt. Oraculum respondit, 
“ Puella non erit sponsa virl mortalis. Maritus eius summo in 
monte earn exspectat. Is est monstrum. Eum del et homines 
timent.” 

Parentes puellae decreto oracull terrebantur, sed puella ad 
fatum suum parata erat. Rex et reglna et populus omnis 
Psychen ad montem duxerunt et ibi puellam rellquerunt. Dum 
Psyche trepida stat, zephyrus levis earn sustulit 2 et ad vallem 
floream earn portavit. In valle erant arbores pulchrae et altae. 
Inter arbores puella fontem et prope fontem. regiam vldit. 
Psyche regiam intravit. Intra regiam puella columnas aureas, 
statuas multas, plcturas pulcherrimas vldit. In regia pulchra 
Psyche habitabat. Voces erant servae eius. Psyche servas 
suas non videbat, sed cantus 3 dulces audiebat et cibum dulcem 
edebat. Noctu maritus puellae veniebat et ante auroram pos- 
teram fugiebat. Psyche marltum suum numquam videbat, 
sed vox marlt! dulcis erat et puella eum amabat. 

1 maior natu, elder (greater by birth). 

2 sustulit, perf. of tollo. 

2 cantus, accusative plural of cantus, a song. 

INTERROGATIONS 

1. Cur parentes Psyches ad oraculum venerunt? 

2. Quid oraculum respondit? 

3. QuI Psychen ad montem duxerunt? 

4. Quo zephyrus puellam portavit? 

5. Ubi erat regia? 

6. Quid intra regiam puella vldit? 

7. Quae erant servae puellae? 

8. Cur puella marltum suum amabat? 


200 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


III. THE VISIT OF THE SISTERS 

Diu Psyche contenta erat, sed parentes suos et soroies suas 
videre cupiebat. Tandem puella marito suo deslderium nar- 
ravit. Cupido zephyrum mlsit et zephyrus duas sorores trans 
montem in vallem portavit. Sorores erant laetae ubi Psychen 
viderunt. Voces sororibus dlvitias Psyches monstraverunt. 
Sorores ubi dlvitias Psyches viderunt erant invidae. Eae de 
marito eius Psychen rogaverunt. Psyche respondit, “ Marltus 
meus est adulescens pulcherrimus. Cotldie in montibus feras 
interficit. Noctu ad regiam venit.” Psyche autem marltum 
suum numquam vlderat et sorores id cognoverant. Una ex 
sororibus dixit, “ Marltus tuus, Psyche, est monstrum horribile. 
Fortasse is est dlrus serpens. Nunc is te amat, sed mox is te 
interficiet. Cape lucernam et cultrum acrem. Si marltus tuus 
est monstrum, interfice eum.” Turn sorores Psychen rellque- 
runt. 

INTERROGATIONES 

1. Quos Psyche videre cupiebat? 

2. Quo zephyrus sorores portavit? 

3. Quando erant sorores invidae? 

4. Quid Psyche de marito suo sororibus narravit? 

5. Quid una soror puellae dixit? 

IV. CUPID LEAVES PSYCHE 

Noctu dum Cupido dormit Psyche lucernam et cultrum 
cepit. Puella ubi marltum suum vldit erat attonita. Tanta 
erat pulchritudo del. Cor puellae amore marltl completum est. 
Sed gutta de lucerna in umerum del defluit. Cupido e somno 
excitatus est et perfidiam puellae cognovit. 

“ Te in perpetuum relinquo,” inquit. “ Amor cum suspl- 
cione non habitat.” Psyche misera et trepida circumspexit. 
Nullam regiam, nullos hortos, nullam vallem vldit. Mox ea erat 
prope urbem ubi sorores habitabant. Puella misera ad sorores 
suas venit. Sorores, ubi fabulam puellae audlverunt, erant 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


201 



Cupido et Psyche 
B urne-Jones 





202 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


laetae. “ Nunc/’ putaverunt, “ Cupldo unam ex nobis eliget.” 
Itaque montem ascenderunt, zephyrum vocaverunt. Sorores 
ab monte prosiluerunt, sed zephyrus els auxilium non dedit. 
Eae de loc 5 praecipitl ceciderunt et interfectae sunt. 

Psyche sine cibo, sine quiete erravit et marltum suum petlvit, 
sed marltum suum non invenit. Cupldo autem in cubiculo 
matris suae cubabat. Deus erat aeger corde. Ubi Venus de 
Psyche per avem albam audlvit, dea erat Iratissima. 

INTERROGATIONS 

1. Quid Psyche noctu cepit? 

2. Cur Cup!d 5 e somno excitatus est? 

3. Quid Cupldo puellae dixit? 

4. Qualis nunc erat puella? 

5. Quid sorores putaverunt? 

6. Quo modo sorores interfectae sunt? 

7. Quando Venus erat irata? 

V. THE ANTS AID PSYCHE 

Diu Psyche erravit et tandem ad templum Cereris venit. In 
templo erant multa grana mixta et dispersa. Psyche acervos 
granorum disposuit 1 et favorem deae cepit. 2 “ Pare Venerl,” 3 
Ceres inquit, “ et fortasse per favorem deae marltum recipies.” 
Turn Psyche ad templum Veneris venit. Venus erat Irata et 
opus difficile imperavit. In templo erat copia trlticl et milil et 
aliorum granorum. Grana erant cibus columbarum Veneris. 
Venus puellae dixit, “ Separa omnia grana. Pone unum genus 
in acervo. Confice opus ante noctem.” Venus puellam rellquit 
et puella silens et maesta sedit. Formlcae autem puellae auxi¬ 
lium dederunt et mox opus confectum est. 

1 disposuit, placed in order. 2 cepit, gained. 

3 Veneri, dative with par ere, to obey. 

INTERROGATIONS 

1. Qualia erant grana in templo Cereris? 

2. Quid Psyche fecit? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


2 °3 


3. Quid Ceres puellae dixit? 

4. Quid in templo Veneris erat? 

5. Quid Venus puellae dixit? 

6. Quid formicae fecerunt? 

VI. PSYCHE GATHERS THE GOLDEN FLEECE 

Venus nunc secundum laborem imperavit et puellae dixit, 
“ Ultra flumen prope ripam sunt oves multae. Lana ovium est 
aurea. Porta mihi lanam auream de quoque 1 ove.” Psyche 
ad ripam fluminis venit. Prope ripam fluminis oves feroces 
furebant. Dum puella incerta stat, v 5 ces arundinum audivit. 
Voces arundinum dixerunt, “ Mane, 2 puella. Sol oves feroces 
in umbram arborum pellet. Turn tu tuta lanam auream de 
sentibus leges.” Nam oves feroces inter sentes furebant et 
Psyche terrebatur. Ubi sol oves in umbram pepulit, Psyche 
tuta lanam auream de sentibus legit et earn ad Venerem por¬ 
ta vit. 

1 quoque, each, ablative of quisque. 

2 Mane, wait. 


INTERROGATION^ 

1. Qualis erat lana ovium? 

2. Quid erat imperatum Veneris? 

3. Quid oves feroces faciebant? 

4. Quid puella audivit? 

5. Quid voces dixerunt? 

6. Cur Psyche terrebatur? 

7. Quando Psyche lanam legit? 

VII. THE WATERS OF THE STYX 

Nec tamen secundi laboris periculum Venerem placavit. 
Venus puellae rupem altissimam monstravit et puellae trepidae 
dixit, “ Videsne rupem altissimam in vertice eius montis? 
Ex ea rupe undae atrae ad vallem defluunt. Undae fontis 
paludes Stygis irrigant et raucum torrentem Cocytl nutriunt. 


204 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


Comple, puella, urnulam gelidls undis eius fontis.” Et Venus 
puellae urnulam pulchram dedit. Styx et Cocytus sunt 
flumina Orel. Undae fluminum sunt admodum terribiles. Del 
et deae quoque undas Stygis timent. Turn Psyche, miserrima 
puella, ad summum montem celerrime venit. Ubi puella ad 
summum montem venit, rupem ingentem et inaccessam vidit. 
Rupes fontes horridissimos evomebat. Undae fontium ad 
vallem per canalem angustum cadebant. Dracones multi et 
horribiles circum fontes serpebant. Dracones numquam dor- 
miebant, sed semper undas atras fontium servabant. Vocales 
aquae quoque fontes servabant. Vocales aquae clamabant, 
“Discede,” et “ Quid facis? Vide,” “Quid agis ? Cave,” 
et “ Fuge,” et “ Peribis.” 1 Psyche immota stabat quasi lapis 
pulcher aut statua. Regalis ales Iovis 2 dolore puellae com- 
movebatur. Ales Iovis ab alto caelo ad puellam volavit et 
puellae dixit, “ Da mihi, Psyche, urnulam et tibi auxilium 
dabo.” Ales Iovis urnulam cepit. Super dracones ad fontem 
volavit et aqua fontis urnulam complevit. Turn Psyche laeta 
urnulam plenam ad Venerem celerrime reportavit, sed dea 
saeva minime placabatur. 

1 Peribis, future tense of pereo, perish. 

2 ales Iovis, the eagle, the bird of Jupiter. 


INTERROGATION^ 

1. Quid Venus puellae monstravit? 

2. Quid erat imperatum Veneris? 

3. Qualia sunt flumina, Styx et Cocytus? 

4. Quid Psyche summo ab monte vidit? 

5. Quo undae fontium cadebant? 

6. Quales erant dracones? 

7. Quid vocales aquae clamabant? 

8. Quis dolore puellae commovebatur? 

9. Quid regalis ales Iovis fecit? 

10. Placabaturne Venus? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


205 


VIII. PSYCHE VISITS THE UNDERWORLD 

Venus tamen contenta non erat. J)ea puellae arculam dedit 
et el dixit, “ Porta earn arculam ad Proserpinam et die 1 deae 
Orel, £ Domina mea, Venus, parvam partem pulchritudinis 
tuae cupit.’ ” Psyche perterrebatur et se 2 interficere cupiebat, 
sed vox benigna puellam appellavit et el dixit: “ Ego, puella 
misera, tibi viam tutam ad Orcum monstrabo.” Vox puellam 
tutam ad antrum duxit. Antrum erat ianua Orel. Per antrum 
ad flumen Stygem Psyche venit. Trans Stygem Charon navi- 
gib suo puellam portavit. Psyche tuta canem Cerberum evasit 
et ad regiam Proserpinae venit. Psyche deae Orel postula- 
tionem Veneris narravit et el arculam dedit. Mox Proserpina 
puellae arculam reddidit et laeta puella ad terram superam 
revenit. Psyche autem partem pulchritudinis sibi 3 cupiebat. 
Diu puella prope viam sedebat et arculam spectabat. Tandem 
arculam aperuit. Pulchritudo ex arcula non evenit, sed somnus 
gravis. Somnus gravis totum corpus puellae pervasit et puella 
immota prope viam sedebat. 

1 die, say, present imperative singular of died; see Section 481. 

2 se, herself, accusative case — see Section I, note 4. 

3 sibi, for herself, dative case. 


INTERROGATIONES 

1. Quid Venus puellae nunc dixit? 

2. Quid Venus cuplvit? 

3. Quid vox puellae dixit? 

4. Quo vox puellam duxit ? 

5. Quo modo trans Stygem Charon puellam portavit? 

6. Quid Psyche fecit ubi ad regiam Proserpinae venit ? 

7. Quid Psyche sibi cupiebat? 

8. Quid ex arcula evasit? 

9. Quid somnus pervasit? 


206 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


IX. CUPID GAINS HIS BRIDE 

Vulnus Cupldinis sanatum erat et per rlrnam fenestrae deiis 
volavit ad locum ubi Psyche erat. Cupido somnum e corpore 
Psyches legit et rursus in arcula inclusit. Turn Cupido Psychen 
sagitta excitavit. “ Porta arculam matrl meae,” inquit, “ ego 
cetera curabod’ 

Cupido celeriter ad Olympum volavit et IovI magno volunta- 
tem suam narravit. Iuppiter causam amantium cum Venere 
egit. 1 Venus adnuit. Mercurius, nuntius deorum, Psychen ad 
Olympum duxit. Iuppiter puellae nectar dedit et dixit, 
“ Bibe, Psyche, et es 2 immortalis. Matrimonium tuum per- 
petuum erit.” Itaque Psyche in perpetuum uxor Cupldinis, 
del amoris, est facta. 

1 egit, from agere, to speak, plead. 

2 es, be, present imperative singular of esse; see Section 480. 

INTERROGATION'S 

1. Quo Cupido volavit? 

2. Quid Cupido fecit? 

3. Quo mods Cupido Psychen excitavit? 

4. Quid Cupido puellae dixit? 

5. Quo Cupido volavit? 

6. Cur Venus adnuit? 

7. Quo Mercurius Psychen duxit? 

8. Quid Iuppiter puellae dedit? 

9. Quid Iuppiter puellae dixit? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


207 



CupIdo et Psyche in monte Olympo 
T humann 








208 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON LXIV 


PREFIXES; IMPERATIVES OF THIRD AND 
FOURTH CONJUGATIONS 


479 . Learn the meaning of the following prefixes and observe 
the examples of their use in English and Latin. 

Prefix 


in-, (ig-)j 


Meaning 

not 


Latin Illustration 


English 

Illustration 


per-, 

prae- 

pro-, 


through 

ahead 

forward 


iniquus, unfair, uneven (from injustice 
aequus, fair, even) 

Ignotus, unknown ignorant 

perduco, lead through, construct pervade 
praemitto, send ahead precede 

produco, lead forward, protract progress 
sub-, (sue-), under, up to succedo, approach, come next subway 

480 . What is the force of the prefix in the following com¬ 
pounds: inconsistent, predict, subterranean, ignoble, persist ? 

481 . Review the rule for forming the present active impera¬ 
tive (Section 177). 


482 . PRESENT ACTIVE IMPERATIVE 



Singular 

Plural 

yd Conj. 

mitte, send 

mittite 

-io yd Conj. 

cape, take 

capite 

4th Conj. 

audi, hear 

audite 

sum 

es, be 

este 


483 . Four verbs of the third conjugation drop the -e of the 
imperative singular: 

due, lead fac, do die, say fer, carry 

484 . Give these commands in Latin: 


1. George, hold my book. 3. Florence, show me your flowers. 

2. Boys and girls, hear my story. 4. Send the boys to me {not dative). 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


209 


485 . VOCABULARY 


diu, diutius, diutissime, adv., 
long, a long time 
cibus, -I, m., food 
inopia, -ae,/., want, lack 
ignoro, -are, -avi, -atus, be ig¬ 
norant of 

praesum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, 
(w. dat.) be ahead, in charge of 
laus, laudis,/., praise, glory 

triduum, -i, n., (p 


copia, -ae,/., supply, abundance 
(pi., forces) 

defendo, -ere, defend!, defensus, 

defend, ward off 

supersum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, 
be over, remain, survive 
ius, iuris, n., right, law 
biduum, -i, n., (period of) two 
days 

iod of) three days 


486 . Translate into English: 

1. Inopia cibl aut biduum aut triduum laborabunt. 

2. Nostra iura non defendemus? 

3. Quis copils nostris praeest? 

4. Omnia Ignorat. El laudem non dabimus. 

5. PaucI mllites ex proelio (battle) supersunt. 


LESSON LXV 


LATIN SUFFIX -TAS = ENGLISH -TY 
ABLATIVE OF MANNER 


487 . -TAS = -TY 

The Latin suffix -tas added to an adjective forms a feminine 
noun of the third declension denoting quality or condition. 


488 . 

Latin Latin 

Adjective Noun 

celer celeritas 

rapidus rapiditas 

liber libertas 

crudelis crudelitas 

difficilis difficultas 


CHART 


Accusative 

French 

Noun 

English 

Noun 

celeritatem 

celerity 

celerity 

rapiditatem 

rapidite 

rapidity 

libertatem 

liberte 

liberty 

crudelitatem 

difficultatem 

difficult^ 

cruelty 

difficulty 



210 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


489. Note the unaccented final syllable -tern disappears in 
the French, the accented Latin -ta becomes the French -te, Eng¬ 
lish -ty. 

490. Form Latin nouns ending in -tas from the following 
adjectives. Give their English derivatives and French (if 
possible). Make a chart like that in Section 488 containing 
these words: 

severus brevis velox 

liberalis facilis mortalis 

From what Latin source do we derive the English words 
authority and cupidity ? 


491. Nouns whose nominative ends in -tas are feminine 
nouns of the third declension. They are declined like miles 
and virtus. 

Decline celeritas. 


492. Similarly, the suffixes -ia and -tia may be added to 
adjectives to form nouns denoting quality or condition; e.g., 
from iustus (just), iustitia, justice; from diligens (careful), 
diligentia, care; from victor (conqueror), victoria, victory. 

493. READING EXERCISE LI 

1. Equi equitum ad hostes celeriter cucurrerunt. 

2. Equi equitum ad hostes magna (cum) celeritate cucurrerunt. 

3. Rivus de monte in vallem rapide fluit. 

4. Rivus de monte in vallem magna (cum) rapiditate fluit. 

5. Puer linguam Latinam facile legit. 

6. Puer linguam Latinam cum facilitate legit. 

7. Vir bonus captivis miseris auxilium liberaliter dedit. 

8. Vir bonus captivis miseris auxilium magna (cum) liberalitate 
dedit. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


2IT 


494. 


VOCABULARY 


captivus, -I, m., captive 
eques, equitis, m., a horseman 
Latinus, -a, -um, Latin 


curro, -ere, cucurri, cursus, to 


run 

fluo, -ere, fluxi, fluxus, to flow 


lingua, -ae, /., tongue, language 

495. Write in Latin: 

1. Boys, run swiftly to the brook. 

2. The slaves labored in the fields with great diligence. 

3. The wicked master beat his slaves with great cruelty. 

4. The little boy writes on the blackboard with great difficulty. 

496. Suggested Drill: Review feminine consonant stems of 
the third declension. 

Give as many feminine nouns as you can in these groups: 

-us, -tus, -x, -tudo, -io. 


LESSON LXVI 


FOURTH DECLENSION 


497. Review: (1) What new use of the ablative case did 
you learn in the last lesson? Compare the rule which you wrote 
with Rule 18, Appendix 30. Learn Rule 18. 

(2) Make two Latin statements using an ablative of manner 
in each statement. 

(3) Explain the derivation of the English word liberality. 

498. Nouns of the fourth declension end in -us in the genitive 
singular. 

Those ending in -us in the nominative singular are generally 
masculine, those ending in -u, neuter. 

Manus, hand, and domus, house, home, are feminine. 


212 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


499. 

Singular 

Plural 

Singular 

Plural 

Nom. 

manus 

manus 

cornu 

cornua 

Gen. 

manus 

manuum 

cornus 

cornuum 

Dat. 

manui 

manibus 

cornu 

cornibus 

Acc. 

manum 

manus 

cornu 

cornua 

Abl. 

manu 

manibus 

cornu 

cornibus 


VOCABULARY 


500. 

domus, -us,/., house, home 
exercitus, -us, m., army 
gradus, -us, m., step, stair 
manus, -us, /., hand 
passus, -us, m., pace, stride 
cornu, -us, n., horn, wing (of an 
army ) 


viginti, indecl., twenty 
centum, indecl., one hundred 
mille, one thousand 
absum, abesse, afui, afuturus, to 
be away, to be distant, to be 
absent 


501. ENGLISH DERIVATIVE STUDY 

Connect these English derivatives in spelling and meaning 
with words in the vocabulary: 

cent mill (y 1 ^- cent ) dome grade manual cornucopia 

502. Mille is not declined in the singular; mille pueri, mille 
puellae. In the plural mille is a noun declined like the plural 
of mare (Appendix 12); the plural milia is always used with a 
partitive genitive: duo milia militum, two thousand (of) soldiers. 

Domus has some second declension forms more frequently 
used than those of the fourth declension. (See Appendix 7.) 


503. ROMAN TABLE OF MEASUREMENT 
4 digit! = 1 palmus 
4 palmi = 1 pes 
pedes = 1 gradus 
2 gradus = 1 passus 
1000 passus = 1 mille passus (mile) 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


213 


504. READING EXERCISE LII 

In the first ten sentences perform the command given by 
the teacher or answer the question in Latin: 

1. Monstrate mihi, pueri et puellae, unum digitum. 

2. Quot digitl faciunt unum palmum? 

3. Monstrate mihi quattuor digitos. 

4. Quot palm! faciunt unum pedem? 

5. Unum gradum ambulo. Ambula, Marce, unum gradum. 

6. Duos gradus ambulo. Duo gradus unum passum faciunt. 

7. Quot gradus faciunt unum passum? 

8. Quot pedes faciunt unum passum? 

9. Monstra mihi, Marce, manus tuas. 

10. In manu mea chartam habeo. Quid in manu tua habes? 

11. Campus est mllle passus latus et duo mllia passuum 
longus. 

12. Domus mea mllle passus ab oppido abest. 

13. Her! per silvam duo mllia passuum ambulavl. 

14. Ab domo mea ad scholam via est tria mllia passuum 
longa. 

15. Villa Romana gradus habebat, sed casa gradus non 
habebat. 

16. Pars puellarum in gradibus sunt, pars in camera sunt. 

17. Vaccae duo cornua habent. 

18. Exercitus duo cornua habet. 

19. Exercitus Caesaris cum Gallls magna cum virtute 
saepe pugnavit. 


505 . Write in Latin: 

1. The road is one hundred feet wide. 

2. My brother is one hand breadth taller than my sister. 

3. The school is distant two miles from my house. 

4. The soldier’s cottage was very small and did not have steps. 

5. The house of the general was large and beautiful. 


214 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON LXVII 

THE FIFTH DECLENSION. TIME WHEN 

506. Nouns of the fifth declension end in -es in the nomina¬ 
tive singular, -ei in the genitive singular (-el after a consonant). 

Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine gender with the 
exception of dies, which in the singular is masculine or feminine, 
in the plural always masculine. 


• 

Sing. 

Plural 

Sing. 

Plural 

Nom. 

dies 

dies 

res 

res 

Gen. 

die! 

dierum 

rei 

rerum 

Dat. 

die! 

diebus 

rei 

rebus 

Acc. 

diem 

dies 

rem 

res 

Ahl. 

die 

diebus 

re 

rebus 


508. VOCABULARY 

annus, -I, m., year 
dies, -ei m. & f-, day 
hora, -ae, /., hour 
nox, noctis, (-ium ),/., night 
res, rei ,/., thing, fact 
surgo, -ere, surrexi, surrectus, 
to rise, arise 

vigilia,-ae, f., watch (of the night ) 

primus, -a, -um, first 
secundus, -a, -um, second 
tertius, -a, -um, third 
sextus, -a, -um, sixth 
nonus, -a, -um, ninth 



MENSIS 


I ANVAR 
DIES-XXXI 
NON^VINT 
aiESHOR-vm: 
<OX HORXVU 
SOL 
IAPRIC0RNO 
TVTELA 
1VNONIS 
PAL VS 
A9VITVR 
SALIX 
HARVNOO 
C/ED1TVR 
SACR1FICAN 
DIES 

’ENAT10VS 


MENSIS 

FEBRAR 
DIES-XXVIII 
NONPV1NT 
DIES-HOR-XS 
NOXHOR-XII* 
SOLApvARlO 
tvtel-neptvni 
SEGETES 
SARI VNTVR 
VINIEARVM 
SVPERFIC-COIIT 
HARVNDINES 
me ENDVNT 
PARE NT ALIA 
UVPERCALlA 

cara-cognato 

TERMINALlS 


MENSIS 

MARTIVS 
OIES-XXXI 
nonseptiman 
DIES -.HOR-X1I 
NOX- HOR-XII 
/EPVINOCtM 

vin kal-apr 

SOL'PlSABVS 
TVT EL MINERVA 
VICAPEDAMtN 
INPAST1NO 
PVTANTVA 
FRlMETRSCRITVR 

insioisnavignm 

SACRMAMVRIS 

06ERALQVINQVE 

TRIALAVATIO 


AP^ 115 

P‘‘ S . 

N o> 

< 

'ft* 

uU** 




.n*! 


% 


5!l 

Ste 

?! 

s? 


N»"Vt 

""l 

(V* ' 
sot'" 
mikT* 
** 

„<n’ 

in" 

'rtrtC 


m" 1 



Ancient Roman Calendar 
Inscribed on an Altar 

Showing the names of the months, number 
of days in the months, signs of the zodiac, 
etc., like a modern almanac. 





















FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


215 


509. LATIN AND ENGLISH WORD STUDY 

(1) Compare in spelling and meaning: 

Latin hora with English hour 


secundus “ 

“ second 

vigilia 

11 vigil 

surgere “ 

“ surge 

primus “ 

11 prime 


(2) The following Latin phrases are frequently used. Learn 
them and their meanings: 

per annum per diem 

A.D., anno Domini sine die 

510. The Roman day (dies) was divided into twelve hours 
(duodecim horae) which began at sunrise and ended at sunset. 
The length of an hour varied with the time of the year. It con¬ 
tained more than sixty minutes in the summer and less in the 
winter. 

The night was divided into four watches (vigiliae). 

Assuming that, on the longest day in the year, the sun rose at 
four thirty and set at seven thirty, how long was a Roman 
hour on that day? 

511. READING EXERCISE LIII 

Puer Romanus 

1. Sum puer Romanus. 

2. Sep tern annos habeo. 

3. Prlma hora die! ex lecto me 5 surrexi. 

4. Secunda hora ientaculum habui. 

5. Panem et olivas et caseum edl. 

6. Turn cum patre meo ad scholam properavi. 

7. Erat primus dies meus in schola. 

8. Magister mihi tabellas et stilum dedit. 


2l6 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


9. Sexta hora ex schola domum 1 venl et prandium habul. 

10. Nunc pila mea ludam. 

11. Nona hora multi et clari viri venient et cum patre meo 
cenabunt. 

12. Prima mensa (course) erit ova et caepae et lactuca. 

13. Secunda mensa erit piscis et caro galllnacea {Jowl) et 
olera. 

14. Tertia mensa erit mala et nuces et crusta. 

15. Prima vigilia noctis in lecto meo dormiam. 

1 Domum like Romam and other names of towns is used without a preposition 
to express place to which : see The Geese Save Rome, Section II, p. 61. 

2 Find out all you can about Roman meals. Johnston’s Private Life of the 
Romans pp. 202-211, Sandys’ Comp, to Latin Studies pp. 205-207. 


512 . (1) At what time did the Roman boy rise (Sentence 3) ? 

(2) In what case are the Latin words expressing time when? 

(3) Find a similar use of the ablative case in Sentences 4, 9, 
11 > IS- 

(4) Write a rule for this use of the ablative case. 

513 . Answer in Latin orally: 

INTERROGATIONS 

1. Quot res in mensa vides? 

2. Quot res in manu mea habeo? 

3. Quot vigiliae noctis Romanae erant? 

4. Quot horae in die sunt? 

5. Quot annos puer Romanus habebat? 

6. Quota hora puer Romanus surrexit? 

7. Quota hora ad scholam properavit? 

8. Quota hora ab schola domum venit? 

9. Quota hora in lecto suo dormlvit? 

514 . Suggested Drill: (1) Compare acriter, bene, facile, 
longe, male. 

(2) Decline celeritas and explain its formation. 

(3) Decline exercitus and cornu. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


217 


LESSON LXVIII 


TIME HOW LONG 


EXITUS ACTA PROBAT, The Result Approves His Deeds 
(Family Motto of George Washington) 

515. Review: ( 1 ) What new use of the ablative case did 
you learn in the last lesson? 

(2) Compare the rule which you wrote for this use of the 
ablative with Rule 13, Appendix 30. Learn Rule 13. 

(3) In the phrase anno Domini, anno is in the ablative case 
to express time when. 


516. VOCABULARY 


adventus, -us, m., approach, ar¬ 
rival 

equitatus, -us, m., body of horse¬ 
men, cavalry 

exitus, -us, m., outcome, end 
senatus, -us, m., body of elders, 
senate 

communico, -are, -avi, -atus, 
share, communicate 
iter, itineris, n., road, march 
finis, finis, m., end, boundary, 
(pi., territory) 
potestas, -tatis, /., power 

ibi, 


acies, aciei, edge, line of 
battle 

fides, fidei, /., trust, pledge, 
reliability 

meridies, -diei, /., midday 
res publica, rei publicae,/., com¬ 
monwealth, government 
spes, spei, /., hope 
ratio, rationis, /., reckoning, 
plan, reason 

ordo, ordinis, m., order, rank 
sine {prep, with abl.), without 
antea, before that, previously 


517. In adventus and exitus is seen the suffix -tus {act, re¬ 
sult of act). These words can therefore be understood from 
knowledge of their component parts, thus: 

ad {near) + venio {come) + tus {ad) = act of coming near, arrival, 
ex {out) + eo (go) + tus {ad) = act of going out, exit, end. 


2l8 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


518 . Translate into English: 

1. Prlnceps sine equitatu novem annos in Gallia pugnabat. 

2. Ibi nostrl ordines aciem Romanorum feriebant. 

3. Senatus iter multorum mensium per fines rei publicae fecit. 

4. Merldie duas horas in camera manebant. 

5. In schola tres horas fuimus. 

6. Adventu amicorum fidem nostram magistro dedimus. 

7. Antea in Italia viatores viginti dies remanserunt. 

8. Spe famae et potestatis hanc rationem fecimus. 

9. Omnia inter se communicabant. 

519 . READING EXERCISE LIV 

1. Caesar novem annos in Gallia pugnabat. 

2. In Germania Caesar duodevigintl dies manebat. 

3. In Britannia Caesar non multos dies manebat. 

4. Servi in agris duodecim horas laborabant. 

5. In schola tres horas fuimus. 

6. In Italia viatores trlginta dies remanserunt. 

7. Vir miser multos dies et multas noctes aegrotabat. 

520 . (1) How long was Caesar in Gaul (Sentence 1)? 

(2) In what case are the Latin words expressing time how 
long? 

(3) Underline the words expressing time hew long in each of 
the sentences in Reading Exercise LIV. 

(4) Write a rule for time how long. 

521 . In the following exercise underline the words which 
express time. In each sentence teh whether it is time when or 
time how long and what case is used. 

READING EXERCISE LV 

1. Secunda vigilia noctis clamorem magnum audlvl. 

2. Clamor duas horas audiebatur. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


219 


3. Prima hora die! ab lecto meo surrexl. 

4. Unam horam in tabellls mels stilo scrips!. 

5. Prima vigilia noctis ad vlllam nostram cum duce magno 
Ibimus. 

522. COMPLETION EXERCISE 

Fill in the blanks with expressions of time in Latin. Dis¬ 
tinguish carefully between time when and time how long: 

1. In schola-fuimus. 

2. In oppido viator-remansit. 

3. Puer-legit. 

4. Caesar-pugnavit. 

5. -cenabimus. 

6. -servl ex stabulo ad flumen equos egerunt. 

7. Servl-in agrls laborabunt. 

8. Puer!-in rlvo nabant. 

523. Suggested Drill: Form Latin nouns from the verbs 
clamare and vincere; adjectives from the verbs vulnerare and 
legere; adjectives from the nouns manus and annus. 


LESSON LXIX 

POSSUM. COMPLEMENTARY INFINITIVE 

524. Review: (1) What case is used to express time how 
long? Compare the rule which you wrote with Rule 10, Ap¬ 
pendix 30. Learn Rule 10. 

(2) Make two statements in Latin using an expression of 
time in each. 

525. (1) Possum is a compound verb formed from potis 
(able) and sum (/ am). Potis-sum was shortened to potsum and 
then changed to possum. 










220 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


(2) Note that likewise in the first and third persons plural 
pot before s changes to pos. 

526. POSSUM, POSSE, POTUI, to be able 


Present Imperfect Future 


SING. 

PLURAL 

SING. 

PLURAL 

SING. 

PLURAL 

I can, I am able 

I could, 

I was able 

I shall be able 

possum 

possumus 

poteram 

poteramus 

potero 

poterimus 

potes 

potestis 

poteras 

poteratis 

poteris 

poteritis 

potest 

possunt 

poterat 

poterant 

poterit 

poterunt 


Perfect 

Pluperfect 

Future Perfect 


potui 

potueram 

potuero 



527. Write the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect of 

possum. 

528. VOCABULARY 

debeo, -ere, -ui, debitus, to owe, possum, posse, potui,-, to be 

ought able, can 

audeo, -ere, ausus sum, to dare semper, adv., always 

529. LATIN AND ENGLISH WORD STUDY 

What is the meaning of the Latin adjective possibilis? 
What is its English derivative? 

The English word debt is derived from debitum. What change 
in spelling has taken place? What is the meaning of English 
debit? credit? 

530. READING EXERCISE LVI 

1. Puer parvus optime legere potest, sed bene scribere non 
potest. 

2. Equus mllitis celerrime currere potest. 

3. Longius ambulare non possum, quod defessus sum. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


221 


4. Puer longius quam puella pilam iacere potest. 

5. Puella melius quam puer nare poterat. 

6. Puer ex arbore desillre non potuit, quod arbor altior (too 
high) erat. 

7. Vir sororem suam videre cupit. 

8. Viator montem ascendere non poterat, quod mons altior 
erat. 

9. Adulescens audax leonem aut pantheram interficere 
cupiebat. 

10. Dux cum mllitibus suls semper remanere debet. 

11. Puerl et puellae maxima diligentia semper laborare 
debent. 

531. Rule. Verbs meaning able, wish, dare, seem, begin, 
ought, etc., require an infinitive to complete their meaning. 
This is called a Complementary Infinitive (compleo, I fill up, 
complete). 

Find an example of the complementary infinitive in each of 
the sentences of Reading Exercise LVI, and tell what verb each 
completes. 

Write five original Latin sentences, using a complementary 
infinitive in each. 

532. ENGLISH DERIVATION 

Find and record in your notebook at least five English words 
associated by derivation with each of the following: 

audeo laudo sentio navigo vinco 

By the help of an unabridged English dictionary, find and 
record in your notebook the Latin source from which the follow¬ 
ing English words were derived: 

gladiolus manual doubt profound jovial 


222 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON LXX 

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS, HIC AND ILLE 

533. The intensive pronoun ipse {self, very), is used usually 
with a noun or pronoun to make it more emphatic: e.g., 

Puer ipse id facere potest. The boy himself can do it. 

Cornelia erat ipsa puella quam vidimus. Cornelia was the very 
girl whom we saw. 

Learn the declension of ipse as printed on page 267 . 

534. Hie {this) and ille {that) may be used either as demon¬ 
strative adjectives or pronouns: 

Hie est liber meus. This is my book. {Pronoun) 

Hie liber est meus. This book is mine. {Adjective) 


535. Hie and ille are declined as follows: 


Hie, this 



Singular 



Plural 


MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

Nom. hie 

haec 

hoc 

hi 

hae 

haec 

Gen. 

huius 


horum 

harum 

horum 

Dat. 

huic 



his 


Acc. hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

hos 

has 

haec 

Abl. hoc 

hac 

hoc 


his 





Ille, 

that 



Nom. ille 

ilia 

illud 

illi 

illae 

ilia 

Gen. 

illius 


illorum 

illarum 

illorum 

Dat. 

ill! 



illis 


Acc. ilium 

illam 

illud 

illos 

illas 

ilia 

Abl. illo 

ilia 

illo 


illis 



FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


223 


536. READING EXERCISE LVII 

Colloquium: Viator et civis Romanus per viam Romae 
ambulant. 

Viator. Quis in hac domo habitat? 

Civis. Pompeius, dux magnus, in hac domo magna habitat 
et Caesar in ilia domo habitat. 

Viator. Estne ilia domus maior quam haec domus? 

Civis. Non, haec est maxima domus Romae. 

Viator. Ubi sunt hi viri, Pompeius et Caesar? 

Civis. Pompeius est in urbe, sed Caesar in Gallia est. 
Viator. Habetne Caesar fllios et filias? 

Civis. Caesar fllium non habet sed filiam, Iuliam nomine. 
Pompeius Iuliam in matrimonium duxit. 

Viator. Specta illos duos pueros parvos. Ei lacrimant. 
Civis. Veni mecum et els auxilium dabimus. 

Civis ( ; puerls ). Cur, pueri, lacrimatis? 

Puer magnus. Nos, vir bone, viam non scimus. 



Viator et Civis Romanus per 
Viam Romae Ambulant 













224 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


Civis. Ego viam vobls monstrabo. Ubi habitatis? 

Puer magnus. Nos cum avo nostro habitamus. Avus 
noster est falcarius et prope Forum inter falcarios 1 habitat. 

Civis. Veniesne, viator, nobiscum? Ego hunc puerum du- 
cam, sed ilium puerum portabo, quod ille est minimus et de- 
fessus. 

Viator. Ego tecum libenter veniam, quod ego quoque vias 


Romae non scio. Domus mea in Sicilia est. 
Civis. Quando in urbem venistl? 



Via Appia 


The Appian way was one of the most famous roads built by the Romans. It 
connected Rome with Brundisium, a port of embarkation on the eastern shore of 
Italy for traders going to Greece, Macedonia, and Asia Minor. 

Viator. Her! nona hora in urbem venl. Ego navigio ab 
Sicilia venl. 

Civis. Quot dies in hac urbe remanebis? 

Viator. Tres dies in hac urbe remanebo. Turn via Appia 
ad vlllam patris me! properabo. 

Civis, Ubi est villa patris tul? 

Viator. Villa patris mel non est prope hanc urbem, sed est 
prope montes Albanos. 

1 inter falcarios, in the scythe-makers street (“Blacksmith street ”)• 



FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


225 


Civis. Haec est domus mea. Duos puer5s serv5 dabo. 
Servus eos ad avum ducet. Intra, viator, domum meam et 
remane mecum multos dies. 

Viator. Ego tibi gratias habeo et tres dies tecum rema- 
nebo, sed tecum multos dies remanere non possum. 

537. Note the position of the demonstrative adjectives ille 
and hie. Compare with the position of numerals. 


538. VOCABULARY 

hie, haec, hoc, this ille, ilia, illud, that 

scio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to know 





















226 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON LXXI 

RELATIVE PRONOUN 

539. The relative pronoun is declined as follows: 

Qui, who, which, that 



Singular 


Plural 


MAS. 

fem. 

NEUT. MAS. 

fem. 

NEUT. 

Nom. qui 

quae 

quod qu! 

who, which, that 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

cuius 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 


whose, of whom, of which 



Dat. 

cui 

to whom, to which 

quibus 


Acc. quem 

quam 

quod quos 

whom, which, that 

quas 

quae 

Abl. quo 

qua 

quo 

quibus 



by whom, by which, with whom, etc. 


540. The English relative pronoun changes its form for case 
but not for number. The case of the re/ative pronoun is de¬ 
termined by its use in the clause in which it stands and not by 
the case of its antecedent. Which is regularly used to refer to 
things; that as a relative pronoun refers either to persons or 
things. 

Study the following English sentences and explain the case 
of each relative pronoun: 

1. The girls who are in school are studying. 

2. The boy whose books are lost is my brother. 

3. The girl to whom the reward was given is very young. 

4. The man whom you saw was a soldier. 

5. The woman by whom the letter was written is my friend. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


227 


541. The person and number of the English relative pro¬ 
noun are determined by its antecedent and decide the form of 
the verb, if the relative is used as subject. 

Study the following English sentences and explain the person 
and number of each relative pronoun and its verb: 

1. I who am your friend will not desert you. 

2. You who are my friends will not desert me. 

3. He who is our leader is a brave man. 

4. We who are friends will work together. 

542. The Latin relative pronoun changes form for gender and 
number as well as case. The person , number , and case of the 
relative in Latin are determined in the same way as in English. 
Learn this rule: 

543. Rule. A relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent 
in gender , number , and person , but its case is determined by its 
use in the clause in which it stands. 

544. Translate the sentences in Reading Exercise LVIII and 
explain the gender, number, person, and case of each relative 
pronoun: 

READING EXERCISE LVIII 

1. Puer qui pilam iacit est Marcus. 

2. Puer quern in schola vldistl domum venit. 

3. Ego qui hanc epistulam ad te mitto amicus tuus sum. 

4. Hie puer cui librum dedl est fllius amici mel. 

5. Villa in qua habito est prope Romam. 

6. Puer cuius stilum habe 5 bene scrlbere potest. 

7. Puellae quae nos visitant in Gallia habitant. 

8. Nos qui in America habitamus sumus American!. 

9. Vos qui in Gallia habitatis estis Galll. 

10. Pila qua ludimus est nova. 

545. Write in Latin: 

1. The man whom I saw is a soldier. 

2. The boy whose books I have is not in school. 


228 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON LXXII 

THE INFINITIVE 

546. Learn all the forms of the infinitive as shown in the 
following paradigm. 


Active 

Passive 

Present portare, to carry 

portari, to be carried 

movere 

mover! 

ducere 

due! 

audire 

audlri 

Future portaturus, -a, -um esse, 

portatum iri, to be about to be 

to be about to carry 

carried 

moturus, -a, -um esse 

motum iri 

ducturus, -a, -um esse 

ductum iri 

auditurus, -a, -um esse 

auditum iri 

Perfect portavisse, to have car¬ 

portatus, -a, -um esse, to have 

ried 

been carried 

movisse 

motus, -a, -um esse 

duxisse 

ductus, -a, -um esse 

audivisse 

auditus, -a, -um esse 


547. Note that the present active infinitive is the second 
principal part and that the present passive infinitive is formed 
from this by changing the final -e to -I. This rule applies in 
the first, second, and fourth conjugations. In the third, how¬ 
ever, the -ere of the active changes to -I (duel, cap!, etc.). The 
perfect active infinitive is formed by adding -isse to the stem 
of the third principal part. All the other infinitive forms are 
based on the fourth principal part. 

548. Write with meanings all the infinitive forms of maned, 
pono, capid, and audio. 







FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


229 


549. The infinitives of sum are esse (to be), futurus esse (to 
be about to be), and fuisse (to have been). The i nfin itives of 
possum are posse (to be able) and potuisse (to have been able). 

550. In addition to the complementary infinitive (Section 
531), the infinitive may also be used (as in English) as subject 
or object of another verb; e.g., 

As subject: Me laudare amicum facile est. It is easy for me to 
praise a friend. 

As object : Magister eum manere iussit. The master ordered him 
to remain. 


551. Note that the subject of an infinitive is always accusa¬ 
tive. 

552. VOCABULARY 


iubeo, -ere, iussi, iussus, to or¬ 
der, command 
vero, in truth, but 
enim, for, indeed 
si, if 


imperator, -oris, m., general, 
commander 
autem, moreover, but 
nam, for 

ripa, -ae,/., bank (of a stream) 


READING EXERCISE LIX 

553. Translate into English: 

1. Erat vero facile eum narrare optimas fabulas. 

2. Incolae huius oppidl autem diu ad ripam fluminis habitavisse 
videntur. 

3. Nam si magister earn facere id iussit, bene fecit. 

4. Femina, enim, puellas domum properare iubet. 

5. Imperator fllium suum fortius quam filium mllitis pugnare cupit. 

6. Dux praemium mllitl virtute darl cuplvit. 


554. Write in Latin: 

1. The father, moreover, wishes his sons to work with great 
diligence. 

2. The mistress ordered the servant to give food to the traveler. 

3. The soldiers cannot work longer. 

4. If the soldier fights well, he will be praised by his commander. 


230 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


LESSON LXXIII 

INDIRECT STATEMENTS 

555. Review: (i) Compare the rule which you wrote for 
the subject of an infinitive with Rule n, Appendix 30. Learn 
Rule 11. 

(2) Make two statements in Latin using an infinitive and 
subject accusative in each. 

(3) Give the present infinitives active and passive of voco, 
teneo, scribo, iacio, ferio. 

556. In the preceding lesson we learned that the infinitive 
is used in Latin after the verbs iubeo and cupio with a subject 
accusative just as it is in English. 

The infinitive is also used in Latin in indirect statements. In 
English an indirect statement is sometimes expressed by an 
infinitive with its subject in the objective (accusative): 

I know him to be a good man. 

More commonly, however, an indirect statement is expressed 
by a clause beginning with that and having an indicative verb: 

I know that he is a good man. 


557. An indirect statement differs from a direct statement in 
that it does not give the exact words of the speaker. 

Compare these direct and indirect statements in English. 
Note the change in the personal pronoun: 

Direct Indirect 

The man says, “I am a Roman The man says that he is a Roman 
citizen.” citizen. 

The boy said, “ I will go.” The boy said that he would go. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


231 

558. In Latin the principal verb of an indirect statement is in 
the infinitive mode with its subject in the accusative case. 

Indirect statements follow verbs of saying, knowing, think¬ 
ing, perceiving, etc. (dicere, scire, putare, sentire, etc). 

559. The present tense of the infinitive expresses the same 
time as the principal verb: 

Vir dicit milites pugnare. The man says that the soldiers are 

fighting. 

Vir dixit milites pugnare. The man said that the soldiers were 
fighting. 

560. READING EXERCISE LX 

Study these sentences in groups; note the translation of the 
infinitives: 

1. Viator est in Sicilia. 

Nuntius dicit viatorem esse in Sicilia. 

Nuntius dixit viatorem esse in Sicilia. 

2. Dux in Galliam venit. 

Putamus ducem in Galliam venire. 

Putavimus ducem in Galliam venire. 

3. Rex German us cum Gallis pugnat. 

Audimus regem Germanum cum Gallis pugnare. 
Audivimus regem Germanum cum Gallis pugnare. 

4. Urbs magno in periculo est. 

Sentimus urbem magno in periculd esse. 

Sensimus urbem magno in periculd esse. 

Change each of the following direct statements to indirect 
statements in Latin following the expression nuntius dicit, and 
then translate: 

5. Vir in silva ambulat. 

Nuntius dicit-. 

6. Milites nostri fortiter pugnant. 

Nuntius dicit-. 










232 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


Change each of the following direct statements to indirect 
statements in Latin following the word audivf, and translate: 

7. Amicus meus Romae est. 8. Iulia epistulam scrlbit. 
Audlvl-. Audlvl-. 


561. VOCABULARY 


sentio, sentire, sens!, sensus, 

to perceive, feel 

consentio, -ire, -sensi, -sensu- 
rus, think together, agree 
finio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, limit 
munio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, build, 
fortify 

premo, -ere, pressi, pressus, 

press 

desum, deesse, defui, defuturus, 
be lacking 

imperium, -i, n ., 


nuntius, -i, m., messenger 
puto, -are, -avi, -atus, to think 
compello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus, 
drive together, collect, force 
impello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus, 
drive on, urge 
tuba, -ae, /., trumpet 
toga, -ae, /., toga (Roman gar¬ 
ment) 

imperatum, -i, n., command 
sagitta, -ae,/., arrow 
command, power 


Like pono, give the principal parts of depono (put down, put 
aside); expono (put forth, set forth); impono (put on); propond 
(set forth, propose). 


LESSON LXXIV 

REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS 


562. Reflexive pronouns refer to the subject. The reflexive 
pronouns of the first and second person have the same forms 
as the personal pronouns: mihi, to myself; tibi, to yourself; me, 
myself; te, yourself, etc. The nominative is never used. Why ? 


563. REFLEXIVE OF THE THIRD PERSON 


Singular 

Gen. sui, of himself, herself, itself 
Dat. sibi, to himself, herself, itself 
Acc. se or sese, himself, herseif, itself 
Abl. se or sese, by himself, herself, itself 


Plural 

sui, of themselves 
sibi, to themselves 
se or sese, themselves 
se or sese, by themselves 




3" crq 

o o 

a p- 

S ^ >* 

ft- cr P 

o ° 3 

CD >"1 

tr 2- o 

ft- P- CD 
3* P 3 

CD *< C/3 


3 

P 

VJ 


Q- ^ 

~t >-• 

3 * P- 

CD 

i=r £• 

CO* 3“ 

2- p - 

CD 

P -t 
3 - 

i—< • “ 

o o 


p 

n 

*-t 

o 

in 

C/3 


tr 

CD 

3» 

3 

tr 7q 

CD 

CD 

p 


<! 

C/3 

CD 

ft- 

3 

3- 

c/3 

CD 


crq 

> 

P 

ft- 

33 

CD 

o 

C/3 

m: 

O 

o 

*-r» 

C/3 

33 

n 

3- 

P 

CD 

P 

-t 

*-i 

i—* • 

P 

O 

3 

r-t- 

P- 

b-' • 

in 

3a 

CD 

P 

in 

C/3 

n 

3- 

o 

CD 

•-< 

c/3 

ft- 


CD 

p 

P- 

o 

-1 

cr 

o 

v; 

c/3 

c/3 

p 

ct- 

cr 

p 

3- 

CD 

3 

P- 

C/3 

?7- 

VJ 

O 

b-bi 

p 


ft- 

ft- 


3- P- 

CD 

P 

3* 

3 

O 

3 

P 

ft* 

>-t 

C/3 

O 


0.3 

p ft- 

S“ 

8 2 

5: s 

ft* *-* 

^ cr* 

tr cd 

'-t 

“ 3 

O P 
•“t c/3 

O ft- 
cr cd 

% > 

o *S 

»-t o_ 


tr* 

CD 

C/3 

P 

3 













FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


233 


564. The English translation of the reflexive of the third 
person depends on the subject. Compare with the reflexive 


adjective (Section 232). 
following sentences: 

1. Vir se vulneravit. 

2. Femina se vulneravit. 

3. Viri se vulneraverunt. 

4. Ego me vulneravl. 

5. Tu te vulneravisti. 

6. Nos nos vulneravimus. 

7. Puer noblscum venit. 

8. Ego tecum Ibo. 

In the above sentences tell 
and which are personal. 


Note the translation of se in the 

1. The man wounded himself. 

2. The woman wounded herself. 

3. The men wounded themselves. 

4. I wounded myself. 

5. You wounded yourself. 

6 . We wounded ourselves. 

7. The boy went with us. 

8 . I shall go with you. 

which Latin pronouns are reflexive 


565. Compare sentences (a) and (b) in the following groups. 
Note that se (translated he, she, they) is used as subject of 
the infinitive, when the subject of the infinitive is the same as 
the subject of the main clause. 

Either eum, earn, or eos, (translated he, she, they) is used, 
when the subject of the infinitive is a different person from the 
subject of the main clause: 

1 . (a) Vir dicit se defessum esse. 

The man says that he is tired. 

(b) Vir servum diu spectat et tandem dicit eum defessum esse. 
The man watches the slave a long time and finally says 
that he (the slave) is tired. 

2 . ( a ) Puella dicit se librum non habere. 

The girl says that she does not have the book. 

(b) Puella dicit earn librum non habere. 

The girl says that she (another girl) does not have the book. 

3 . {a) Pueri dixerunt se diligenter laborare. 

The boys said that they were working hard. 

(b) Viri pueris dixerunt eos diligenter laborare. 

The men told the boys that they (the boys) were working 
hard. 


234 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


566. VOCABULARY 


coepi, coepisse, coeptus, have be¬ 
gun 

confido, -ere, -fisus sum, (with 
dat.), trust 

consisto, -ere, —stitl, —, take 
position, halt, stop 
ostendo, —ere, ostendi, ostentus, 
hold out, show 


maleficium, -i, n., evil deed 
facultas, -tatis,/., ability, chance 
genus, generis, n., origin, kind, 

race 

potens, potentis, able, powerful 
praesens, praesentis, present, in 
person 

nobilis, -e, well-known 


contendo, -ere, contend!, contentum, struggle, hasten 

Desisto (i desist , cease), and resisto (with dat.) (take a stand, 
resist ), have principal parts similar to those of consisto. 


567. READING EXERCISE LXI 

1. Omnibus potentibus et nobilibus amicis confldere iam 
coepit. 

2. Imperatb principis compulsl, mllites praesentes hostibus 
restiterunt. 

3. Consuetudo est contendere huius generis sagittis. 

4. Nobis ostendit beneficia meliora quam maleficia esse. 

5. Femina dlcit, “ Ego in domo pulcherrima habito.” 

6. Femina dlcit se in domo pulcherrima habitare. 

7. Miles gladio suo se graviter vulneravit. 

8. Miles clamavit, “ Ego vulneror.” 

9. Miles clamavit se vulnerarl. 

10. Virl senserunt se magno in perlculo esse. 


568. Write in Latin expressing all pronouns: 

1. You (sing.) ought not to praise yourself. 

2. We cannot remain in the city with you. 

3. The boy wounded himself very 1 severely. 

4. The men say that they are going to the city. 

5. The slave thinks that she works too 1 hard. 

6. The young man struck himself with his sword. 

1 Section 448 note. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


235 


LESSON LXXV 

READING EXERCISE 

569. Translate into English: 

1. Prudentem imperatorem recentes copias Instruere oportet, si 
oppidum possidere studet. 

2. Multa mllia passuum viam munlvit, et nobiles urbes extrtixit 

3. Laus singularis prudentl servo debetur qul dominum suum 
defendit. 

570. VOCABULARY 


prudens, prudentis, foreseeing, 

extruo, -ere, -truxi, -structus, 

discreet 

pile up, build 

recens, recentis, fresh, new 

instruo, -ere, -struxi, -structus, 

singularis, -e, one by one, ex¬ 

arrange, marshal 

traordinary 

oportet, -ere, oportuit, —, it be¬ 

perterreo, -ere, -terrul, -territus, 

hooves, ought 

alarm, frighten thoroughly 

possideo, -ere, -sedi, -sessus, 

prohibeo, -ere, -hibui, -hibitus, 

possess, acquire 

keep away 

studeo, -ere, studui, —, be 

, 

eager, desire 

LESSON 

LXXVI 


SEVENTH PROGRESS TEST 

I 


571. You should know: 

(1) Present active imperative of verbs of the third and fourth 
conjugations and the irregular verb sum. 

(2) All infinitives of all transitive verbs listed in the vocabu¬ 
laries. 


236 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


(3) How to conjugate possum in the indicative mode. 

(4) How to decline manus, cornu, dies, res. 

( 5 ) How to decline the pronouns sul, qul, hie, idem, ille, and 


II. VOCABULARY REVIEW 

Since the last Progress Test (Lesson LXIII), you should 
have learned the pronounciation, spelling, and meanings of the 
following words: 


absum 

acies 

adventus 

annus 

antea 

autem 

blduum 

captlvus 

celeritas 

centum 

cibus 

cornu 

cSpia 

coepl 

cbnfldo 

compellS 

cSnsuetudS 

communicS 

consisto 

crudelitas 

currS 

contends 

debeS 

diu 


difficultas 

defends 

dies 

depSnS 

desists 

desum 

domus 

enim 

eques 

equitatus 

exercitus 

exitus 

expSnS 

exstruS 

facultas 

fides 

finis 

finis 

fluS 

genus 

gradus 

hie 

hSra 


ibi 

IgnSrS 

ille 

impellS 

imperator 

imperatum 

imperium 

inopia 

instruS 

ipse 

iter 

iubeS 

ius 

laus 

libertas 

lingua 

maleficium 

manus 

meridies 

mllle 

muniS 

nam 

nSbilis 

nSnus 


nox 

nuntius 

oportet 

SrdS 

ostendS 

passus 

perterreS 

possideS 

possum 

potens 

potestas 

praesens 

praesum 

premS 

primus 

prShibeS 

prSpSnS 

prudens 

puts 

qui 

rapidus 

ratiS 

recens 

res 


res publica 

resists 

ripa 

sagitta 

sciS 

semper 

secundus 

sentiS 

sextus 

senatus 

si 

sine 

singularis 

spes 

studeS 

sui 

supersum 

surgS 

tertius 

toga 

triduum 

tuba 

verS 

vigilia 

viginti 



FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


237 


PARIS 

I. BOYHOOD OF PARIS 

Olim in monte Ida prope Troiam habitabat pulcherrimus 
adulescens, Paris nomine. Paris erat secundus fllius PriamI, 
regis Troiae, et Hecubae, uxoris eius. Propter oraculum Pria- 
mus Paridem timebat et in monte Ida puerum rellquerat. 
Pastores puerum parvum invenerant et eum educaverant. 


interrogAtiones 

1. Ubi Paris habitabat? 

2. Quis erat Paris? 

3. Cur Priamus Paridem timebat? 

4. QuI Paridem invenerant et educaverant? 

II. PARIS MARRIES A NYMPH 

Paris inter pastores habitabat et oves servabat. Is ignorabat 
se esse filium regis. In monte etiam habitabat Oenone, nympha. 
Paris Oenonen amabat et nympham in matrimonium duxit. 
Post multos annos Paris se filium PriamI esse cognovit, sed in 
monte cum uxore sua remanebat. 

interrogAtiones 

1. Quid Paris inter pastores fecit? 

2. Sclvitne Paris se esse filium regis? 

3. Quis etiam in monte habitabat? 

4. Quis erat Oenone? 

5. Quando Paris se filium PriamI esse cognovit? 

6. Remanebatne in monte? 

III. GOLDEN APPLE OF DISCORD 

Dum Paris in monte habitat et oves servat, in monte Olympo 
erat matrimonium. Del et deae in monte Olympo habitabant. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


2 3 8^ 



Del et deae ab love 1 et Iunone regebantur. Iuppiter rex 
deorum et pater hominum appellabatur. Peleus nympham 
Thetidem in matrimonium duxit et omnes del et deae ad dapes 
advocatl sunt. Una dea aberat. Dea Discordia ad dapes non 

advocata erat. Dum del et 
deae gaudent, Discordia ad 
dapes venit et aureum malum 
medios in deos et deas iecit. 
In malo scribebatur verbum, 
“ Pulcherrimae.” 


1 For declension of Iuppiter see Ap¬ 
pendix 5. 


INTERROGATIONS 


1. QuI in monte Olympo habi- 
tabant? 

2. A quibus del et deae rege¬ 
bantur? 

3. Quis Iuppiter appellabatur? 

4. Quem Peleus in matrimo¬ 
nium duxit? 

5. QuI ad dapes advocatl sunt? 

6. Quis aberat? 

7. Quid Discordia fecit dum 
Jupiter (Zeus of the Greeks) del et deae gaudent? 

Vatican Gallery, Rome 8. Quid in malo scribebatur? 


IV. JUNO, MINERVA, AND VENUS CLAIM THE APPLE 

Tres deae, Iuno et Minerva et Venus, malum aureum postu- 
laverunt. Iuno erat uxor Iovis et regina deorum et dearum 
appellabatur. Minerva matrem non habebat, sed ex cerebro 
Iovis exsiluerat. Ea erat dea sapientiae, artificiorum operumque. 
Minerva ab patre, love, maxime amabatur et ea sola omnium 
deorum et dearum fulmina Iovis iacere poterat. Venus erat dea 





FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


239 



pulchritudinis. Ea patrem et matrem n5n habebat. Ex undls 
maris prope Insulam Cythera emerserat. Ea erat uxor Vulcan!, 
del Ignis. Venus ab dels omnibus pulchritudine amabatur. 
Iuppiter autem Vulcano earn uxorem 1 dederat, quod Vulcanus 
fulmina sua faciebat. 


1 uxorem, as wife. 


INTERROGATIONS 

1. Qiil malum aureum pos- 
tulaverunt? 

2. Quis erat Iuno? 

3. Quis Iuno appellabatur? 

4. Quis erat mater Miner- 
vae? 

5. Unde Minerva exsilu- 
erat? 

6. Quis fulmina Iovis iacere 
poterat? 

7. Quis erat Venus? 

8. Qui erant pater et mater 
Veneris? 

9. Unde emerserat? 

10. Cuius uxor erat Venus? 

11. Qua de causa 1 Venus ab Juno (Hera of the Greeks) 

dels amabatur? National Museum, Athens 

12. Cur Iuppiter Vulcano earn uxorem dederat? 

1 Qua de causa ? for what reason ? why ? 


V. JUPITER SENDS THEM TO PARIS 

Hae tres deae malum aureum postulaverunt et Iuppiter rem 
decernere non cupiebat. Itaque tres deas cum Mercurio ad 
montem Idam ad Paridem misit. Tres deae et Mercurius 
maxima cum celeritate ad montem Idam venerunt. Paris in 
saxo ingentl sedebat, cum subito Iuno et Minerva et Venus cum 
Mercurio ante eum steterunt. 



240 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 



“ Salve,” inquit Mercurius, “ Iuppiter ipse, pater hominum 
et rex deorum, nos ad te mlsit. Hoc est malum aureum quod dea 
Discordia inter deas iecit. In malo est verbum ‘ Pulcherrimae.’ 

Quaeque dea malum cupiebat. Itaque 
Iuppiter nos ad te mlsit. Da malum, 
Paris, pulcherrimae.” 


INTERROGATIONS 

1. Cur Iuppiter tres deas cum Mercu- 
rio ad Paridem mlsit? 

2. Quo modo tres deae et Mercurius 
ad montem I dam venerunt? 

3. Ubi Paris sedebat? 

4. Quid Mercurius dixit? 


VI. PROMISES OF THE GODDESSES 


Minerva (Athena oe 
the Greeks) 
National Museum, Athens 
Found at Athens in 1880. A 
marble statuette copy of the 
Athena by Phidias, placed in 
the Parthenon in 438 b.c. The 
original, nearly forty feet high, 
had ivory for the face, feet, and 
hands, and gold for the drapery 
and accessories. 


Turn Iuno prlma dixit: “ Si mihi 
malum dabis, Paris, regnum Asiae 
tibi dabo.” 

Minerva dixit: “ Gloriam belli tibi 
dabo, si mihi malum aureum dabis.” 

Venus dixit: “Tibi pulcherrimam 
feminam orbis terrarum uxorem dabo, 
Helenam, Graecam puellam. Nunc ea 
est uxor Menelal, regis Spartae, 
sed earn tibi dabo, si mihi malum 
dabis.” 


INTERROGATIONS 

1. Quid promlsit Iuno? 

2. Quid promlsit Minerva? 

3. Quid promlsit Venus? 

4. Quis erat Helena? 








FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


241 



VII. DECISION OF PARIS 

Paris pulcherrimam feminam uxorem cupiebat et Veneri 
malum dedit. Auxilio Veneris navem fecit et cum comitibus 
paucls ad patriam Menelai 
venit. Menelaus Paridem et 
comites eius libenter accepit. 

Multos dies Paris et comites 
in regia Menelai remanebant. 

Venus ParidI auxilium dedit 
et mox Helena Paridem ama- 
bat. Noctu dum Menelaus 
dormit, Paris cum Helena ad 
navem fugit et ad Troiam 
renavigavit. In regia Priaml 
cum aliis fllils et filiabus regis 
Paris et Helena habitabant 
et laetl erant. 


INTERROGATIONS 


Venus (Aphrodite of the 
Greeks) 

Glyptothek, Munich 


1. Cur Paris malum Veneri 
dedit? 

2. Cuius’ auxilio Paris navem 
fecit? 

3. Quibuscum ad patriam Menelai venit? 

4. Quo modo Menelaus Paridem et comites eius accepit? 

5. Quam diu 1 Paris et comites in regia Menelai remanebant? 

6. Cur Helena Paridem amabat? 

7. Quando Paris cum Helena ad navem fugit? 

8. Quibuscum Paris et Helena habitabant? 

1 Quam diu, how long? 





242 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


VIII. TROJAN WAR 

Brevi tempore autem Paris et nova uxor non iam laetl erant 
sed miserrimi, quod per mare Menelaus cum prlncipibus 
Graeciae Troiam venerant. Novem annos prmcipes Graeciae 
cum prlncipibus Troiae pugnabant. Multi erant fortes virl qul 
in campo Troiae ceciderunt. Hector, fortissimus flliorum 
Priam! et maximus natu, in proelid interfectus est. Achilles, 
clarus her5s Graecorum, Hectorem interfecit et corpus eius in 
pulvere post currum traxit. Ubi Priamus et Hecuba filium 
mortuum vlderunt, magno dolore afficiebantur. Priamus solus 
ad castra Graecorum iit et ab Achille corpus Hectoris petlvit. 
Achilles dolore patris adductus Priamo corpus dedit. 

INTERROGATIONS 

1. Qu! per mare Troiam venerant? 

2. Quam diu prmcipes Graeciae cum prlncipibus Troiae pugna¬ 
bant? 

3. Qul in campo Troiae ceciderunt? 

4. Quis erat Hector? 

5. Quis Hectorem interfecit ? 

6. Quo modo afficiebantur Priamus et Hecuba, ubi filium mortuum 
vlderunt? 

7. Quid Priamus ab Achille petlvit? 

8. Cur Achilles Priamo corpus dedit? 

IX. DEATH OF PARIS 

Haec 1 ab poeta Homero de Troia narrabantur. Haec ab 
poetls de Paride quoque narrabantur. Paris postea Achillem 
interfecit. Paris venenata sagitta vulneratus ad Oenonen, 
nympham, fugit. Is de Oenone auxilium petlvit, sed Oenone 
erat Irata propter perfidiam Paridis et el auxilium non dedit. 
Itaque Paris mortuus est. 2 

1 Haec, these things. 

2 mortuus est, died. There are a few verbs in Latin which have a passive form 
but an active meaning. These verbs are called deponents. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


243 


INTERROGATIONS 

1. Ab quo haec de Troia narrabantur? 

2. Quis Achillem interfecit? 

3. Quo modo Paris vulneratus est? 

4. Ad quem Paris fugit? 

5. Cur Oenone el auxilium non dedit? 

X. CAPTURE OF TROY BY THE GREEKS 

Deinde GraecI per Insidias Troiam ceperunt. Equum mag¬ 
num fecerunt. In hoc equo mllites multos condiderunt. Ceteii 
GraecI ad Insulam Tenedum 
navigaverunt. TroianI equum 
magnum invenerunt et eum in 
urbem Troiam duxerunt. Noctu 
dum Troian! dormiunt, GraecI 
ex equo desiluerunt et urbem 
incenderunt. Ceterl GraecI ab 
Insula Tenedo venerunt et cum 
comitibus se iunxerunt. GraecI 
multos Troianos occlderunt et 
multos viros et feminas ad 
patriam Graeciam portaverunt. 

Menelaus Helenam secum reportavit et cum ea in Graecia 
multos annos regnavit. 

INTERROGATIONES 

1. Quq mod 5 GraecI Troiam ceperunt? 

2. Quid fecerunt? 

3. Quos in equo condiderunt? 

4. Quo ceterl GraecI navigaverunt? 

5. Quo TroianI equum duxerunt? 

6. Quid GraecI fecerunt dum TroianI dormiunt? 

7. QuI ab Insula Tenedo venerunt? 

8. Quot Troianos GraecI occlderunt? 

9. Quem Menelaus secum reportavit? 

10. Quam diu in Graecia Menelaus et Helena regnaverunt? 








244 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


PYRAMUS ET THISBE 

I. THE LOVERS 



Thisbe per RImam Viam Facit 


1 loquebantur, spoke, a deponent; cf. 


Olim in urbe Assyria 
habitabant adulescens et 
puella. Adulescens, Pyra- 
mus nomine, erat omnium 
adulescentium Assyiorum 
pulcherrimus et puella, 
Thisbe nomine, erat pul- 
cherrima omnium puellarum 
quae in Oriente habitabant. 
Pyramus et Thisbe domus 
contiguas tenuerunt. Vlcl- 
nia prlmos gradus amoris 
fecit. Adulescens puellam 
in matrimonium ducere 
cupiebat, sed patres vetue- 
runt. Patres autem amorem 
amantium crescere non 
vetare poterant. Amantes 
nutu slgnlsque loquebantur 1 
et amor tempore crevit. 
rtuus est in Paris, Section IX. 


INTERROGATIONES 

1. Quis erat Pyramus? 

2. Quis erat Thisbe? 

3. Ubi adulescens et puella habitabant? 

4. Quales domus tenuerunt? 

5. Quid vlcmia fecit? 

6. Quid Pyramus cupiebat? 

7. Quo modo amantes loquebantur? 


























FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


245 


II. THE CRACK IN THE WALL 

Inter domum PyramI et domum Thisbes erat paries com¬ 
munis. Olim dum domus aedificantur, paries communis parva 
rlma fissus erat. Haec parva rima per saecula longa omni¬ 
bus ignota fuerat, sed amantes earn vlderunt. Adulescens et 
puella per hanc rlmam viam vocis fecerunt. Saepe constiterunt, 
hinc Thisbe, illinc Pyramus. Amantes tamen dol5re afficieban- 
tur, quod corpora disiungebantur. Sub 1 noctem vale dlxerunt 
et quisque oscula parti suae parietis dedit. 

1 Sub, toward, at the approach of. 


INTERROGATIONS 

1. Quo modd paries communis domuum fissus erat? 

2. QuI hanc rlmam viderunt? 

3. Quid adulescens et puella per hanc rlmam fecerunt? 

4. Ubi amantes saepe constiterunt? 

5. Cur amantes dolore afficiebantur? 

6. Quid amantes sub noctem fecerunt? 


III. THEY DECIDE TO ELOPE 
Ubi postera aurora Ignes nocturnos removit, amantes ad 
solitum locum convenerunt. Haec consilia ceperunt. Sta- 
tuerunt nocte silent! e domibus suls excedere, urbem relinquere, 
ad bustum Ninl convenlre, et sub umbra arboris se celare. Nam 
arbor ibi erat prope gelidum fontem, ardua morus. Morus 
multa et nivea poma habebat. 


INTERROGATIONS 

j . Quando amantes ad solitum locum convenerunt? 

2. Quas quattuor res amantes facere statuerunt? 

3. Ubi erat arbor? 

4. Qualis arbor erat? 


246 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


IV. THISBE’S ADVENTURE AT THE TRYSTING PLACE 

Tandem lux die! discessit et Thisbe prlma e domo sua et ex 
urbe exiit. Sola puella ad bustum Nin! iit et sub arbore sedit. 
Amor earn audacem faciebat. Ecce lea tamen ad undam fontis 
venit. Os leae recent! caede oblitum erat. Earn Thisbe procul 
vldit et in antrum obscurum fugit. Dum puella fugit, velamen 
suum rellquit. Lea autem sitim unda fontis compescuit. Dum 
lea in silvam redit, velamen vldit. Velamen ore saevo laniavit. 

interrogAtiones 

1. Quis primus ex urbe exiit, Pyramus an Thisbe? 

2. Quo Thisbe iit? 

3. Qua de causa erat Thisbe audax? 

4. Quid Thisbe vldit? 

5. Quale erat os leae? 

6. Quo Thisbe fugit? 

7. Quid puella rellquit? 

8. Quid lea fecit dum in silvam redit? 

V. PYRAMUS THINKING THISBE DEAD KILLS HIMSELF 

Pyramus, ubi prope arborem venit, in alto pulvere ferae 
vestigia vldit expalluitque toto in ore. Ubi velamen cruentum 
quoque invenit, “ Una nox,” inquit, “ duos amantes perdet. 
Thisbe erat digna longa vita, 1 mea anima est nocens. Ego, 
O Thisbe, te interfecl. Tu in loca perlculosa nocte venistl, 
quod ego te oravl.” Pyramus velamen Thisbes sustulit 2 et 
secum ad umbram arboris portavit. Pyramus velaminl amantis 
oscula dedit. “ Accipe, velamen,” inquit, “ meum quoque 
sanguinem.” Turn gladium in latus 3 suum demlsit. 

1 vita, an ablative case is used with dignus. Translate, worthy of a long life. 

2 sustulit, from tollo. 

3 latus, side. 

interrogAtiones 

1. Quando Pyramus toto in ore expalluit? 

2. Quid Pyramus dixit, ubi velamen cruentum invenit? 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


247 


3. Cur Pyramus dixit, “ Mea anima est nocens? ” 

4. Quid Pyramus velaminl dedit? 

5. Quid velaminl dixit? 

6. Quo modo Pyramus se interfecit? 


VI. THISBE FINDS HER LOVER DEAD 

Dum Pyramus hum! 1 iacet, sanguis alte emicavit. Radix 
arboris sanguine madefacta est et mora puniceo colore tlncta 
sunt. Turn Thisbe ad arborem rediit. Ea Pyramum oculls 
animoque requlslvit. Locum formamque arboris cognoverat, 
sed color mororum earn incertam fecit. Dum dubitat, corpus 
PyramI in pulvere vldit, Ubi amantem cognovit, corpus eius 
amplexa est 2 et oscula gelidls in vultibus flxit. “ Pyrame,” 
clamavit, “ responde, Pyrame: tua Thisbe carissima te nomh 
nat; aud! et vultus tuos tolle.” Pyramus ad nomen Thisbes 
oculos erexit, sed postquam earn vldit, oculos rursus recondidit. 

1 humi, on the ground. 

2 amplexa est, she embraced, another passive verb with an active meaning; cf. 

loquebantur, Section I. 

INTERROGATIONES 

1. Quo modo radix arboris madefacta est? 

2. Quo modo mora tlncta sunt? 

3. Quid Thisbe fecit, ubi ad arborem rediit? 

4. Quid earn incertam fecit? 

5. Quid vldit in pulvere? 

6. Quid Thisbe fecit, ubi amantem cognovit? 

7. Quid Thisbe clamavit? 

8. Quid Pyramus fecit, cum nomen Thisbes audlvit? 


VII. THISBE’S DEATH 

Ubi Thisbe velamen suum cognovit et vaglnam vacuam vldit, 
“ Tua manus,” inquit, “ te perdidit. Manus mea quoque est 
fortis et amor meus mihi vires 1 dabit. Te exstlnctum perse- 
1 vires, accusative plural of vis, see Appendix 5. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


248 

quar. 1 Mors a me te revellere non poterit. Componite, O 
miserl parentes, nos eodem 2 in tumulo. At tu, arbor, tene slgna 
caedis, habe semper poma pulla. 3 ” 

Sic dixit et gladium in pectus suum demlsit, gladium qul 
adhuc ab PyramI caede tepebat. Vota Thisbes deos tetigerunt 
parentesque tetigerunt; itaque morus poma pulla habet et 
cineres amantium una in urna requiescunt. 

1 persequar, I shall follow, another deponent. 

2 eodem, ablative of idem. 

3 pulla, dark-hued; almost the same as rubra or punicea. 

INTERROGATIONES 

1. Quid Thisbe Pyramo dixit? 

2. Quid Thisbe de parentibus petlvit? 

3. Quid Thisbe de arbore petlvit? 

4. Quo modo Thisbe se interfecit? 

5. Qualia poma morus nunc habet? 

6. Ubi cineres amantium requiescunt? 


THESEUS ET MlNOTAURUS 


Personae 


Theseus, heros Graecus 
Ariadne, filia Mlnois 
Minos, rex Cretae 
QuInque cives GraecI 
Septem puerI GraecI 


Septem puellae Graecae 
Decem milites, praesidium Mlnois 
Dux mIlitum 
VirI GraecI 
Mulieres Graecae 


ScAENA PriMA 

(.Athenls 1 in ford. Multi mri et mulieres in ford convenerunt. 
Omnes vehementer loquuntur.) 

Primus civis. Minos ad oppidum nostrum hodie venit. 
Secundus civis. Victoria est eius. Miserl sumus. Mox 
servl erimus et ad Cretam mittemur. In Creta crudelissime 
laborabimus. 

Primus civis. Minos est crudelissimus. Eum odl. 
Secundus civis. Matronae nostrae et flliae nostrae servae 

1 Athenls, at Athens. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


249 


erunt. O dl 1 immortales, audite nos! O dl immortales, servate 
nos I ( Equl audiuntur) 

Secundus civis. Minos venit. 


Omnes. O di immortales, audite nos, servate nos. {Minds 
cum decern militibus ab equis descendit et viris 2 Graecis ap- 
propinquat.) 



Theseus cum Septem Pueris et Septem PuellIs ad Cretam 
Mittitue; 


Dux mIlitum. Laudate regem bonum. ( Omnes nisi tres 
elves parent .) 

Dux mIlitum {iterum). Laudate regem bonum. ( Tres 
elves non parent .) 

Dux mIlitum ( irdtus ). Parete, miser! servi! 

Minos. Rapite h5s miserrimos servos! ( Tres elves ab 
militibus rapiuntur et auferuntur.) 

MInos. Exercitum vestrum, GraecI, superavl. Duces ves- 
tros necavl. Vos in potestate mea estis. Poena vestra severis- 

1 di, vocative plural of deus. 

2 viris, a dative case with the verb appropinquare. 








250 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


sima erit. Quotannls ad Cretam septem pueros et septem 
puellas mittetis. In Insula Creta est Mlnotaurus crudelis. 
Mlnotaurus habitat in labyrintho quem Daedalus mihi fecit. 
Fllias et fllios vestros in labyrinthum mittam. Mlnotaurus 
miserbs pueros vestros et miseras puellas vestras devorabit. 
Puerl et puellae auxilium orabunt et nemo eos audiet. El vltam 
suam Mlnotauro crudell dabunt. Severissima et crudelissima 
erit poena vestra. (Cives perterriti inter se murmurant.) 

Tertius civis. O rex bone, sume aliam poenam de nobis. 
Nos tibi 1 parebimus. Noll necare fllios nostros et fllias nostras. 
O rex magne, audl nos. 

Minos (crudeliter) . Quotannls ad Cretam septem pueros et 
septem puellas mittetis. Venlte, mllites ! ( Minds cum militibus 

exit) 

1 tibi, a dative case is used with parere. 

SCAENA SECUNDA 

(Athenis in ford post tres annos. Multitudo civium iterum 
commit. Theseus intrat) 

Quartus civis. Theseus, heros noster, venit. 

Quintus civis. Theseus nos servabit. Laudate, amici mel, 
Theseum. 

Omnes cives. O magnum Theseum! 1 O magnum ducem 
nostrum! 

Theseus. Vos, amici mel, convocavl de iniurils Mlnois. 
Vos fllios vestros et fllias vestras quotannls ad Cretam mlsistis. 
Mittetisne semper fllios flliasque ad Mlnotaurum barbarum? 
Minime! Dea Minerva mihi auxilium dabit et ego vos servabo. 
Ego cum Mlnotauro pugnabo et auxilio deae Mlnotaurum 
necabo. 

Quintus civis (perterritus et obstupefactus) . Theseu 2 magne, 
noli pugnare cum Mlnotauro barbaro. Tu ipse necaberis. Te 
ad Cretam numquam mittemus. 

1 Theseum, an accusative case is used in an exclamation. 

2 Theseu, vocative case of Theseus, 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 251 

Omnes cIves. O Theseu magne, noli pugnare cum Mlno- 
tauro barbaro. 

Theseus. Cum septem puerl et septem puellae ad Cretam 
mittentur, unus ex puerls ero. Aut me et eos servabo aut ego 
moriar. 1 

Omnes cives. Theseum maximum, llberatorem nostrum! 

1 moriar, I shall die. See Paris, Section IX note 2. 


SCAENA TERTIA 

{In litore prope labyrinthum. Septem pueri Graecl et septem 
puellae Graecae apud Mlnon 1 ductl erant. Ariadne, filia Mindis , 
Theseum viderat et eum amdverat. Nunc Ariadne Thesed 2 
occulte in litore obit .) 

Ariadne. Cur, Theseu magne, cum puerls Graecls ad 
Cretam venistl? Mlnotaurus te interficiet. O Theseu, admo- 
dum trepida sum. Cape hunc gladium. {Ariadne Thesed 
gladium dat.) Hie est gladius magicus. Fortasse auxilid huius 
gladii Mlnotaurum necare poteris. 

Theseus. Tu, Ariadne, benigna es. Gladium magicum 
libenter capio. 

Ariadne. Illlc est porta labyrinth!. Sequere 3 me et tibi 
auxilium dabo. {Ariadne et Theseus ad portam labyrinthi am¬ 
bulant. Ariadne Thesed linum dat) 

Ariadne. Cape hoc linum. Linum vestigia tua ex laby- 
rintho reget. 

Theseus. Noll timere. Ego Mlnotaurum necabo et ad te 
redlbo. {Mugitus ex labyrintho audiuntur.) 

Ariadne {vehementer turbdta). Mlnotaurum audio. Ad- 
modum trepida sum. 0 Theseu magne, noli pugnare cum 
MlnStauro crudelissimo. 

1 apud Minon, before Minos. Minon is the accusative case. 

2 Theseo, a dative case with the compound verb obire. 

3 Sequere, present imperative of sequor, a deponent verb, like the present 
passive imperative of a transitive verb. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


252 

Theseus. Patria mea me vocat. Ego Mlnotaurum non 
timeo. Minerva mihi auxilium dabit et Mlnotaurum necabo. 
Vale, puella bona. Tua gratia et llnum quod mihi das 1 me 
sine dubio servabunt. ( Theseus labyrinthum intrat. Ariadne 
passis 2 manibus deds auxilium drat) 

1 das (2nd person indicative active present), da (present active imperative), 
and dans (present active participle) are the only three forms of dare where the 
characteristic vowel is long. See Section 250. 

2 passis manibus, with outstretched hands. 


SCAENA QUARTA 

(In litore insulae Cretae prope portam labyrinthi. Minos 
intrat. Sex pueri Graeci et septem puellae Graecae ab militibus 
ad labyrinthum trahuntur. Ariadne cum servd sud appdret) 

Minos (duel militum). Ubi est puer Septimus? 

Dux militum. Nescio, O rex bone. Noctu ille custodes 
effugit. 

Minos (irdtus). Custodes ad Mlnotaurum iacientur. Sed 
prlmum iace ad Mlnotaurum hos sex pueros et has septem 
puellas. (Omnes portae 1 labyrinthi approprinquant. Ariadne 
ad pedes Minois se proicit) 

Ariadne. O pater carissime, rex optime, parce puellls 1 et 
puerls. (Clamor es de labyrintho audiuntur. Theseus de porta 
labyrinthi erumpit. Ariadne ad Theseum currit) 

Theseus. Minotaurus est mortuus. Ego Mlnotaurum 
necavl. Nos, O rex, liber! sumus et ad Graeciam renavigabimus. 
Pueri et puellae tutae parentibus suls reddentur. 

Pueri et puellae. O Theseu magne, tu nos servavistl. 
Libera nunc est patria nostra. ( Theseus et Ariadne cum puer is 
et puellis ad ndvem exeunt) 

1 The verbs appropinquare and parcere are followed by the dative case. Cf. 
page 249, note 2 and page 250, note 1. 

This play is adapted from a Latin play written by 
Margaret March, when a pupil in the eighth 
grade of Peabody Demonstration School. 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


253 


INTEGER VITAE 


Horace, Odes 1.22 
(ca. 25 B. C.) 


k* 


Dr. F. F. Flemming, 
ca. 1811 


S 




Z2 


a 0- 0 








1 . In-te-ger vi-tae see - le - ris-que pu-rus Non e-get 

2 . Si-ve per Syr-tes i - ter aes-tu- o-sas, Si-ve fac- 

3 . Namque me sil-va lu-pus in Sa-bi-na, Dum me-am 


se 




J2-X2. 






S 






w 


0 0 




Mau 
tu - 
can w 


ris ia - cu - lis ne- qu(e) ar-cu 
rus per in-hos-pi - ta-lem 
to La-la-gen et ul-tra 


r 


~€h~ 


Nec ve-ne - 'na - tis 
Cau-ca-sum vel- quae 
Ter-mi-num cu - ris 




o 


s; 


g—g 



gra- vi- da sa - git - tis, Fus-ce, pha - re - tra, 

lo - ca fa-bu - lo - sus Lam-bit Hy - das - pes, 

va-gor ex - pe. - di - tis, Fu-git in - er - mem. 











































































































































































254 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


ADESTE FIDELES 

(PORTUGUESE HYMN) 


Author Unknown 


John Reading, 



fit 1 



J L 

J L 

V ft 




n 







jJ 

./A 

A 11 








r 


y . 


^| 

Q. 

f/T\ 






s~ 

-v 



A 



m m o 

VT7 -■ 

P - Jj 



^ 1 

±4 

1 
ti- 
ri - 



xn 



- 4 

t< 

te 

L I 1 

t n 

w 

Ve- 

iunc 

su, 

# 

• ni - te 
; au - la 
ti - bi 

—^ 

in 

cae 

sit 

* 

] 

lx rry 

Beth - 
les - 
glo - 

hem; 
um, i 

a; 

Cx 

Na 

Glo 

Pa 

? 

-turn 

- ri - 

- tris 

f j 

vi - 

a 

ae- 

jtm 

1 1 1 

te 

ri-a 

ni 

r\ • .+ :£ 




~ 4 




■T . 





flr 


x 


P 


W 


4 




wr 







T 







/n 













^ 

m 



: 











w 



Lx 



fU tt. 












1 / 4f aTl - 

/\ 1 


-.# 


-jm 




I m 

J 

4 

0 

Hi 

0 


f/TN 

• 


# 



J 

0 - 

0 9 

O 








# 

0 



mr - 







c^y » 

Re 

In 

Vei 

t‘ ■ 

w 

-gen 

ex 

r-bui 

i an 

-ce 

n ca 

i-ge 

1 -sis 

i-ro 

M- 

r* 

- lo-rum; Ve-ni-te a-do- re-mus ve-ni -te a-do- 
De-o! Ve-ni-te a-do-re-mus ve-ni- te a-do- 
fac-tum! Ve-ni-te a-do-re-mus ve-ni-te a-do- 

o A \ J 1 J J 

•' j aLi 





0 





1 • ' r ji T 





m 




: T ft ~ 



W— 


y 




TT 





•A 




























































































































































FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


255 















































































































































































































































































256 


FIRST LATIN LESSONS 


GAUDEAMUS 


The second and third staraas of this famous student song were known 
as early as 1267. The melody in its present form dates back to about the 
middle of the eighteenth century. 







































































































































APPENDIX 


DECLENSION OF NOUNS 


1. FIRST DECLENSION 



SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Nom. 

casa, a hut 

casae, huts 

Gen. 

casae, of a hut, hut’s 

casarum, of huts, huts 7 

Dat. 

casae, to or for a hut 

casis, to or for huts 

Acc. 

casam, a hut 

casas, huts 

Abl. 

casa, from (by, with, in) 

casis, from (by, with, in) huts 


a hut 


2. SECOND DECLENSION 

SINGULAR 


Nom. 

murus 

puer 

magister 

frumentum 

Gen. 

muri 

pueri 

magistri 

frumenti 

Dat. 

muro 

puero 

magistro 

frumento 

Acc. 

mu rum 

puerum 

magistrum 

frumentum 

Abl. 

muro 

puero 

magistro 

frumento 



PLURAL 


Nom. 

muri 

pueri 

magistri 

frumenta 

Gen. 

murorum 

puerorum 

magistrorum 

frumentorum 

Dat. 

muris 

pueris 

magistris 

frumentis 

Acc. 

muros 

pueros 

magistros 

frumenta 

Abl. 

muris 

pueris 

magistris 

frumentis 


Vocative. The form of the vocative case is the same as the nom¬ 
inative in all declensions except in nouns of the second declension. 
Nouns ending in -us have -e: Marce. Those in -ius have -i: Luci. 

257 


258 


APPENDIX 


3 . Consonant Stems of Third Declension 




Masculine and 

Feminine 



SINGULAR 

ending 

PLURAL 

ENDING 

Nom. miles 


milites 

-es 

Gen. 

militis 

-is 

militum 

-um 

Dat. 

mlliti 

-i 

militibus 

-ibus 

Acc. 

militem 

-em 

milites 

-es 

Abl. 

mllite 

-e 

militibus 

-ibus 



Neuter 




SINGULAR 

plural 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Nom. 

opus 

opera 

flumen 

flumina 

Gen. 

operis 

operum 

fluminis 

fluminum 

Dat. 

open 

operibus 

flu mini 

fluminibus 

Acc. 

opus 

opera 

flumen 

flumina 

Abl. 

opere 

operibus 

flumine 

fluminibus 


4 . I-Stems of the Third Declension 

Masculine and Feminine 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Nom. navis 

naves 

mo ns 

montes 

Gen. navis 

navium 

montis 

montium 

Dat. navi 

navibus 

monti 

montibus 

Acc. navem 

naves, -is 

montem 

montes, -is 

Abl. nave navibus 

Most Masculine and Feminine I- 

monte 

■stems are: 

montibus 


1. Nouns ending in -is and -es not increasing in the genitive. 

2. Nouns ending in -ns and -rs. 

3. Monosyllables ending in -s and -x following a consonant. 


Neuter I-Stems Ending in -e, -al 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

SINGULAR 

Nom. 

mare 

maria 

animal 

Gen. 

maris 

marium 

animalis 

Dat. 

man 

maribus 

animali 

Acc. 

mare 

maria 

animal 

Abl. 

man 

maribus 

animali 


plural 

animalia 

animalium 

animalibus 

animalia 

animalibus 



APPENDIX 


259 


5 . Irregular Nouns 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

SINGULAR 

Nom. vis 

vires 

Iuppiter 

Gen. (vis) 

virium 

Iovis 

Dat. (vi) 

vlribus 

IovI 

Acc. vim 

vlris, -es 

lovem 

Abl. vi 

vlribus 

love 


6 . 


FOURTH DECLENSION 



Masculine and Feminine 

Neuter 


singular 

PLURAL 

singular 

PLURAL 

Nom. 

manus 

manus 

cornu 

cornua 

Gen. 

mantis 

manuum 

cornus 

cornuum 

Dat. 

manul 

manibus 

cornu 

cornibus 

Acc. 

manum 

manus 

cornu 

cornua 

Abl. 

manu 

manibus 

cornu 

cornibus 

7 . 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 



Nom. 

domus 

domus 



Gen. 

domus, -I 

domuum, - 

orum 


Dat. 

domul, -6 

domibus 



Acc. 

do mum 

domus, -os 



Abl. 

do mu, -6 

domibus 



Loc. 

doml 




Domus is irregular in that it has some forms belonging to the 
second declension in addition to the fourth declension forms. 


8. FIFTH DECLENSION 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Nom. dies 

dies 

res 

res 

Gen. die! 

dierum 

rel 

rerum 

Dat. diel 

diebus 

rel 

rebus 

Acc. diem 

dies 

rem 

res 

Abl. die 

diebus 

re 

rebus 


26 o 


APPENDIX 


DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES 

9 . FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSION 




SINGULAR 



PLURAL 



MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

Nom. 

altus 

alta 

altum 

alti 

altae 

alta 

Gen. 

alti 

altae 

alti 

altorum 

altarum 

altorum 

Dat. 

alto 

altae 

alto 


altis 


Ace. 

altum 

altam 

altum 

altos 

altas 

alta 

Abl. 

alto 

alta 

alto 


altis 



Adjectives in - 

-er WHICH KEEP 

the -e 


Nom. 

liber 

libera 

liberum liberi 

liberae 

libera 

Gen. 

liberi 

liberae 

liberi 

liberorum 

liberarum 

liberorum 

Dat. 

libero 

liberae 

libero 


liberis 


Acc. 

liberum liberam 

liberum liberos 

liberas 

libera 

Abl. 

libero 

libera 

libero 


liberis 



Adjectives in 

er WHICH DROP 

THE -e 





SINGULAR 




Nom. 

pulcher 


pulchra 

pulchrum 



Gen. 

pulchri 


pulchrae 

pulchri 



Dat. 

pulchro 


pulchrae 

pulchro 



Acc. 

pulchrum 


pulchram 

pulchrum 



Abl. 

pulchro 


pulchra 

pulchro 





PLURAL 




Nom. 

pulchri 


pulchrae 

pulchra 



Gen. 

pulchrorum 

pulchrarum 

pulchrorum 


Dat. 



pulchris 




Acc. 

pulchros 


pulchras 

pulchra 



Abl. 



pulchris 



10 . ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION 


Three Terminations 



SINGULAR 


PLURAL 



MAS. AND FEM. 

NEUT. 

MAS. AND FEM. 

NEUT 

Nom. 

acer acris 

acre 

acres 

acria 

Gen. 

acris 


acrium 


Dat. 

acri 


acribus 


Acc. 

acrem 

acre 

acres, -Is 

acria 

Abl. 

acri 


acribus 



APPENDIX 261 

/ 

Two Terminations 



SINGULAR 


PLURAL 



MAS. AND FEM. 

NEUT. 

MAS. AND FEM. 

NEUT. 

Nom. 

omnis 

omne 

omnes 

omnia 

Gen. 

omnis 


omnium 


Dat. 

omni 


omnibus 


Acc. 

omnem 

omne 

omnes, -is 

omnia 

Abl. 

omni 


omnibus 



One Termination 



SINGULAR 


PLURAL 



MAS. AND FEM. 

NEUT. 

MAS. AND FEM. 

NEUT. 

Nom. 

audax 


audaces 

audacia 

Gen. 

audacis 


audacium 


Dat. 

audaci 


audacibus 


Acc. 

audacem 

audax 

audaces, -is 

audacia 

Abl. 

audaci 


audacibus 



11 . 

NINE IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 


alius, alia, aliud 

uter, utra, utrum 


alter, -a, -um 

neuter, neutra, neutrum 


ullus, -a, -um 

solus, -a, -um 


nullus, -a, -um 

totus, -a, -um 


unus, -a, -um 


Declension of unus 


MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

unus 

una 

unum 


unius 



uni 


unum 

unam 

unum 

uno 

una 

uno 


The plural of these adjectives is like the plural of altus. 


262 


APPENDIX 


12. Declension of duo and milia 




PLURAL 


PLURAL 


MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 


Nom. 

duo 

duae 

duo 

milia 

Gen. 

duorum 

duarum 

duorum 

milium 

Dat. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

mllibus 

Acc. 

duos 

duas 

duo 

milia 

Abl. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

mllibus 

ed 

iH 

REGULAR 

COMPARISON 

OF ADJECTIVES 


POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIVE 

altus, 

-a, -um 

altior, altius 

altissimus, -a, 

-um 

velox, velocis 

velocior, velocius velocissimus, - 

-a, -um 


Adjectives in -er and —lis 


POSITIVE 

miser, -a, -um 
acer, acris, acre 
facilis, -e 
difficilis, -e 
similis, -e 
dissimilis, -e 
gracilis, -e 
humilis, -e 


COMPARATIVE 
miserior, -ius 
acrior, -ius 
facilior, -ius 
difficilior, -ius 
similior, -ius 
dissimilior, -ius 
gracilior, -ius 
humilior, -ius 


SUPERLATIVE 

miserrimus, -a, -um 
acerrimus, -a, -um 
facillimus, -a, -um 
difficillimus, -a, -um 
simillimus, -a, -um 
dissimillimus, -a, -um 
gracillimus, -a, -um 
humillimus, -a, -um 


14. IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF 


POSITIVE 

bonus, -a, -um, 

good 

malus, -a, -um, 

bad 

magnus, -a, -um 

large 

parvus, -a, -um, 

small 

multus, -a, -um, 

much 


COMPARATIVE 

melior, melius, 

better 

peior, peius, 

worse 

maior, maius, 
larger 

minor, minus, 
smaller 

-V Plus, 

more 


ADJECTIVES 

SUPERLATIVE 

optimus, -a, -um, 

best 

pessimus, -a, -um, 

worst 

maximus, -a, -um 

largest 

minimus, -a, -um, 

smallest 

plurimus, -a, -um 

most 



APPENDIX 


263 


15. 

DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES 


SINGULAR 


PLURAL 


MAS. AND FEM. 

NEUT. 

MAS. AND FEM. NEUT. 

Nom. 

altior 

altius 

altiores altiora 

Gen. 

altioris 


altiorum 

Dat. 

altiori 


altioribus 

Acc. 

altiorem 

altius 

altiores altiora 

Abl. 

altiore 


altioribus 

MAS. AND FEM. NEUT. 

MAS. AND FEM. NEUT. 

Nom. 

- plus 

plures plura 

Gen. 

- pluris 

plurium 

Dat. 



pluribus 

Acc. 

- plus 

pluris, -es plQra 

Abl. 

— 


pluribus 


COMPARISON OF 

ADVERBS 

16. 

REGULAR 

COMPARISON 

OF ADVERBS 


POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIVE 


longe 

longius 

longissime 


audacter 

audacius 

audacissime 


celeriter 

celerius 

celerrime 


facile 

facilius 

facillime 

17. 

IRREGULAR 

COMPARISON OF ADVERBS 


bene 

melius 

optime 


male 

peius 

pessime 


magnopere 

magis 

maxime 


diu 

diutius 

diutissime 


% parum 

minus 

mini me 


mul turn 

plus 

plurimum 

18. 


NUMERALS 



CARDINAL NUMERALS 

ORDINAL NUMERALS 


I. unus. 

, -a, -um 

primus, -a, -um 


II. duo, 

-ae, -0 

secundus or alter 


III. tres, 

tria 

tertius 







264 


APPENDIX 


CARDINAL NUMERALS ORDINAL NUMERALS 


IV. 

quattuor 

quartus 

V. 

quinque 

quintus 

VI. 

sex 

sextus 

VII. 

septem 

Septimus 

VIII. 

octo 

octavus 

IX. 

novem 

nonus 

X. 

decern 

decimus 

XI. 

undecim 

undecimus 

XII. 

duodecim 

duodecimus 

XIII. 

tredecim 

tertius decimus 

XIV. 

quattuordecim 

quartus decimus 

XV. 

quindecim 

quintus decimus 

XVI. 

sedecim 

sextus decimus 

XVII. 

septendecim 

septimus decimus 

XVIII. 

duodeviginti 

duodevicesimus 

XIX. 

undeviginti 

undevicesimus 

XX. 

viginti 

vicesimus 

XXI. 

unus et viginti 
(viginti unus) 

vicesimus primus 

XXVIII. 

duodetriginta 

duodetrfcesimus 

XXIX. 

undetriginta 

undetricesimus 

XXX. 

triginta 

tricesimus 

XL. 

quadraginta 

quadragesimus 

L. 

quinquaginta 

quinquagesimus 

LX. 

sexaginta 

sexagesimus 

LXX. 

septuaginta 

septuagesimus 

LXXX. 

octoginta 

octogesimus 

xc. 

nonaginta 

nonagesimus 

c. 

centum 

centesimus 

Cl. 

centum (et) unus 

centesimus (et) primus 

cc. 

ducenti, -ae, -a 

ducentesimus 

ccc. 

trecenti, -ae, -a 

trecentesimus 

cccc. 

quadringenti, -ae, -a 

quadringentesimus 

D. 

quingenti, -ae, -a 

quingentesimus 

DC. 

sescenti, -ae, -a 

sescentesimus 

DCC. 

septingentl, -ae, -a 

septingentesimus 

DCCC. 

octingenti, -ae, -a 

octingentesimus 

DCCCC. 

nongenti, -ae, -a 

nongentesimus 

M. 

mille 

millesimus 

MM. 

duo milia 

bis millesimus 


APPENDIX 


265 


PRONOUNS 

19. PERSONAL PRONOUNS 


First Person, ego, / 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Nom. ego 

nos 

Gen. mel 

nostrum, nostri 

Dat. mihi 

nobis 

Acc. me 

nos 

A bl. me 

nobis 


Second Person, tu, you 


Nom. 

tu 

v5s 

Gen. 

tul 

vestrum, vestri 

Dat. 

tibi 

vobls 

Acc. 

te 

VOS 

Abl. 

te 

vobls 


20. Reflexive of the Third Person 


sui, of himself , etc. 



SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Gen. 

sui 

sui 

Dat. 

sibi 

sibi 

Acc. 

se or sese 

se or sese 

Abl. 

se or sese 

se or sese 


21. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 

hie, this 




SINGULAR 



MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

Nom. 

hie 

haec 

hoc 

Gen. 


huius 


Dat. 


huic 


Acc. 

hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

Abl. 

hoc 

hac 

hoc 


PLUR 


MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

hi 

hae 

haec 

horum 

harum 

horum 


his 


hos 

has 

haec 


his 



266 


APPENDIX 





ille, that 




SINGULAR 


PLURAL 



mas. fem. 

NEUT. MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

Norn. 

ille ilia 

illud illi 

illae 

ilia 

Gen. 

illius 

illorum 

illarum 

illorum 

Dat. 

illi 


illis 


Acc. 

ilium illam 

illud illos 

illas 

ilia 

Abl. 

illo ilia 

illo 

illis 



is, 

this, that, he, she, it 





Singular 




MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 



Nom. is 

ea 

id 



Gen. 

eius 




Dat. 

ei 




Acc. eum 

earn 

id 



Abl. eo 

ea 

eo 




Plural 




Nom. el, ii 

eae 

ea 



Gen. eorum 

earum 

eorum 



Dat. 

eis, iis 




Acc. eos 

eas 

ea 



Abl. 

eis, iis 





idem, the same 





Singular 




MASCULINE 

feminine 

NEUTER 



Nom. idem 

eadem 

idem 



Gen. 

eiusdem 




Dat. 

eidem 




Acc. eundem 

eandem 

idem 



Abl. eodem 

eadem 

eodem 




Plural 




Nom. eidem or idem eaedem 

eadem 



Gen. eorundem 

earundem 

eorundem 


Dat. 

eisdem or isdem 




Acc. eosdem 

easdem 

eadem 



Abl. 

eisdem or isdem 




APPENDIX 


267 


22. INTENSIVE PRONOUN 


ipse, self 

SINGULAR PLURAL 


MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

Nom. ipse 

ipsa 

ipsum 

ipsi 

ipsae 

ipsa 

Gen. 

ipsius 


ipsorum 

ipsarum 

ipsorum 

Dat. 

ipsi 



ipsis 


Acc. ipsum 

ipsam 

ipsum 

ipsos 

ipsas 

ipsa 

Abl. ipso 

ipsa 

ipso 


ipsis 


23. 


RELATIVE 

PRONOUN 





qui, who, 

which, that 




SINGULAR 



PLURAL 


MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

Nom. qul 

quae 

quod 

qul 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

cuius 


quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

Dat. 

cui 



quibus 


Acc. quem 

quam 

quod 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Abl. quo 

qua 

quo 


quibus 



24. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN 


quis? who? 

SINGULAR PLURAL 



MAS. AND FEM. 

NEUT. 

MAS. 

FEM. 

NEUT. 

Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

quis 

cuius 

cui 

quid 

qui 

quorum 

quae 

quarum 

quibus 

quae 

quorum 

Acc. 

Abl. 

quem 

quo 

quid 

quos 

quas 

quibus 

quae 


25. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS 

quisque, each 
Singular 


MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

Nom. quisque 

quaeque 

quidque, quodque 

Gen. 

cuiusque 


Dat. 

cuique 


Acc. quemque 

quamque 

quidque, quodque 

Abl. quoque 

quaque 

quoque 


(The plural of quisque is rare.) 



APPENDIX 


268 


quidam, a certain 

Singular 


MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

Nom. quidam 

quaedam 

quiddam, quoddam 

Gen. 

cuiusdam 


Dat. 

cuidam 


Acc. quendam 

quandam 

quiddam, quoddam 

Abl. quodam 

quadam 

quodam 


Plural 


Nom. quidam 

quaedam 

quaedam 

Gen. quorundam 

quarundam 

quorundam 

Dat. 

quibusdam 


Acc. quosdam 

quasdam 

quaedam 

Abl. 

quibusdam 



26 . SUMMARY OF VERBS 

PRESENT INFINITIVE 


1 ST CONJ. 

2ND CONJ. 

3RD CONJ. 

4 TH CONJ. 

io 3 RD CONJ. 

portare 

movere 

ducere 

audire 

capere 


PRESENT INDICATIVE 




Active 





SINGULAR 



I carry, 

I move, 

I lead, 

I hear, 

I catch, 

I am carrying 

I am moving 

I am leading 

I am hearing 

I am catching 

porto 

moved 

duco 

audio 

capio 

portas 

moves 

ducis 

audis 

capis 

portat 

movet 

ducit 

audit 

capit 



PLURAL 



portamus 

movemus 

ducimus 

audimus 

capimus 

portatis 

movetis 

ducitis 

auditis 

capitis 

portant 

movent 

ducunt 

audiunt 

capiunt 


APPENDIX 


269 




Passive 



■f 


SINGULAR 



am (being) 

I am (being) 

I am {being) I 

am (being) 

I am {being) 

carried 

moved 

led 

heard 

caught 

portor 

moveor 

ducor 

audior 

capior 

portaris 

moveris 

duceris 

audiris 

caperis 

portatur 

movetur 

ducitur 

auditur 

capitur 



PLURAL 



portamur 

movemur 

ducimur 

audimur 

capimur 

portamini 

movemini 

ducimini 

au dimini 

capimini 

portantur 

moventur 

ducuntur 

audiuntur 

capiuntur 


IMPERFECT INDICATIVE 


I was carrying, 

I was moving, 

Active 

SINGULAR 

I was leading, 

I was hearing, 

I was catching, 

I carried 

I moved 

I led 

I heard 

I caught 

portabam 

movebam 

dQcebam 

audiebam 

capiebam 

portabas 

movebas 

ducebas 

audiebas 

capiebas 

portabat 

movebat 

ducebat 

audiebat 

capiebat 

portabamus 

movebamus 

PLURAL 

ducebamus 

audiebamus 

capiebamus 

portabatis 

movebatis 

ducebatis 

audiebatis 

capiebatis 

portabant 

movebant 

ducebant 

audiebant 

capiebant 

I was (being) 

I was (being) 

Passive 

SINGULAR 

I was (being) I was (being) I was (being) 

carried 

moved 

led 

heard 

caught 

portabar 

movebar 

ducebar 

audiebar 

capiebar 

portabaris 

movebaris 

ducebaris 

audiebaris 

capiebaris 

portabatur 

movebatur 

ducebatur 

audiebatur 

capiebatur 

portabamur 

movebamur 

PLURAL 

ducebamur 

audiebamur 

capiebamur 

portabamini 

movebamini 

ducebamini 

audiebamini 

capiebamini 

portabantur 

movebantur 

ducebantur 

audiebantur 

capiebantur 


270 


APPENDIX 


FUTURE INDICATIVE 


I shall carry 

I shall move 

Active 

SINGULAR 

I shall lead 

I shall hear 

I shall catch 

portabo 

movebo 

ducam 

audiam 

capiam 

portabis 

movebis 

duces 

audies 

capies 

portabit 

movebit 

ducet 

audiet 

capiet 

portabimus 

movebimus 

PLURAL 

ducemus 

audiemus 

capiemus 

portabitis 

movebitis 

ducetis 

audietis 

capietis 

portabunt 

movebunt 

ducent 

audient 

capient 

I shall be 

/ shall be 

Passive 

singular 

I shall be 

I shall be 

I shall be 

carried 

moved 

lea 

heard 

caught 

portabor 

movebor 

ducar 

audiar 

capiar 

portaberis 

moveberis 

duceris 

audieris 

capieris 

portabitur 

movebitur 

ducetur 

audietur 

capietur 

portabimur 

movebimur 

PLURAL 

ducemur 

audiemur 

capiemur 

portabimim 

movebimini 

ducemini 

audieminl 

capiemini 

portabuntur 

movebuntur 

ducentur 

audientur 

capientur 


PERFECT INDICATIVE 
Active 

SINGULAR 


I have carried, 

I have moved, 

I have led, 

I have heard, 

I have caught , 

I carried 

I moved 

lied 

I heard 

I caught 

porta vi 

movl 

dux! 

audivl 

cepi 

portavisti 

movisti 

duxisti 

audlvisti 

cepisti 

porta vit 

movit 

duxit 

PLURAL 

audivit 

cepit 

porta vimus 

mdvimus 

duximus 

audi vimus 

cepimus 

porta vistis 

raovistis 

duxistis 

audi vistis 

cepistis 

portaverunt 

moverunt 

duxerunt 

audiverunt 

ceperunt 


APPENDIX 


271 


Passive 


I have been 
carried, 

1 was carried 

d § fsum 

2 'Jes 
§,f [est 


I have been 
moved, 

I was moved 

w S fsum 

o 1 | es 

e f [est 


SINGULAR 
I have been 
led, 

/ was led 

§ | f sum 

| 1 |es 

^ ? [est 


/ have been 
heard, 

I was heard 

3 § fsum 

•C T 

*3 W eS 
rt f [est 


'd f [sumus 
§ estis 
cl f [sunt 


PLURAL 


f fsumus 

+3 

f fsumus 

■d 

f fsumus 

A estis 

CJ 

a A estis 


oTl estis 

f [sunt 


? [sunt 

c3 

f [sunt 


PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE 


I had carried 

I had moved 

porta veram 

moveram 

portaveras 

moveras 

portaverat 

moverat 

porta veramus 

moveramus 

porta veratis 

moveratis 

portaverant 

moverant 


I had been 

I had been 

carried 

moved 

3 S feram 

to | feram 


3 ? . 

5 1 eras 

& M eras 

[erat 

S f [erat 

^ feramus 

^ 'f 3 feramus 

§ J eratis 

| J eratis 

af [erant 

? [erant 


Active 


SINGULAR 


I had led 

I had heard 

duxeram 

audlveram 

duxeras 

audiveras 

duxerat 

audiverat 

PLURAL 


duxeramus 

audiveramus 

duxeratis 

audiveratis 

duxerant 

audiverant 

Passive 


SINGULAR 


I had been 

I had been 

led 

heard 

m | feram 

j§ | feram 

tj 1 | eras 

1 \ eras 

*§ f' [erat 

i f [erat 

PLURAL 


^ feramus 

•a f feramus 

§ A eratis 

■§ A eratis 

^ f [erant 

03 ? [erant 


I have been 
caught, 

I was caught 

“ S fsum 
a 1 es 

Cj ~ 

0 f [est 

fsumus 
&<u| estis 
u f [sirnt 


I had caught 
ceperam 
ceperas 
ceperat 

ceperamus 

ceperatis 

ceperant 


I had been 
caught 

w | feram 
a 1 J eras 
y f [erat 

^ «» feramus 
I oT er *tis 
u ? [erant 


272 


APPENDIX 


FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE 




Active 





SINGULAR 



I shall 

I shall 

I shall 

I shall 

/ s/sa// 

have carried 

have moved 

have led 

have heard 

have caught 

porta vero 

movero 

duxero 

audlvero 

cepero 

porta veris 

mo veris 

duxeris 

audiveris 

ceperis 

porta verit 

mo verit 

duxerit 

audiverit 

ceperit 



PLURAL 



porta verimus 

mo verimus 

duxerimus 

audiverimus 

ceperimus 

porta veritis 

mo veritis 

duxeritis 

audiveritis 

ceperitis 

porta verint 

mo verint 

duxerint 

audiverint 

ceperint 



Passive 





SINGULAR 



I shall have 

I shall have 

I shall have 

I shall have 

I shall have 

been.carried 

been moved 

been led 

been heard 

been caught 

I!( er6 

S Metis 

8, f [erit 

w § fero 

1? eris 

E f (erit 

w | fero 
u 1 j eris 
^ f [erit 

5§ | fero 
■§ 1 jeris 

3 f [erit 

22 § fero 

V eris 

S f [erit 



PLURAL 



'is f ferimus 


m- f ferimus 

>43 ¥ ferimus 

.43 f ferimus 

ti <u 1 eritis 
a f [erunt 

§ eritis 
? [erunt 

3 u] eritis 
^ ? [erunt 

y, <u s eritis 

1 [erunt 

£ <u j eritis 
u f [erunt 


PRESENT IMPERATIVE 




Active 



Singular 

Plural 

carry 

porta 

portate 

move 

move 

movete 

lead 

due 

ducite 

hear 

audi 

audite 

catch 

cape 

capite 



Passive 



Singular 

Plural 

be carried 

portare 

portaminl 

be moved 

movere 

movemini 

be led 

ducere 

ducimini 

be heard 

audire 

audimini 

be caught 

capere 

capimini 


APPENDIX 


27. 

PARTICIPLES 



Active 

portans, -antis 
movens, -entis 

Passive 

Present 

ducens, -entis 
capiens, -ientis 
audiens, -ientis 

(none) 


portaturus, -a, -um 

portandus, -a, -um 


moturus, -a, -um 

movendus, -a, -um 

Future 

ducturus, -a, -um 

ducendus, -a, -um 


capturus, -a, -um 

capiendus, -a, -um 


auditurus, -a, -um 

audiendus, -a, -um 

portatus, -a, -um 
motus, -a, -um 

Perfect 

(none) 

INFINITIVES 

ductus, -a, -um 
captus, -a, -um 
auditus, -a, -um 


Active 

Passive 


portare 

portari 


movere 

moveri 

Present 

ducere 

dud 


capere 

capi 


audire 

audiri 


portaturus, -a, -um esse 

portatum iri 


moturus, -a, -um esse 

motum iri 

Future 

ducturus, -a, -um esse 

ductum iri 


capturus, -a, -um esse 

captum iri 


auditurus, -a, -um esse 

auditum iri 


portavisse 

portatus, -a, -um esse 


movisse 

motus, -a, -um esse 

Perfect 

duxisse 

ductus, -a, -um esse 

cepisse 

captus, -a, -um esse 


audivisse 

auditus, -a, -um esse 


274 


APPENDIX 


IRREGULAR VERBS 
28. CONJUGATION OF ESSE 


sum, esse, ful, futurus, to be 

INDICATIVE MODE 

IMPERFECT FUTURE 


SING. 

PLURAL 

SING. 

PLURAL 

7 was 

7 shall be 

eram 

eramus 

ero 

erimus 

eras 

eratis 

eris 

eritis 

erat 

erant 

erit 

erunt 


PRESENT 
SING. PLURAL 

I am 

sum sumus 

es estis 

est sunt 

PERFECT 

SING. PLURAL 

I have been, I was 

ful fuimus 

fuisti fuistis 

fuit fuerunt 


29. 


PRESENT 

SING. PLURAL 

I can, I am able 

possum possumus 
potes potestis 

potest possunt 

PERFECT 

potui 


PLUPERFECT 
SING. PLURAL 

I had been 

fueram fueramus 
fueras fueratis 

fuerat fuerant 


INDICATIVE MODE 

IMPERFECT 
SING. PLURAL 

7 could, I was able 

poteram poteramus 
poteras poteratis 

poterat poterant 


FUTURE PERFECT 
SING. PLURAL 

7 shall have been 

fuero fuerimus 
fueris fueritis 
fuerit fuerint 


FUTURE 

SING. PLURAL 

7 shall be able 

potero poterimus 
poteris poteritis 

poterit poterunt 


PLUPERFECT FUTURE PERFECT 

potueram potuero 


CONJUGATION OF POSSE 
possum, posse, potui, to be able , can 


APPENDIX 


275 


SYNTAX 

30 . SUMMARY OF RULES 

CASES 

NOMINATIVE CASE 

1. Subject. —The subject of a finite verb is in the nomina¬ 
tive case. Answers question: who, what? 

Agricola terram arat. 

2. Predicate nominative. — A predicate noun is in the 
nominative case, corresponds to subject: 

Britannia est insula. 

GENITIVE CASE 

3 . Possession. — Possession is expressed by the genitive case. 
Answers question: whose? 

Puella est fllia agricolae. 

4 . Partitive genitive. — With words denoting a part, a geni¬ 
tive is used to denote the whole of which a part is taken: 

Pars puerdrum in camera sunt (est). 

DATIVE CASE 

5 . Indirect object. — The indirect object is expressed by 
the dative case. Answers question: to whom? 

Femina puellae rosam dat. 

6 . Dative with adjectives. — Many adjectives meaning dear, 
equal, friendly, near, suitable , etc., are followed by the dative case: 

Puella est cara matri. 

ACCUSATIVE CASE 

7 . Direct object. — The direct object of a verb is in the 
accusative case. Answers question: what, whom? 

Agricola servum vocat. 


276 


APPENDIX 


8. Accusative with prepositions. — The accusative case 
is used with about thirty prepositions; among these are in 
{into), ad, ante, apud, circum, contra, inter,per, trans, post, prope: 

Puer in cameram properat. 

9. Extent of space. — Extent of space is expressed by the 
accusative case. Answers question: how much? how far? 

Puer est altus sex pedes. 

10. Duration of time.—Duration of time or time how long is 
expressed by the accusative case. Answers question: how long? 

Caesar in Gallia novem annos pugnabat. 

11. The subject of an infinitive. — The subject of an infini¬ 
tive is in the accusative case: 

Vir dicit milites pugnare. 

ABLATIVE CASE 

12. Place where. — Place where is expressed by the ablative 
case with the preposition in. Answers question: where? 

Charta est in mensa. 

13. Time when or within which. — Time when or within 
which is expressed by the ablative case without a preposition: 

Prima hora die! ex lecto meo surrexi. 

14. Place from which. — Place from which is expressed by 
the ablative case with a preposition a, ab, de, e, ex. Answers 
question: from what place? 

Puer ex camera ambulat. 

15. Separation. — Separation is expressed by the ablative 
case with or without a preposition a, ab, de, e, ex: 

Vir puerum penculo servavit. 

Vir puerum ab cane servavit 

16. Specification. — The ablative case without a preposition 
is used to express that in respect to which something is true: 

Princeps erat Galba nomine. 


APPENDIX 


277 


17. Accompaniment.—Accompaniment is expressed by the 
ablative case with cum. Answers question: with whom? 

Hodie nos in schola cum magistro sumus. 

18. Manner. — The manner in which an action is performed 
is expressed by the ablative case with the preposition cum. 
Cum may be omitted when the noun is modified by an adjective: 

Equi equitum ad hostes magna (cum) celeritate cucurrerunt. 

19. Means. — Means or instrument is expressed by the 
ablative case without a preposition. Answers question: by 
means of what? 

Puer calamo scribit. 

20 . Personal agent. — Personal agent with a passive verb is 
expressed by the ablative case with ab or a. Answers question: 
by whom? 

Aqua ab serva portatur. 

21 . Measure of difference. — Degree or measure of difference 
is expressed by the ablative case without a preposition. Answers 
question: by how much? 

Titus est altior und pede quam Marcus. 

22 . Cause. — Cause is expressed by the ablative case without 
a preposition. It is translated on account of or because of. 
Answers question: why? 

Domina servam diligentia laudat. 

VOCATIVE CASE 

23. Direct address. — The vocative case is the case of direct 

address: ^ M _ lM _ 

Da mihi, Luci, librum meum. 

MODES 

INDICATIVE 

24. Fact. — The indicative mode is used to state a fact or to 
ask a direct question: 

Rex Germanus cum Gallis pugnabat. 

Quid Marcus dicebat? 


278 


APPENDIX 


IMPERATIVE 


25. Command. 

commands: 


The imperative mode is used in giving 
Vocdy Cornelia, servas. 


INFINITIVE 

26. Complementary. — Some verbs like possum, debere, 
cupere regularly take an infinitive to complete their meaning. 
This is called a complementary infinitive: 

Puer legere potest. 

27. Indirect statement. — The principal verb of an indirect 
statement is in the infinitive mode with its subject in the accusa¬ 
tive case. Indirect statements follow verbs of saying, knowing , 
thinking, perceiving, etc: 

Audlmus regem Germanum cum Gallls pugnare. 

AGREEMENT 

28. Agreement of adjective. — An adjective agrees in gender, 
number, and case with the noun which it modifies: 

Munis est altus et longus. 

29. Agreement of verb. — A verb agrees with its subject in 
person and number: 

Tu es bonus puer. 

30. Agreement of relative. — A relative pronoun agrees with 
its antecedent in gender, number, and person, but its case is 
determined by its use in the clause in which it stands: 

Puer quem in schola vidisti domum fit. 

31. Comparisons with quam. — In comparisons, when quam 
is used, the two things or persons compared are in the same 
case: 

Flumen est latius quam rivus. 

32. Apposition. — A noun in apposition is in the same case 
as the noun which it explains: 

Puella, Iulia, est filia agricolae. 

Agricola dicit puellam, Idliam, esse filiam suam. 


LATIN WORD LIST 

FIRST HALF-YEAR 



Verbs 

38. 

39. 

1 . 

amo 

40. 

2. 

appello 

41. 

3. 

confirmd 

42. 

4. 

do 

43. 

5. 

exspecto 

44. 

6. 

laboro 

45. 

7. 

libero 

46. 

8. 

navigo 

47. 

9. 

nuntio 

48. 

10. 

occupo 

49. 

11. 

paro 

50. 

12. 

comparo 

51. 

13. 

porto 

52. 

14. 

pugno 

53. 

15. 

servo 

54. 

16. 

specto 

55. 

17. 

supero 

56. 

18. 

voco 

57. 

19. 

habeo 

58. 

20. 

moneo 

59. 

21. 

moved 

60. 

22. 

commoveo 

61. 

23. 

permoveo 

62. 

24. 

removed 


25. 

responded 


26. 

teneo 

63. 

27. 

contineo 

64. 

28. 

obtineo 

65. 

29. 

pertineo 

66. 

30. 

sustineo 

67. 

31. 

timed 

68. 

32. 

video 

69. 

33. 

ago 

70. 

34. 

cogd 

71. 

35. 

redigo 

72. 

36. 

cedo 

73. 

37. 

discedo 

74. 


excedo 

defendo 

duco 

adduco 

indued 

perduco 

produco 

gero 

ludo 

mitto 

amitto 

committo 

dlmitto 

intermitto 

permitto 

praemitto 

remitto 

peto 

relinquo 

scribo 

cdnscrlbo 

vinco 

sum 

absum 

adsum 

Nouns 

agricola 

amlcitia 

aqua 

fama 

femina 

fllia 

fortuna 

fuga 

iniuria 

insula 

lingua 

luna 


279 


ENGLISH WORD LIST 

FIRST HALF YEAR 


Verbs 

1. love 

2. name, call 

3. strengthen, assert 

4. give 

5. look out for, wait for 

6. toil, suffer 

7. set free 

8. sail 

9. give news, announce 

10. seize 

11. make ready, prepare 

12. make ready, buy, compare 

13. carry 

14. fight 

15. keep, save 

16. look at 

17. overcome, surpass, defeat 

18. caff 

19. have, hold 

20. warn, advise 

21. move 

22. move thoroughly, alarm 

23. move strongly, excite 

24. move back, withdraw 

25. answer 

26. hold 

27. hold together, bound 

28. hold fast, obtain 

29. extend, belong to 

30. uphold, resist 

31. be afraid, fear 

32. see 

33. drive, do, plead 

34. drive together, gather, compel 

35. drive back, reduce 

36. move, go away, yield 

37. go away 


38. go out, withdraw 

39. ward off, defend 

40. lead 

41. lead to, influence 

42. lead on, influence 

43. lead through, construct 

44. lead forward, protract 

45. carry on 

46. play 

47. send 

48. send away, let go, lose 

49. send together, entrust, join 

50. send away, dispatch 

51. interrupt, stop 

52. allow 

53. send ahead 

54. send back, let go, relax 

55. seek, attack, ask 

56. leave behind 

57. write 

58. write together, enroll 

59. conquer 

60. be 

61. be away, be absent 

62. be near, be present 

Nouns 

63. farmer 

64. friendship 

65. water 

66. reputation, rumor 

67. woman 

68. daughter 

69. chance, fortune 

70. flight 

71. wrong 

72. island 

73. tongue, language 

74. moon 


FIRST HALF-YEAR 


281 


75. memoria 

76. mensa 

77. natura 

78. nauta 

79. patria 

80. pecunia 

81. poena 

82. poeta 

83. porta 

84. provincia 

85. puella 

86. pugna 

87. regina 

88. silva 

89. terra 

90. via 

91. victoria 

92. vita 

93. ager 

94. animus 

95. annus 

96. arma 

97. auxilium 

98. bellum 

99. castra 

100. consilium 

101. deus 

102. dominus 

103. equus 

104. factum 

105. filius 

106. frumentum 

107. gladius 

108. liber 

109. locus 

110. magister 

111. negotium 

112. numerus 

113. oculus 

114. officium 

115. oppidum 

116. periculum 

117. populus 

118. praemium 

119. praesidium 

120. proelium 

121. puer 

122. regnum 

123. servus 

124. signum 

125. socius 

126. vesper 

127. vir 

128. aestas 

129. altitudo 

130. arbor 

131. auctoritas 

132. caput 

133. celeritas 

134. consul 

135. corpus 

136. dux 

137. flumen 

138. frater 

139. hiems 

140. hom5 

141. latitude 

142. lex 

143. libertas 

144. lux 

145. magnitude 

146. mater 

147. miles 

148. multitude 

149. nemen 

150. pater 

151. pax 

152. pes 

153. princeps 

154. rex 

155. sel 

156. soror 

157. tempus 

158. victor 

159. virtus 

160. vex 

Adjectives, Pronouns 

161. aequus 

162. altus 

163. amicus 

164. amplus 

165. barbarus 

166. bonus 


282 


WORD LIST 


75. memory 

76. table, dish 

77. nature, character 

78. sailor 

79. one’s country 

80. money 

81. penalty, punishment 

82. poet 

83. gate 

84. province 

85. girl 
88. fight 

87. queen 

88. forest 

89. earth, land 

90. way, road 

91. victory 

92. life 

93. field, country 

94. spirit, courage, mind 

95. year 

96. arms, implements 

97. aid, assistance 

98. war 

99. camp 

100. plan, counsel 

101. god 

102. master 

103. horse 

104. deed 

105. son 

106. grain 

107. sword 

108. book 

109. place 

110. master, teacher, helmsman 

111. business, task 

112. number 

113. eye 

114. duty 

115. town 

116. trial, danger 

117. people, nation 

118. reward 

119. garrison, protection 

120. battle 

121. boy 


122. 

kingdom, royal power 

123. 

slave 

124. 

sign, signal, standard 

125. 

ally 

126. 

evening 

127. 

man 

128. 

summer 

129. 

height 

130. 

tree 

131. 

authority, influence 

132. 

head 

133. 

swiftness, speed 

134. 

consul 

135. 

body 

136. 

leader 

137. 

river 

138. 

brother 

139. 

winter 

140. 

man, human being 

141. 

width 

142. 

law 

143. 

freedom 

144. 

light 

145. 

greatness, size 

146. 

mother 

147. 

soldier 

148. 

large number, crowd 

149. 

name 

150. 

father 

151. 

peace 

152. 

foot 

153. 

leading man, chief 

154. 

king 

155. 

sun 

156. 

sister 

157. 

time 

158. 

conqueror 

159. 

manliness, bravery 

160. 

voice, word 


Adjectives, Pronouns 

161. 

level, equal, kindly 

162. 

high, deep 

163. 

friendly 

164. 

large, splendid 

165. 

foreign, rude 

166. 

good 


FIRST HALF-YEAR 


283 


167. certus 

168. creber 

169. decimus 

170. egregius 

171. finitimus 

172. ignotus 

173. inimicus 

174. iniquus 

175. integer 

176. latus 

177. liber 

178. longus 

179. magnus 

180. malus 

181. meus 

182. miser 

183. multus 

184. nonus 

185. noster 

186. notus 

187. novus 

188. octavus 

189. parvus 

190. pauci 

191. primus 

192. publicus 

193. quartus 

194. quintus 

195. reliquus 

196. secundus 

197. septimus 

198. sextus 

199. tertius 

200. timidus 

201. tuus 

202. unus 

203. verus 

204. vester 

205. centum 

206. decern 

207. duo 

208. novem 

209. octo 

210. quattuor 

211. qulnque 

212. septem 

213. sex 

214. tres 

215. viginti 

216. is 

217. qui 

Prepositions, Adverbs, and 
Conjunctions 

218. a (ab) 

219. ad 

220. ante 

221. cum 

222. de 

223. e (ex) 

224. in 

225. per 

226. post 

227. pro 

228. sine 

229. sub 

230. trans 

231. antea 

232. iam 

233. non 

234. nunc 

235. postea 

236. turn (tunc) 

237. ubi 

238. ac (atque) 

239. aut 

240. aut.. . aut 

241. cur 

242. et 

243. et. . . et 

244. etiam 

245. -ne 

246. nec (neque) 

247. neque ... neque 

248. quam 

249. -que 

250. quod 

251. sed 


284 


WORD LIST 


167. sure, certain 

168. thick, close, frequent 

169. tenth 

170. outstanding, distinguished 

171. neighboring 

172. unknown 

173. unfriendly 

174. uneven, unfair 

175. whole 

176. wide 

177. free 

178. long 

179. great 

180. bad 

181. my, mine 

182. wretched 

183. much ( plu . many) 

184. ninth 

185. our, ours 

186. known 

187. new 

188. eighth 

189. small 

190. a few, few 

191. first 

192. belonging to the people, public 

193. fourth 

194. fifth 

195. left behind, remaining, rest of 

196. following, second, favorable 

197. seventh 

198. sixth 

199. third 

200. fearful, cowardly 

201. thy, thine, your, yours 

202. one 

203. true 

204. your, yours 

205. hundred 

206. ten 

207. two 

208. nine 

209. eight 

210. four 


211. five 

212. seven 

213. six 

214. three 

215. twenty 

216. this, that, he 

217. who, which, that 

Prepositions, Adverbs, and 
Conjunctions 

218. from, away from, by 

219. to, toward, near 

220. before 

221. with 

222. down from, concerning 

223. out of 

224. in, into 

225. through 

226. after, behind 

227. in front of, in behalf of 

228. without 

229. under, close to 

230. across 

231. before that, previously 

232. now, already, presently 

233. not 

234. now 

235. after that, afterwards 

236. at that time 

237. where, when 

238. and also, and 

239. or 

240. either... or 

241. why 

242. and 

243. both . . . and 

244. also, even 

245. interrogative particle 

246. and not, nor, neither 

247. neither . . . nor 

248. how, as, than 

249. and 

250. because 

251. but 


SECOND HALF-YEAR 


285 


SECOND HALF-YEAR 



Verbs 

294. 

desisto 


295. 

resisto 

252. 

appropinquo 

296. 

contendo 

253. 

clamo 

297. 

ostendo 

254. 

communico 

298. 

dico 

255. 

demonstro 

299. 

exstruo 


{do — jd conj. compounds) 

300. 

instruo 

256. 

abdo 

301. 

lego 

257. 

circumdo 

302. 

deligo 

258. 

reddo 

303. 

pello 

259. 

trado 

304. 

compello 

260. 

dubito 

305. 

impello 

261. 

enuntio 

306. 

pono 

262. 

existimS 

307. 

depono 

263. 

pronuntio 

308. 

expono 

264. 

puto 

309. 

impono 

265. 

renuntio 

310. 

propono 

266. 

ignoro 

311. 

premo 

267. 

laudo 

312. 

submitto 

268. 

occulto 

313. 

traho 

269. 

recupero 

314. 

capio 

270. 

tempto 

315. 

accipio 

271. 

vito 

316. 

excipib 

272. 

vulnero 

317. 

incipio 

273. 

audeo 

318. 

cupio 

274. 

debeo 

319. 

facio 

275. 

doceo 

320. 

conficio 

276. 

iubeo 

321. 

deficio 

277. 

licet 

322. 

interficio 

278. 

maneo 

323. 

perficio 

279. 

permaneo 

324. 

praeficio 

280. 

noceo 

325. 

proficio 

281. 

obsideo 

326. 

satisfacio 

282. 

oportet 

327. 

iacio 

283. 

perterreo 

328. 

adicio 

284. 

possideo 

329. 

conicio 

285. 

prohibeo 

330. 

obicio 

286. 

studeo 

331. 

proicio 

287. 

antecedo 

332. 

audio 

288. 

succedo 

333. 

finio 

289. 

claudo 

334. 

munio 

290. 

coepi 

335. 

scio 

291. 

cognosco 

336. 

sentio 

292. 

confido 

337. 

consentio 

293. 

consisto 

338. 

venio 


286 


WORD LIST 


SECOND HALF-YEAR 


Verbs 

252. approach 

253. shout, cry 

254. share, communicate 

255. point out 

256. put away, hide 

257. put around, surround 

258. give back, return 

259. hand over, entrust, surrender 

260. hesitate, doubt 

261. disclose, announce 

262. think, believe 

263. declare 

264. think 

265. announce, proclaim 

266. be unacquainted with 

267. praise 

268. hide, conceal 

269. regain, get back 

270. try, attempt 

271. avoid 

272. wound 

273. dare 

274. owe, ought 

275. teach, inform 

276. order, command 

277. it is permitted 

278. stay, remain 

279. stay through, abide 

280. harm 

281. sit against, besiege 

282. it behooves, ought 

283. frighten thoroughly 

284. possess, acquire 

285. keep away 

286. be eager, desire 

287. go before, surpass 

288. approach, come next 

289. close, shut 

290. have begun 

291. learn {perfect: know) 

292. trust 

293. take position, halt, stop 

294. desist, cease 


295. take a stand, resist 

296. struggle, hasten 

297. hold out, show 

298. say, speak 

299. pile up, build 

300. arrange, marshal 

301. pick, choose, read 

302. pick out, choose 

303. strike, beat, drive 

304. drive together, collect, force 

305. drive on, urge on 

306. put, place 

307. put down, put aside 

308. put forth, set forth 

309. put on 

310. set forth, propose 

311. press 

312. send under, send to assist, yield 

313. drag, draw 

314. take, seize 

315. take to, receive, accept 

316. take out, succeed to 

317. begin 

318. desire, wish 

319. do, make 

320. accomplish, complete 

321. fail, revolt from 

322. kill 

323. accomplish 

324. put at the head of 

325. accomplish, gain 

326. do enough, do one’s duty, 

apologize 

327. hurl, throw 

328. add to 

329. hurl, throw 

330. throw against 

331. hurl ( forward ) 

332. hear 

333. limit, bound, end 

334. do a task, build, fortify 

335. know 

336. feel, think, judge 

337. think together, agree 

338. come 


SECOND HALF-YEAR 


287 


339 . 

circumvenio 

384 . 

dens 

340 . 

convenio 

385 . 

finis 

341 . 

invenio 

386 . 

hostis 

342 . 

pervenio 

387 . 

mare 

343 . 

desum 

388 . 

mens 

344 . 

possum 

389 . 

mensis 

345 . 

praesum 

390 . 

mons 

346 . 

supersum 

391 . 

mors 



392 . 

navis 


Nouns 

393 . 

nox 

347 . 

copia 

394 . 

pars 

348 . 

hora 

395 . 

pons 

349 . 

inopia 

396 . 

urbs 

350 . 

rlpa 

397 . 

vis 

351 . 

sagitta 

398 . 

adventus 

352 . 

toga 

399 . 

cornu 

353 . 

tuba 

400 . 

domus 

354 . 

villa 

401 . 

equitatus 

355 . 

beneficium 

402 . 

exercitus 

356 . 

biduum 

403 . 

exitus 

357 . 

campus 

404 . 

manus 

358 . 

digitus 

405 . 

passus 

359 . 

imperatum 

406 . 

senatus 

360 . 

imperium 

407 . 

acies 

361 . 

maleficium 

408 . 

dies 

362 . 

modus 

409 . 

fides 

363 . 

spatium 

410 . 

meridies 

364 . 

triduum 

411 . 

res 

365 . 

aetas 

412 . 

res publica 

366 . 

civitas 

413 . 

spes 

367 . 

condicio 



368 . 

consuetudo 


Adjectives 

369 . 

cupiditas 

414 . 

cupidus 

370 . 

difficultas 

415 . 

dexter 

371 . 

digitas 

416 . 

idoneus 

372 . 

facultas 

417 . 

maritimus 

373 . 

genus 

418 . 

necessarius 

374 . 

ius 

419 . 

occultus 

375 . 

laus 

420 . 

peritus 

376 . 

oratio 

421 . 

propinquus 

377 . 

ordo 

422 . 

sinister 

378 . 

potestas 

423 . 

suus 

379 . 

ratio 

424 . 

vicinus 

380 . 

timor 

425 . 

acer 

381 . 

vulnus 

426 . 

alacer 

382 . 

iter 

427 . 

celer 

383 . 

civis 

428 . 

communis 


288 


WORD LIST 


339 . come around, surround, cut off 

340 . come together, assemble 

341 . come upon, find 

342 . come through, arrive 

343 . be lacking 

344 . be able, can 

345 . be ahead, be in charge of 

346 . be over, remain, survive 

Nouns 

347 . supply, abundance {phi. forces) 

348 . hour 

349 . want, lack 

350 . bank, shore 

351 . arrow 

352 . toga 

353 . trumpet 

354 . farm house 

355 . kind deed, service 

356 . two days 

357 . plain, field 

358 . finger, toe 

359 . command 

360 . command, power 

361 . evil deed 

362 . measure, manner 

363 . space 

364 . three days 

365 . age, time of life 

366 . citizenship, community, state 

367 . agreement, terms, condition 

368 . custom, habit 

369 . desire, longing 

370 . difficulty 

371 . worth, rank 

372 . power of doing, ability, chance 

373 . origin, kind, race 

374 . right, law 

375 . praise, glory 

376 . speech 

377 . order, rank 

378 . power 

379 . reckoning, plan, reason 

380 . fear 

381 . wound 

382 . road, march 

383 . citizen 


384 . tooth 

385 . end, boundary (plu. territory) 

386 . enemy 

387 . sea 

388 . mind 

389 . month 

390 . mountain 

391 . death 

392 . ship 

393 . night 

394 . part 

395 . bridge 

396 . city 

397 . violence, force 

398 . approach, arrival 

399 . horn, wing {of an army ) 

400 . home, house 

401 . body of horsemen, cavalry 

402 . trained body, army 

403 . outcome, end 

404 . hand, band, troop 

405 . peace, (double) step 

406 . body of elders, senate 

407 . edge, fine of battle 

408 . day 

409 . trust, pledge, reliability 

410 . midday 

411 . thing 

412 . commonwealth 

413 . hope 

Adjectives, Pronouns 

414 . desirous 

415 . right {of direction) 

416 . suitable 

417 . of the sea, maritime 

418 . necessary 

419 . hidden, secret 

420 . experienced, skilled 

421 . nearby, kinsman 

422 . left {of direction) 

423 . his, her, its, their (own) 

424 . neighboring 

425 . sharp, keen, eager 

426 . eager, cheerful 

427 . swift 

428 . common, general 


THIRD HALF-YEAR 


289 


429 . 

difficilis 



430 . 

diligens 

Prepositions, Ad'' 

431 . 

facilis 


Conjunct* 

432 . 

fidelis 

455 . 

apud 

433 . 

fortis 

456 . 

inter 

434 . 

gravis 

457 . 

ob 

435 . 

humilis 

458 . 

propter 

436 . 

levis 

459 . 

aegre 

437 . 

mille 

460 . 

amplius 

438 . 

nobilis 

461 . 

bene 

439 . 

omnis 

462 . 

bis 

440 . 

par 

463 . 

eo 

441 . 

potens 

464 . 

eodem 

442 . 

praesens 

465 . 

facile 

443 . 

prudens 

466 . 

hie (< adv .) 

444 . 

recens 

467 . 

hue 

445 . 

similis 

468 . 

iam pridem 

446 . 

singularis 

469 . 

ibi 

447 . 

ego 

470 . 

inde 

448 . 

hie 

471 . 

interim 

449 . 

idem 

472 . 

magis 

450 . 

ille 

473 . 

magnopere 

451 . 

ipse 

474 . 

ne . . . quidem 

452 . 

quis 

475 . 

parum 

453 . 

sui 

476 . 

quidem 

454 . 

tu 

477 . 

quo 



478 . 

satis 


WORD LIST 


290 


429. difficult 

430. careful 

431. easy 

432. faithful 

433. brave 

434. heavy, serious 

435. low, lowly 

436. light, fickle 

437. thousand 

438. well-known 

439. all, whole {sing, every) 

440. equal 

441. able, powerful 

442. present, in person 

443. foreseeing, discreet, wise 

444. fresh, new 

445. like, resembling 

446. one by one, extraordinary 

447. I 

448. this 

449. the same 

450. that 

451. self, very 

452. who, any 

453. (of) himself, herself, itself, 

themselves 

454. thou, you 


Prepositions, Adverbs, and 
Conjunctions 

455. near, in the presence of, 

among 

456. between, among 

457. against, on account of 
458 near, on account of 

459. with difficulty 

460. more 

461. well 

462. twice 

463. thither, to that place 

464. to the same place 

465. easily 

466. here, at this point 

467. hither 

468. long ago 

469. there 

470. thence 

471. meanwhile 

472. more greatly, more 

473. greatly 

474. not even 

475. (too) little 

476. certainly, at least 

477. whither 

478. enough 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


A 

a, ab prep, with abl. from, by 

abdo, -ere, -didi, -ditus tr. to put 
away, hide 

absum, abesse, afui, afuturus 

intr. to be away, be absent, be 
distant 

abundantia, -ae /. abundance, 
plenty 

ac (atque) conj. and also, and 
accipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptus tr. 
[ad+capio] to take, receive, 
accept 

acer, acris, acre adj. sharp, keen, 
bold 

acervus, -i m. pile, heap 
Achilles, -is m. Achilles, a famous 
Greek hero 

acies, aciei f. edge, line of battle 
acriter adv. [acer] sharply, boldly, 
fiercely 

ad prep, with acc. to, toward, up to 

adduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductus 
tr. to lead to, influence 
adhibeo, -ere, -hibui, -hibitus tr. 

to have at hand, supply 
adhuc adv. until now, still 
adicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus tr. to 
add to 

adiuvo, -iuvare, -iuvi, -iutus tr. 
to aid, help 

admodum adv. to the limit, very 
adnuo, -ere, -ui, -utus intr. to nod 
to, give assent 

adoro, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to call 
upon, beseech, beg 
adsum, -esse, -fui, -futurus intr. 
to be near, be present 


adulescens, -entis m. young man 
adventus, -us m. approach, ar¬ 
rival 

advoco, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
call to, summon 

aedifico, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
build, construct 

aeger, -gra, -grum adj. sick, ill 
aegre adv. with difficulty 
aegroto, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to 
be ill 

aequus, -a, -um adj. level, equal; 
kindly 

aestas, -tatis f. summer 
aetas, -tatis f. age, time of life 
aeternus, —a, —um adj. everlasting, 
eternal 

afficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus tr. 
[ad+facio] to do to, affect, 
afflict 

Africa, -ae f. Africa 
Africanus, -a, -um adj. African, 
of Africa 

ager, agri, m. field, land 
agnus, -i, m. lamb 
ago, -ere, egi, actus tr. to drive, 
do, plead 

agricola, -ae m. farmer 
alacer, -cris, -ere adj. cheerful, 
eager 

Albanus, -a, -um, adj. Alban 
albus, -a, -um adj. white 
ales, alitis m. and f. bird 
alius, alia, aliud adj. another, 
other; alius ... alius, one . . . 
another; alii.. . alii, some . . . 
others 

alte adv. [altus] high, on high 
alter, altera, alterum adj. one of 


291 


292 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


two, the other; alter . . . alter, 
the one . . . the other 
altitudo, -inis /. [altus] height, 
depth 

altus, -a, -um adj. high, deep, tall 
thick 

amans, -antis m. and f. lover 
amarus, -a, -um adj. bitter 
ambulo, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to 
walk 

Americanus, -a, -um adj. Ameri¬ 
can; subst. an American 
amicitia, -ae /. friendship 
amicus, -a, -um adj. friendly, 
kind 

amicus, -i m. friend 
amitto, -ere, misi, -missus tr. to 
send away, to lose 
amo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to love 
amor, -oris m. [amo] love, 
affection 

amplector, -i, amplexus sum dep. 

tr. to embrace 
amplius adv. more 
amplus, -a, -um adj. large, 
splendid 

an conj. used in a question, or 

angustus, -a, -um adj. narrow 
anima, -ae f. breath, soul 
animal, -alis n. [anima] living 
being, animal 

animus, -i m. feeling, heart, mind 
annus, -i m. year 
anser, -eris m. [ cf. Eng. gander ] 
goose 

ante prep, with acc. before, in 
front of 

antea adv. before that, previously 
antecedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus, 
intr. to go before, surpass 
antrum, -i n. cave 
aperio, -ire, aperui, apertus tr. to 
open 

apertus, -a, -um adj. [ perf. part, 
of aperio] open 

Apollo, -inis m. Apollo, god of the 


sun, of music, archery, poetry , 
prophecy , medicine 

appareo, -ere, -ui, -itus intr. to 
appear 

appello, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
call by name, address, name 
Appius, -a, -um adj. Appian, 
Appia via, the Appian way, a 
famous Roman road 
appropinquo, -are, -avi, -atus intr. 
to approach 

apud prep, with acc. among, before 
aqua, -ae f. water 
ara, -ae f. altar 
aratrum, -i n. [aro] plow 
arbor, -oris /. tree 
area, -ae /. chest, box 
arcula, -ae /. [area] small box, 
casket 

arduus, -a, -um adj. tall, steep 
area, -ae f. yard, court 
arena, -ae f. an arena 
Arethusa, -ae f. Arethusa, a 
nymph 

Ariadne, -es /. Ariadne 
Ariovistus, -i m. Ariovistus, a 
German king 

arma, -drum n. pi. arms, imple¬ 
ments 

aro, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to plow 
Arretium, -i n. Arretium, a town 
in Etruria north of Rome 
arrogantia, -ae /. arrogance, pride 
artificium, -i n. handicraft, trade 
arundo, -inis f. reed, cane 
arx, arcis f. citadel, castle 
ascendo, -ere, -scendi, -scensus 
tr. [ad + scando, climb], to 
climb, ascend, mount 
Asia, -ae f. Asia (not continent) 
assensus, -us m. assent, approval 
Assyrius, -a, -um adj. Assyrian 
at conj. but, however 
ater, atra, atrum adj. black, 
gloomy 

Athenae, -arum f. pi. Athens 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


293 


atque, see ac 

atrium, -I n. the atrium, principal 
room of a Roman house 
attonitus, -a, -um adj. thunder¬ 
struck, astounded 
auctoritas, -tatis /. authority, 
influence 

audacia, -ae /. [audax] boldness 
audacter adv. [audax] boldly 
audax, -acis adj. bold, daring 
audeo, -ere, ausus sum intr. to 
dare 

audio, -ire, -ivi, -itus tr. to hear, 
listen to 

aufero, auferre, abstuli, ablatus tr. 

to carry off 
Aulus, -i m. Aulus 
aureus, -a, -um adj. golden 
aurora, -ae /. the dawn; Aurora, 
the goddess of the dawn 
aut conj. or; aut. . . aut, either 
... or 

autem conj. but, however, more¬ 
over 

auxilium, -i n. help, aid 
avia, -ae /. grandmother 
avis, avis /. bird 
avunculus, -i m. uncle 
avus, -i m. grandfather 

B 

barbarus, -a, -um adj. strange, 
barbarous 
bellum, -i n. war 
bene adv. [bonus] well 
beneficium, -i n. kind deed, 
service 

benevolentia, -ae /. [bene + volo] 
benevolence, kindness 
benignus, -a, -um adj. kind 
bibo, -ere, bibi, —, tr. to drink 
biduum, -i n. two days 
bis adv. twice 

Boadicea, -ae /. Boadicea, a 
British queen 


bonus, -a, -um adj. good 
brevis, -e adj. short, brief 
Britanni, -orum m. pi. the people 
of Britain, the Britons 
Britannia, -ae /. Britain 
bustum, -i n. tomb 

C 

cado, -ere, cecidi, casus intr. to 
fall, fall dead 
caedes, -is /. slaughter 
caelum, -i n. sky 
caepa, -ae /. onion 
Caesar, -aris m. Gaius Julius 
Caesar, the conqueror of Gaul , 
the greatest Roman general 
calamus, -I m. reed, reed pen 
calathus, -i m. basket 
calcitro, -are, —-, —, tr. to kick 
calor, -oris m. heat 
camera, -ae /. room 
campus, -i m. plain, field; Campus 
Martius, Field of Mars, a 
grassy plain along the Tiber, just 
outside the city of Rome, dedicated 
to Mars. 

canalis, canalis m. channel, canal 
canis, canis m. dog 
cantus, -us m. song 
capillus, -i m. hair 
capio, -ere, cepi, captus tr. to 
take, catch, capture 
Capitolium, -i n. the Capitol 
(temple of Jupiter, at Rome) ; the 
Capitoline hill ( southern pan) 
capsa, -ae /. box, bookcase; 
capsa aperta box for waste 
paper 

captivus, -i m. captive 
caput, capitis n. head 
card, camis /. flesh, meat 
earns, -a, -um adj. dear, be¬ 
loved 

casa, -ae /. hut, cottage 
caseus, -I m. cheese 


294 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


Castor, -oris m. Castor, a mortal , 
the son of Jupiter and Leda 
castra, -brum n. pi. camp 
catena, -ae /. chain, fetter 
cathedra, -ae /. armchair, chair 
causa, -ae /. cause, reason, case 
cavea, -ae /. cage, coop 
caved, -ere, cavi, cautus tr. and 
intr. to beware, be on one’s 
guard 

cecidi perf. of cado 

cedo, cedere, cessi, cessurus intr. 

to move, go away; yield 
celer, -eris, -ere adj. swift 
celeritas, -tatis /. swiftness, celer¬ 
ity 

celeriter adv. [celer] swiftly, 
quickly 

celo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to hide, 
conceal 

cena, -ae /. dinner, meal 
ceno, -are, -avi, -atus tr. and 
intr. to dine, make a meal of, eat 
centum indecl. num. adj. one 
hundred 

Cerberus, —i m. Cerberus, a three¬ 
headed dog who guarded the en¬ 
trance to the underworld 
cerebrum, -i n. brain 
Ceres, Cereris /. Ceres, the goddess 
of agriculture 

certe adv. certainly, surely 
cervus, -i m. deer, stag 
ceteri, -ae, -a adj. pi. the others, 
the rest 

Charon, -ontis m. Charon, the 
ferryman of the underworld 
charta, -ae /. paper, map 
cibus, -i m. food 

Cicero, -onis m. Marcus Tullius 
Cicero, the most famous Roman 
orator 

Cilicia, -ae /. Cilicia, a country in 
Asia Minor ( capital , Tarsus) 
cinis, cineris m. ashes 
circum prep, with acc. around 


circumdo, -dare, -dedi, -datus tr. 

to put around, surround 
circumferentia, -ae /. circumfer¬ 
ence 

circumspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spec- 
tus tr. and intr. to look about 
circumvenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus 
tr. to go around, surround, cut 

off 

citus, -a, -um adj. swift 
civis, civis m. (sometimes f.), citi¬ 
zen 

civitas, -tatis /. citizenship, com¬ 
munity, state 

clamo, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to 
cry out, call 

clamor, —oris m. an outcry, shout 
clarus, -a, -um adj. famous, re¬ 
nowned, clear 

claudo, -ere, clausi, clausus tr. 
to close, shut 

Cloelia, —ae f. Cloelia, a Roman 
maid 

Clusium, -i n. Clusium, a town of 
Etruria north of Rome 
Codes, -itis m. one-eyed ( Hord- 
tius ) 

Cocytus, -i m. Cocytus, a river of 
the underworld 

coepi, coepisse, coeptus sum 

(perfect tenses only ) intr. to have 
begun 

cogndsco, -ere, -novi, -nitus tr. 
to become acquainted with, 
learn; in pf. tenses, to know, 
recognize 

cogd, -ere, coegi, coactus tr. to 
drive together, gather, compel 
collis, collis, m. hill 
colloquium, —i n. conversation 
color, —oris m. color 
columba, -ae /. dove 
columna, -ae /. column, pillar 
comes, comitis m. and f. compan¬ 
ion 

Comitium, -i n. the Comitium, a 


LATIN-ENGLISH 


VOCABULARY 


place adjoining the Roman Fo¬ 
rum in which assemblies of the 
people were held 

commoved, -ere, -mdvi, -mdtus 
tr. to move deeply, influence 
communicd, -are, -avi, -atus tr. 

to share, communicate 
communis, -e adj. common 
compello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus tr. 

to drive together, collect, force 
compescd, -ere, -ui, —, tr. to 
repress, quench 

compleo, -ere, -evi, -etus tr. to fill 
compond, -ere, -posui, -positus 

tr. to place together, arrange, 
settle 

comportd, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
bring together, collect 
condicio, -onis f. agreement, 
terms, condition 

condo, -ere, -didi, -ditus tr. to 
put together, hide, found 
conduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus tr. 

to lead together, assemble 
conficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus tr. to 
do completely, finish 
confidd, -ere, -fisus sum intr. 
with dat. to trust 

cdnfirmd, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
strengthen, assert 
conicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus tr. to 
hurl, throw 

cdnscribo, -ere, -scripsi, -scriptus 
tr. to write together, enroll 
consentid, -ire, -sensi, -sensus 
intr. to think together, agree 
consilium, -i n. plan; counsel 
cdnsisto, -ere, —stiti, -stitus intr. 

to stand together, stop 
consul, consulis m. consul 
cdnsumd, -ere, -sumpsi, -sump- 
tus tr. to consume, destroy 
cdnsuetudo, -tudinis f. custom, 
habit 

contendo, -ere, -tendi, -tentus 

intr. to struggle, hasten 


295 

contentus, -a, -um adj. content, 
satisfied 

contiguus, -a, -um adj. adjoin¬ 
ing 

contineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentus tr. 

to keep together, bound; contain 
contra prep, with acc. against 
controversia, -ae /. controversy, 
dispute 

convenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus tr. 

and intr. to come together, 
assemble, meet 

convoco, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
call together, assemble 
copia, -ae /. abundance, supply 
coqua, -ae /. cook 
cor, cordis n. heart 
Cornelia, -ae /. Cornelia 
cornu, -us n. horn, antler, wing 
( 1 of an army ) 

corpus, corporis n. body 
Corsica, -ae /. Corsica, an island 
west of Italy 

cotidie adv. [quot + dies] daily, 
every day 

eras, adv. tomorrow 
Crassus, -i m. Lucius Licinius 
Crassus, a celebrated Roman 
orator 

creber, -bra, -brum adj. thick, 
close, frequent 

creo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to elect; 
make, create 

cresco, -ere, crevi, cretus intr. to 
increase, grow 

Creta, -ae /, Crete, an island 
southeast of Greece 

creta, -ae f. chalk, Cretan earth 
crinis, crinis m. hair 
crudelis, -e adj. cruel 
crudelitas,-tatis/. cruelty 
crudeliter adv. cruelly 
cruentus, -a, -um adj. bloody 
crustum, -i n. cake, pastry 
cubiculum, -i n. bedchamber, 
bedroom 


296 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


cubd, -are, -uf, -itus intr. to lie 
down, to lie sick 
culina, -ae /. kitchen 
culter, -tri m. knife 
cum prep, with abl. with 
cum conj. of time when, while, 
whenever 

cupiditas, -tatis /. desire, long¬ 
ing 

Cupldd, -inis m. Cupid, the god of 

love 

cupidus, -a, -um adj. desirous 
cupid, -ere, -ivi, -Itus tr. to de¬ 
sire, wish 
cur? adv. why? 

curabilis, -e adj. requiring treat¬ 
ment, curable 

euro, -are, -avl, -atus tr. to care 
for, cure 

curro, -ere, cucurri, cursus intr. 
to run 

currus, -us m. chariot, car 
custddia, -ae /. watch, guard, 
custody 

custds, custodis m. and f. guard, 
keeper 

eyenus, -I m. swan 

Cythera, -orum n. pi. Cythera, a 

small island south of Greece 

D 

Daedalus, -I m. Daedalus, a 
famous Greek craftsman 
daps, dapis /. banquet, feast 
de prep, with abl. from, down 
from; about, concerning 
dea, —ae /. {dot. and abl. pi. 
deabus), goddess 

debed, -ere, -ul, -itus tr. [de + 
habeo] to owe; ought 
decern indecl. num. adj. ten 
decerno, -ere, -crevl, -cretus tr. 

to decide, judge 
Decimus, —I m. Decimus 
decretum, -I n. [decerno] a decree 


defendo, -ere, -fendi, -fensus tr. 

to ward off, defend 
defessus, -a, -um adj. weary, 
tired 

deficio, -ere, —feci, -fectus tr. and 
intr. to fail, revolt from 
defluo, -ere, -flux!, -fluxus intr. 

to flow down, fall 
deinde adv. then, afterwards 
deled, -ere, -evl, -etus tr. to 
destroy 

deligo, -ere, -legl, -lectus tr. to 
pick out, choose 

demitto, -ere, -mlsi, -missus tr. 

to send down, thrust 
demonstro, -are, -avl, -atus tr. 
to point out 

denique adv. finally, at last 
dens, dentis m. tooth 
densus, -a, -um adj. dense, thick 
depono, -ere, -posul, -positus tr. 

to put down, put aside 
descendo, -ere, -scendi, -scensus 
intr. to climb down, dismount 
desero, -ere, -ul, -tus tr. to desert, 
abandon 

desiderium, -I n. [desidero] a 
longing, desire 

desidero, -are, -avl, -atus tr. to 
need, long for 

desilio, -Ire, -silul, -sultus intr. 
to leap down 

desisto, -ere, -stitl, —, intr. to 
desist, cease 

desum, -esse, -ful, -futurus intr. 

to be lacking 
deus, -I m. a god 
devoro, -are, -avl, -atus tr. to 
consume, devour 
dexter, -tra, -trum, adj. right 
dextra, -ae f. right hand 
died, -ere, dixl, dictus tr. and intr. 
to say, speak 

dies, die! m. (in sing, sometimes f.), 
day 

difficilis, -e adj. hard, difficult 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


297 


difficultas, -tatis /. difficulty 
digitus, -i m. finger, finger breadth 
dignitas, -tatis /. worth, rank 
dignus, -a, -um adj. worthy 
diligens, -gentis adj. careful 
diligenter adv. diligently, carefully 
diligentia, -ae, /. diligence, care 
dimitto, -ere, -misi, -missus tr. 

to send forth, send away 
dims, -a, -um adj. dreadful, cruel 
discedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessus 
intr. to depart 
discipulus, -i m. pupil 
Discordia, -ae f. Discord, a god¬ 
dess 

disiungo, -ere, -iunxi, -iunctus 

tr. to separate « 

dispergo, -ere, -spersi, -spersus 
tr. [dis + spargo] to scatter 
dispersus part, of dispergo 
dispono, -ere, -posui, -positus tr. 

to set in order, arrange 
dissimilis, -e adj. unlike 
diu adv. long, a long time; comp. 

diutius, sup. diutissime 
divinus, -a, -um adj. divine 
divitiae, -arum /. riches, wealth 
do, dare, dedi, datus tr. to give 
doceo, -ere, -ui, doctus tr. to 
teach 

dolor, -oris m. grief, pain 
domina, -ae /. mistress (of a 
household) 

dominus, -i m. master, lord 
domus, -us (-1) /. house, home 
donum, -i n. gift, present 
dormio, -ire, -ivi, -itus intr. to 
sleep 

draco, -onis m. dragon, large 
serpent, snake 

dubito, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to 
be uncertain, hesitate 
dubium, -i n. doubt 
duco, -ere, duxi, ductus tr. to lead 
dulcis, -e adj. sweet 
dum conj. while 


duo, duae, duo num. adj. two 
duodecim indecl. num. adj. twelve 
duodeviginti indecl. num. adj. 

eighteen, two from twenty 
durus, -a, -um adj. hard, cruel 
dux, ducis m. [duco] leader, 
general 

E 

e prep, see ex 
ecce adv. lo, behold! 
edo, -ere, edi, esus tr. to eat 
educo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
bring up, educate 
effugio, -ere, -fugi, -fugiturus tr. 

and intr. to flee from, escape 
ego, mei pres. pron. I 
egregius, -a, -um adj. distin¬ 
guished, outstanding 
eligo, -ere, -legi, -lectus tr. [e + 
lego] to pick out, choose 
emergo, -ere, -mersi, -mersus 
tr. and intr. to emerge, bring 
forth 

emico, -are, -micui, -micatus 
intr. to spring forth 
enim conj. (postpositive ) for, in¬ 
deed 

eo adv. thither, to that place 
eo, ire, ii (ivi), itus intr. to go 
eodem adv. to the same place 
epistula, -ae f. letter, epistle 
eques, equitis m. [equus] horse¬ 
man 

equester, -tris, -tre adj. equestrian 
equitatus, —us m. body of horse¬ 
men, cavalry 
equus, -i m. horse 
erigo, -ere, -rexi, -rectus tr. to 
lift up, raise 

erro, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to 
wander, be mistaken 
erumpo, -ere, -rupi, -ruptus tr. 
and intr. to burst forth, burst 
through 


298 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


et conj. and 

et. . . et conj. both . . . and 
etiam conj. and adv. even, 
also, 

Etruria, -ae /. Etruria, a province 
of Italy north of Rome 
Eurfipa, -ae f. Europe 
evado, -ere, -vasi, -vasus tr. and 
intr. to escape, evade 
evenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus intr. 
to come forth 

evoco, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to call 
out, summon 

evomo, -ere, -vomui, -vomitus 
tr. to pour forth 

ex, e prep, with abl. out of, 
from 

excedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessus intr. 

to go forth, depart 
excipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus tr. to 
take out, succeed to 
excito, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
arouse, wake 

exeo, -ire, -ii (—ivi), -itus intr. to 
go forth, depart 
exercitus, -us m. army 
existimo, -are, -avi, -atus intr. 

to think, believe 
exitus, -us f. outcome, end 
(expallesco), -ere, -pallui, —, intr. 
to grow pale 

explorator, -oris m. [exploro] 
explorer, scout 

exploro, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
explore, examine 

expono, -ere, -posui, -positus tr. 

to put forth, set forth 
exporto, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
carry out, export 

exsilio, -ire, -silui, -sultus, intr. 
to spring forth 

exspecto, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
await, expect 

exstinctus, -a, -um adj. dead 
exstruo, -ere, -struxi, -structus 
tr. to pile up, build 


F 

fabula, -ae /. story, fable 
facultas, -tatis /. power of doing, 
ability, choice 
facile adv. easily 
facilis, -e adj. easy 
facilitas, -tatis /. ease, facility 
facio, -ere, feci, factus tr. to make, 
do; ( with proelium) to fight 
factum, -i n. [facio] deed, act 
falcarius, -i m. scythe maker 
fama, -ae /. report, rumor 
fatum, -i n. fate 
favor, -oris m. favor 
femina, -ae f. woman 
fenestra, -ae f. window 
fera, -ae/. wild beast, wild animal 
ferio, -ire, —, —, tr. to strike, beat 
ferox, -ocis adj. fierce, bold 
fidelis, -e adj. faithful 
fides, fidei f. trust, pledge, re¬ 
liability 

flgo, -ere, fixi, fixus tr. to fix, 
place 

filia, -ae f. ( dat. and abl. pi. filia- 
bus) daughter 
filius, -i m. son 

findo, -ere, fidi, fissus tr. to cleave, 
split 

finio, -ire, -ivi, -itus tr. to limit, 
bound, end 

finis, finis m. end, boundary (pi. 
territory) 

finitimus, -a, -um adj. neighboring 
flabellum, -i n. fan 
Florentia, -ae /. [flos] Florence 
floreus, -a, -um adj. [flos] 
flowery 

flos, floris m. flower 
flumen, fluminis n. [fluo] river 
fluo, -ere, fluxi, fluxus intr. to 
flow 

follis, follis m. large ball 
fons, fontis m. spring, fountain 
forma, -ae f. form, appearance 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


formica, -ae /. ant 
fortasse adv. perhaps 
fortis, -e adj. strong, brave 
fortiter adv. [fortis] strongly, 
bravely 

fortitudo, -inis/. [fortis] strength, 
courage, fortitude 
fortuna, -ae /. fortune, chance 
forum, -i n. market place, Forum 
fossa, -ae /. ditch, trench 
frater, fratris m. brother 
frequens, -entis adj. in large num¬ 
bers, frequent 

frons, frontis f. forehead, front 
frumentum, -i n. grain 
fuga, -ae f. flight 
fugio, -ere, fugi, fugitus tr. and 
intr. to flee, run away from 
fulgeo, -ere, fulsi, —, intr. to 
shine, gleam 

fulmen, fulminis n. [fulgeo] 
lightning flash, thunderbolt 
fundo, -ere, fixdi, fusus tr. to pour 
furo, -ere, —, —, intr. to rage, 
rave 

furtim adv. secretly, stealthily * 
fustis, fustis m. stick, club, bat 

G 

Gaius, -I m. ( abbr. C.) Gaius 
Galba, -ae m. Galba 
Gallia, -ae /. Gaul ( the country) 
gallina, -ae /. [gallus] hen 
gallinaceus, -a, -um adj. [gal- 
lina] pertaining to fowls 
gallus, -i m. rooster 
Gallus, -i m. a Gaul ( inhabitant of 
Gaul); pi. the Gauls 
gaudeo, -ere, gavisus sum intr. to 
rejoice, be glad 

gaudium, -i n. [gaudeo] glad¬ 
ness, joy 

gelidus, -a, -um adj. cold, icy 
cold 

gemma, -ae /. gem, jewel 


299 

genus, generis n. family, kind 
Georgius, -i m. George 
Germania, -ae /. Germany 
Germanus, -i m. a German; pi. 
the Germans 

gero, -ere, gessi, gestus tr. to 
carry on 

gladiator, -oris m. [gladius] 
swordsman, gladiator 
gladius, -i m. sword 
gloria, -ae f. glory, fame, renown 
Gracchus, —i m. (1) Tiberius 
Sempronius Gracchus, a tribune 
of the people in 133 b.c.; 

(2) Gaius Sempronius Grac¬ 
chus, a younger brother of 
Tiberius , tribune in 123 and 
122 B.C. 

gracilis, -e adj. slender 
gradus, -us m. step, stair 
Graecia, -ae /. Greece 
Graecus, -a, -um adj. Greek 
Graecus, -i m. a Greek; pi. the 
Greeks 

granum, -i n. grain, seed 
gratia, -ae /. [gratus] favor, 
gratitude, thanks; gratias 
habere to feel grateful or thank¬ 
ful, to be grateful 
gratus, -a, -um adj. pleasing, 
acceptable 

gravis, -e adj. heavy, grievous, 
severe 

graviter adv. [gravis] heavily, seri¬ 
ously, severely 
Gulielmus, -i m. William 
gusto, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
taste 

gutta, -ae /. drop 

H 

habeo, -ere, -ui, -itus tr. to have, 
hold 

habito, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to 
dwell, live 


300 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


hasta, -ae /. spear 
Hector, -oris m. Hector, eldest 
son of Priam , king of Troy 
Hecuba, -ae /. Hecuba, wife of 
Priam 

Helena, -ae /. Helen, wife of 
Menelaus 

Helvetius, -a, -um adj. Helve¬ 
tian 

Helvetius, -I m. a Helvetian; pi. 

the Helvetians 
herba, -ae /. grass, herb 
heri adv. yesterday 
herds, -ois, acc. -oa m. hero 
hie, haec, hoc dem. pron. and adj. 
this 

hie adv. [hie] here, in this place 

hiems, hiemis /. winter 

hinc adv. [hie] hence; hinc . . . 

illinc on one side ... on the other 
Hispania, -ae /. Spain 
Hispaniensis, -e adj. Spanish 
hodie adv. today 

Homerus, -i m. Homer, a famous 
Greek poet 

homo, hominis m. man, human 
being 

honor, -oris m. honor 
honoro, -are, -avi, -atus tr. 
[honor] to honor, reward, re¬ 
spect 

hora, -ae /. hour 
Horatius, -i m. Horatius 
horreum, -i n. barn 
horribilis, -e adj. horrible, fearful 
horridus, -a, -um adj. horrid, 
frightful 

Hortensius, -l m. Quintus Hor- 
tensius Ortalus, a famous Ro¬ 
man orator 
hortus, -i m. garden 
hostis, hostis m. and f. an enemy; 

pl. the enemy 
hue adv. hither 

humi ( loc. of humus) on the ground 
humilis, -e adj. humble, low 


I 

iaceo, -ere, -ui, —, intr. to lie, be 
prostrate 

iacio, -ere, ieci, iactus tr. to 

throw 

Iacobus, -l m. Jacob or James 
iacto, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
throw, hurl 

iam adv. now; non iam no longer 
iam pridem adv. long ago 
Ianiculum, -i n. Janiculum, one 
of the hills of Rome 
ianitor, -oris m. doorkeeper 
ianua, -ae /. door 
ibi adv. there, in that place 
Ida, -ae /. Mount Ida, a mountain 
near Troy 

idem, eadem, idem, dem. pron. 

and adj. the same, identical 
idoneus, -a, -um adj. suitable 
ieiunus, -a, -um adj. hungry 
ientaculum, -i n. breakfast 
igitur conj. therefore 
ignarus, -a, -um adj. ignorant 
ignavus, -a, -um adj. dull, lazy, 
cowardly 

ignis, ignis m. fire 
ignoro, -are, -avi, -atus tr. not to 
know, be ignorant 
ignotus, -a, -um adj. unknown 
ille, ilia, illud dem. pron. and adj. 
that 

illic adv. [ille] there, in that 
place 

illinc adv. [ille] thence, see hinc 
immortalis, -e adj. [mors] un¬ 
dying, immortal 

immotus, -a, -um adj. [moved] 
unmoved, motionless 
impello, -ere, -puli, -pulsus tr. to 
drive on, urge on 

imperator, -oris m. [impero] 
general, commander 
imperatum, -I n. a command 
imperium, -i n. command, power 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


301 


impero, -are, -avi, -atus tr. and 
intr. to order, command 
impldrd, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
entreat, implore 

impluvium, —I n. a small inside 
court open to the sky 
impdnd, -ere, -posui, -positus tr. 
to put on 

importd, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
carry in, import 
imprudentia, -ae /. imprudence 
impudentia, -ae /. impudence 
in prep, with acc. into; with abl. 
in, on 

inaccessus, -a, -um adj. inac¬ 
cessible 

incendo, -ere, -cendi, -census tr. 

to burn, set on fire 
incertus, -a, -um adj. doubtful, 
uncertain 

incipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus tr. 

and intr. to begin 
includo, -ere, -clusi, -clusus tr. 

to shut up, enclose 
incredibilis, -e adj. incredible 
incurabilis, -e adj. incurable 
inde, adv. thence 
ingens, -entis adj. huge, large 
inicifi, -ere, -ieci, -iectus tr. [in -f 
iacifij to throw in, thrust in 
inimicus, -a, -um adj. [in + 
amicusj unfriendly 
iniquus, -a, -um adj. uneven, 
unfair 

iniuria, -ae f. injury, wrong 
innocentia, -ae f. innocence 
inopia, -ae f. want, lack 
inquit he says, he said 
Inscribd, -ere, -scrips!, -scriptus 
tr. to write in or upon, inscribe 
insidiae, -arum /. pi. snare, trick 
instruo, -ere, -struxi, -structus tr. 

to arrange, marshal 
insula, -ae/. island 
insuperabilis, -e adj. insuperable, 
unconquerable 


integer, -gra, -grum adj. whole 
inter prep, with acc. between, 
among 

intereo, -ire, -ii (-ivi), -itus to go 
among; be lost, perish 
interficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus tr. 
to kill 

interim adv. meanwhile 
intermitto, -ere, -misi, -missus tr. 

to interrupt, stop 
internus, -a, -um adj. internal, 
shut in 

interrogate, -onis f. question 
intra prep, with acc. within 
intro, -are, —avi, -atus tr. to go 
into, enter 

invenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus tr. 

to come upon, find, discover 
invidus, —a, —um adj. envious 
invoco, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
call upon, invoke 
ipse, ipsa, ipsum, intens. pron. 
self, himself, herself, itself; pi. 
themselves 

iratus, —a, -um adj. angry, irate 
irrigo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
water, flood, drench 
is, ea, id dem. adj. and pron. this, 
that; as yd pers. pron. he, she, 
it; pi. they 
Italia, -ae f. Italy 
itaque conj. and so, therefore 
iter, itineris n. road, march 
iterum adv. again, a second time 
iubeo, -ere, iussi, iussus tr. to 
order, command 

iudico, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
judge, decide 
Iulia,-ae/. Julia 
iungo, -ere, iunxi, iunctus tr. to 

join, (with se) to unite 
Iuno, -onis /. Juno, sister and 
wife of Jupiter and queen of the 
gods 

Iuppiter, Iovis m. Jupiter or Jove, 

the king of the gods 


302 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


ius, iuris n. right, law 
iustitia, -ae /. justice 

L 

labor, -oris m. labor, toil 
laboro, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to 
toil, labor 
labrum, -i n. lip 

labyrinthus, -I m. a labyrinth, a 
building with winding passages 

lacrimo, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to 
weep 

lactuca, -ae /. lettuce 
lacus, -us m. lake; lacus Leman- 
nus Lake Geneva; lacus Regil- 
lus Lake Regillus 
iaetus, -a, -um adj. joyful, happy 
lana, -ae /. wool 

lanio, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to tear 
iri pieces, butcher 
lapis, lapidis m. stone 
Latinus, -a, -um adj. Latin 
latitudo, -inis /. [latus] width 
latus, -a, -um adj. wide, broad 
latus, lateris, n. side 
laudabilis, -e adj. laudable, praise¬ 
worthy 

laudo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
praise 

laus, laudis f. praise, glory 
lea, -ae /. lioness 
lectus, -i m. couch 
Leda, -ae /. Leda, mother of Helen 
legio, -onis /. [lego] legion 
lego, -ere, legi, lectus tr. to pick, 
pluck, gather, choose; read 
led, leonis m. lion 
levis, -e adj. light, slight 
lex, legis /. law 
libenter adv. gladly, willingly 
liber, -bri m. book 
liber, -era, -erum adj. free 
liberalis, -e adj. [liber] liberal 
liberalitas, -tatis f. [liberalis] 
liberality, affability 


liberaliter adv. liberally, freely 
liberator, -oris m. [liber 6] a 
liberator 

libere adv. [liber] freely 
liberi, -drum m. children 
libero, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to free, 
liberate 

libertas, -tatis /. freedom, liberty 
licet, -ere, licuit intr. impers. it is 
permitted, may 
lilium, -In. a lily 
lingua, -ae /. tongue, language 
linum, -i n. thread 
littera (litera), -ae f. letter (of the 
alphabet ); pi. an epistle (letter) 
litus, -oris n. sea shore, coast 
loco, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to place, 
put 

locus, -i m. [ pi. loca, -drum n.~] 
place 

longe adv. far, at a distance 
longitudo, -inis f. [longus] length 
longus, -a, -um adj. long 
loquor, loqui, locutus sum dep. tr. 

and intr. to speak 
lucema, -ae /. lamp 
Lucius, -i m. Lucius 
ludo, -ere, lusi, lusus intr. to play 
ludus, -i m. play, game 
luna, -ae f. moon 
lupus, -i m. wolf 
lux, lucis f. light 

M 

madefacio, -ere, -feci, -factus tr. 

to make wet, moisten 
maestus, -a, -um adj. sad 
magicus, -a, -um adj. magical 
magis comp. adv. more, rather 
magister, -tri m. teacher, master 
magnitudo, -inis f. [magnus] 
greatness, size 

magnopere adv. [magno opere] 
greatly, very much 
magnus, -a, -um adj. great, large 


LATIN-ENGLISH 

male adv. [malus] badly 
maleficium, -i n. evil deed 
malum, -I n. apple 
malus, —a, —um adj. bad, wicked 
maned, -ere, mansi, mansus intr. 

to stay, remain, wait 
Manilius, -I m. Gaius Manilius, 
tribune of the people in 66 b.c. 
Manlius, -i m. Marcus Manlius 
manus, -us /. hand 
Marcus, -I m. Marcus 
mare, maris n. sea 
maritimus, -a, -um adj. of the sea, 
maritime 

maritus, -i m. husband 
Martius, -a, -um adj. [Mars] 
sacred to Mars 
mater, matris f. mother 
matrimonium, -I n. [mater] 
marriage 

matrona, -ae f. matron 
maxime, adv. [maximus] espe¬ 
cially 

maximus, -a, -um sup. of mag- 
nus) maximus natu greatest in 
birth, eldest 

medicina, -ae /. [medicus] medi¬ 
cine 

medicus, -i m. physician 
Mediterraneus, -a, -um adj. 
Mediterranean 

medius, -a, -um adj. in the 
middle, in the midst, middle 
melius adv. \_comp. of bene] better 
memoria, -ae f. memory 
Menelaus, -I m. Menelaus 
mens, mentis /. mind 
mensa, -ae f. table 
mensis, mensis m. month 
Mercurius, -i m. Mercury, the 
messenger of the gods 
meridies, -diei f. midday 
meus, -a, -um poss. adj. my, 
mine 

miles, militis m. soldier 
milia, -ium n. pi. of mille 


VOCABULARY 303 

milium, -i n. millet 
mille indecl. num. adj. one thou¬ 
sand (pi. milia, -ium neuter 
noun) 

Minerva, -ae /. Minerva, goddess 
of wisdom 

minime adv. by no means 
minimus, -a, -um sup. of parvus; 

minimus natu youngest 
Minos, —ois m. Minos, a king of 
Crete 

Minotaurus, -i m. a monster, half 
bull, half man 

misceo, -ere, miscui, mixtus tr. 

to mix, mingle 

miser, -era, -erum, adj. wretched, 
unhappy 

miserabilis, —e adj. miserable 
miserandus, -a, -um adj. pitiable 
misericordia, -ae /. pity 
mitella, -ae f. hood 
Mithridates, -is m. Mithridates, 
a king of Pontus 

Mithridaticus, -a, -um adj. Mith- 
ridatic, with Mithridates 
mitto, -ere, misi, missus tr. to send 
mixtus perf. part, of misceo 
moneo, -ere, -ui, -itus tr. to 
warn, advise 

mons, montis m. mountain 
monstro, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
show 

monstrum, -i n. monster; portent 
morior, mori, mortuus sum dep. 
intr. to die 

Moritasgus, -i m. Moritasgus 
mors, mortis/, death 
mortalis, -e adj. [mors] subject 
to death, mortal 
mortuus, -a, -um, adj. dead 
morum, -i n. mulberry 
morus, -i /. mulberry tree 
moved, -ere, movi, motus tr. to 
move 

mox adv. soon, presently 
Mucius, -i m. Caius Mucius 


3°4 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


Cordus (Scaevola), a Roman 
who went to Porsena’s camp to 
kill him 

mugitus, -us m. bellowing, roaring 
mulier, mulieris /. woman 
multitudo, -inis /. great number, 
multitude, crowd 
multo adv. [multus] by much, 
much 

multus, -a, -um adj. much, many 
munid, -ire, -ivi, -itus tr. to 
fortify 

murmuro, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to 
mutter, murmur 
murus, -i m. wall 

N 

nam conj. for 

Nammeius, -i m. Nammeius 
narro, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to tell, 
narrate 

natura, -a e f. nature, character 
nauta, -ae m. [for navita] sailor 
navalis, -e adj. [navis] pertaining 
to a ship, naval 

navigabilis, -e adj. [navigo] navi¬ 
gable 

navigatio, -onis f. [navigo] a 
sailing, voyage 

navigium, -i n. [navigo] boat 
navigo, -are, -avi, -atus intr. 

[navis + ago] to sail 
navis, navis /. ship 
-ne ( enclitic ) introduces a question 
nec or neque conj. and not, nor 
necessarius, -a, -um adj. neces¬ 
sary 

neco, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to kill 
nectar, nectaris n. nectar, drink 
of the gods 

negotium, -i n. business, task 
nemo, —, dat. nemini, acc. ne- 
minem [ne -1- homo] no one 
neque ( see nec) neque . . . neque 
conj. neither . . . nor 


ne . .. quidem, not even 
nescio, -ire, -ivi, -itus tr. not to 
know, to be ignorant 
niger, -gra, -grum adj. black 
Ninus, -i m. Ninus, a king of 
Assyria 

nisi conj. if not, unless 
niveus, -a, -um adj. [nix] snow- 
white 

nix, nivis /. snow 
no, nare, navi, —, intr. to swim 
nobilis, -e adj. well-known 
nocens, -entis adj. guilty 
noceo, -ere, nocui, nociturus intr. 

with dat. to harm 
noctu adv. at night 
noctumus, -a, -um adj. [nox] of 
night, nocturnal 

nolo, nolle, nolui, —, tr. and intr. 

not to wish, to be unwilling 
nomen, nominis n. name 
nomind, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
call by name 
non adv. not 
nondum adv. not yet 
nonus, -a, -um num. adj. [for 
novenus from novem] ninth 
noster, -tra, -trum poss. adj. 
our 

notus, -a, -um adj. known 
novem indecl. num. adj. nine 
novus, -a, -um adj. new 
nox, noctis f. night 
nubes, nubis f. cloud 
nullus, -a, -um adj. no, none 
numerus, -i m. number 
numquam adv. never 
nunc adv. now 

nuntio, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 

announce 

nuntius, -i m. messenger; mes¬ 
sage 

nutrio, -ire, -ivi, -itus tr. to feed, 
nourish 

nux, nucis f. nut 
nympha, -ae f. nymph 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


305 


O 

0 inter. O! oh! 

ob prep, with acc. against, on ac¬ 
count of 

obeo, -ire, -ii (-ivi), -itus intr. to 
go to meet, meet 

obicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus tr. to 
throw against 

oblino, -ere, -levi, -litus tk to 

smear over 

oblitus perf. part, of oblino 
obscurus, -a, -um adj. dark, 
obscure 

obses, obsidis m. and f. hostage 
obsideo, -ere, -sedi, -sessus tr. 

to sit against, besiege 
obstupefacio, -ere, -feci, -factus 
tr. to astonish, stupefy 
obtineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentus tr. 

[ob + teneo] to gain, obtain 
occido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus tr. [ob + 
caedo, to cut] to kill 
occulte adv. secretly 
occulto, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
hide, conceal 

occultus, -a, -um adj. hidden, 
secret 

occupo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
seize 

octavus, -a, -um adj. eighth 
octo indecl. num. adj. eight 

o cuius, -i m. eye 
odi, odisse, osurus tr. defect, to 
hate 

Oenone, -es /. Oenone, a nymph 
olim adv. once upon a time, 
formerly 

oliva, -ae /. olive 
olus, oleris n. vegetables, cabbage, 
greens 

Olympus, -i m. Olympus, a moun¬ 
tain on the borders of Macedonia 
and Thessaly, supposed to be the 
habitation of the gods 
omnino adv. entirely, wholly 


omnis, -e adj. all, every 
oportet, -ere, oportuit, —, intr. it 
behooves, ought 
oppidum, -i n. town 
oppugno, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
attack 

opus, operis n. work, task, deed 

braculum, -i n. oracle 

oratio, -onis /. speech, oration 

orator, -oris m. orator 

orbis, orbis m. ring, circle, orbit; 

orbis terrarum the earth 
Orcus, -i m. Orcus; the abode of 
the dead, the underworld 
brdo, ordinis m. order, rank 
Oriens, Orientis m. the East 
bro, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to ask, 
beg, pray, speak 
os, oris n. mouth, face 
osculum, -i n. kiss 
ostendo, -ere, -tendi, -tentus tr. 

to hold out, show 
ovis, ovis /. sheep 
ovum, -i n. egg 

P 

paene adv. nearly, almost 
paeninsula, -ae f. [paene + in¬ 
sula] peninsula 

palmus, -i m. palm, hand breadth 
palus, paludis f. swamp 
panis, panis m. bread 
panthera, -ae f. panther 
par, paris adj. equal 
paratus, -a, -um adj. prepared, 
ready 

parco, -ere, peperci, parsus intr. 
to spare 

parens, parentis m. and f. parent 
pared, -ere, -ui, -itus intr. to 
obey, be subject to 
paries, parietis m. wall (of <1 build¬ 
ing) 

Paris, Paridis m. Paris, a son of 
Priam 


3°6 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


paro, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to pre¬ 
pare 

pars, partis /. part 
parum adv. little, too little 
parvus, -a, -um adj. little, small 
pasco, -ere, pavi, pastus tr. and 
intr. to feed, pasture 
passus, -a, -um adj. outspread, 
outstretched 

passus, -us m. pace, stride 
pastor, -oris m. [pasco, to feed] 
shepherd 

pateo, -ere, -ui, —•, intr. to extend 
pater, patris m. father 
patria, -ae /. fatherland, country 
paucus, -a, -um adj. little; pi. 
few 

Paulus, -I m. Paul 
pax, pads /. peace 
pectus, pectoris n. breast 
pecunia, -ae f. money 
Peleus, -i m. Peleus, mythical king 
of Thessaly, father of A chilles 
pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsus tr. to 
drive, drive out, rout 
per prep, with acc. through 
perdo, -ere, -didi, -ditus tr. to 
destroy 

perduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus tr. 

to lead through, construct 
pereo, -ire, -ii (—Ivi), -itus intr. to 
go through, perish 
perficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus tr. to 
accomplish 

perfidia, -ae /. perfidy, faithless¬ 
ness 

periculosus, -a, -um adj. perilous, 
dangerous 

periculum, -i n. peril, danger 
peristylium, -i n. peristyle, open 
court surrounded by a colonnade 
peritus, -a, -um adj. experienced, 
skilled 

permaneo, -ere, -mansi, -man- 
surus intr. to stay through, 
abide 


permitto, -ere, -misi, -missus tr. 
to allow 

permoved, -ere, -movi, -motus tr. 

to move thoroughly, excite 
perpetuus, -a, -um adj. continu¬ 
ous; in perpetuum forever 
persequor, -i, -secutus sum dep. tr. 
to follow 

perseverantia, -ae /. persever¬ 
ance, persistence 

perterreo, -ere, -ui, -itus tr. to 
frighten thoroughly, terrify 
pertineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentus intr. 

to extend, belong to 
pervado, -ere, -vasi, -vasus tr. to 
spread through, pervade, fill 
pervenio, -ire, -veni, -ventus intr. 

to come through, arrive 
pes, pedis m. foot 
peto, -ere, -ivi (-ii), -itus tr. to 
seek, ask, demand 
pictura, -ae /. picture, painting 
pila, -ae /. ball 
pirata, -ae m. pirate 
piscis, piscis m. fish 
placo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
appease, please 

plebs, plebis f. common people, 
plebeians 

plenus, -a, -um adj. full 
Pluto, -onis m. Pluto, ruler of the 
underworld 

pluvia, -ae f. rain, a shower 
poena, -ae/. punishment 
poeta, -ae m. poet 
Pollux, Pollucis m. Pollux, son of 
Jupiter and Leda 

Pompeius, -i m. Gnaeus Pompeius 
Magnus, Pompey the Great , a 
famous Roman general 
pomum, -i n. fruit, apple 
pdno, -ere, posui, positus tr. to 
put, place 

pons, pontis m. bridge 
Pontus, -i m. Pontus, a country of 
Asia Minor south of the Black Sea 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


poposci perf. of posed 
populus, -I m. people, nation 
porta, -ae /. gate 
porto, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to carry 
Porsena, -ae, m. Porsena, a king 
of Etruria [Clusium] 
posco, -ere, poposci, —, tr. to de¬ 
mand 

possideo, -ere, -sedi, -sessus tr. 

to possess, acquire 
possum, posse, potui, —, intr. to 
be able, can 

post, prep, with acc. behind, after 
postea adv. afterward 
potens, -tentis adj. able, powerful 
posterus, -a, -um adj. [post] 
following, later 
postquam conj. after, when 
postulatio, -onis /. request 
postulo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to ask, 
demand 

potestas, -tatis /. [potis, able] 
ability, power, control 
praeceps, praecipitis adj. head¬ 
long, steep 

praecipue adv. especially 
praeficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus tr. 

with acc. and dat. to put at the 
head of 

praemium, -i n. reward, premium 
praemitto, -ere, -misi, -missus tr. 
to send ahead 

praesens, -sentis adj. present, in 
person 

praesidium, -i n. guard 
praesidium, -i n. garrison, pro¬ 
tection 

praesum, -esse, -fui, -futurus 
intr. to be ahead, be in charge of 
praetor, -oris m. [for praeitor, 
from praeeo, to go before] 
praetor, a Roman leader, then 
magistrate with judicial authority 
prandium, -i n. luncheon 
prehendo, -ere, -hendi, -hensus 
tr. to catch 


307 

premo, -ere, pressi, pressus tr. 

to press 

Priamus, -i m. Priam, the last king 
of Troy 

primum adv. first, at first 
primus, -a, -um adj. the first, first 
princeps, principis m. chief, leader 
pro prep, with abl. in front of, for, 
in behalf of 

proavus, -i m. [pro + avus] an¬ 
cestor, great grandfather 
procul adv. at a distance, afar off 
prddued, -ere, -duxi, -ductus tr. 

to lead forward, protract 
proelium, -i n. battle 
prdficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus tr. 

to accomplish, gain 
prohibeo, -ere, -hibui, -hibitus tr. 
to keep away 

proicio, -ere, -ieci, -iectus tr. 

[pro + iacio] to throw forward 
promitto, -ere, -misi, -missus tr. 
to promise 

pronuntio, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 

declare 

prope prep, with acc. near 

propero, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to 
hasten 

propinquus, -a, -um adj. nearby, 
kinsman (when used as noun) 
propond, -ere, -posui, -positus tr. 

to set forth, propose 
propter prep, with acc. on account 
of 

Proserpina, -ae /. Proserpina, the 
daughter of Ceres and Jupiter 
prosilio, -ire, -ui, -sultus intr. 

to leap forward 
provincia, -ae f. province 
prudens, -dentis adj. foreseeing, 
discreet 

Psyche, -es f. Psyche 
publicus, -a, -um adj. general, 
public 

puella, -ae f. girl 
puer, pueri m. boy 


3°8 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


pugna, -ae /. fight 
pugno, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to 
fight 

pulcher, -chra, -chrum adj. pretty, 
beautiful 

pulchritudo, -inis /. [pulcher] 

beauty, pulchritude 
pullus, -a, -um adj. dark- 
colored, dark 

pulso, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to beat 
upon, knock 
pulvis, pulveris m. dust 
puniceus, —a -um adj. red, purple 
punio, -ire, -ivi, -itus tr. to punish 
pupa, -ae f. doll 

puto, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to think, 
consider 

Pyramus, -i m. Pyramus 

Q 

quadraginta indecl. num. adj. 
forty 

qualis, -e? adj. of what sort? what 
kind of? such as, as 
quam conj. than; adv. how? quam 
diu? how long? quam longe? 
how far? 

quando? adv. when? at what time? 
quartus, -a, -um adj. the fourth, 
fourth 

quasi adv. as if, just as 
quattuor indecl. num. adj. four 
quattuordecim indecl. num. adj. 
fourteen 

-que conj. enclitic and; -que . . . 

-que both . . . and 
qui, quae, quod rel. pron. who, 
which, that 

quidam, quaedam, quiddam or 
quoddam indef. pron. and adj. 
a certain, some 

quidem, adv. certainly, at least 
quies, quietis /. rest, quiet 
quietus, -a, -um adj. at rest, quiet 
quindecim indecl. num. adj. fifteen 


quinque indecl. num. adj. five 
quintus, -a, -um adj. the fifth, 
fifth 

Quintus, -i m. Quintus 
quis? quid? interrog. pron. who? 
what? which? 

quisque, quaeque, quidque or 
quodque indef. pron. and adj. 
each 

quo? interrog. adv. to what place? 
where ? 

quo modd? in what manner? by 
what means? 

quo respectu? in what respect? 
quod conj. because 
quoque intensive also 
quot? indecl. interrog. adj. how 
many? 

quotannis adv. every year, yearly 
quotus, —a, —um? adj. of what 
number? (with hora) what? 

R 

radix, radicis /. root 
rapide adv. rapidly 
rapiditas, -tatis f. [rapidus] swift¬ 
ness, rapidity 

rapidus, —a, —um adj. swift, rapid 
rapid, -ere, rapui, raptus tr. to 

seize, hurry 

ratio, -onis f. reckoning, plan, 
reason 

raucus, -a, -um adj. roaring, deep¬ 
voiced 

recens, recentis adj. recent 
recipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus tr. to 
take back, regain 
recludo, -ere, -clusi, -clusus tr. 
to open, unclose 

recondo, —ere, —condidi, —conditus 
tr. to close, conceal 
recupero, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
regain, gain back 
reddo, -ere, -didi, -ditus tr. [re -f 
do] to give back, return 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


reded, -Ire, -il (-Ivl), -itus intr. 

[re + eo] to go back, return 
reddidl perf. of reddo 
redigo, -ere, -egl, -actus tr. to 

drive back, reduce 
regalis, -e adj. [rex] kingly, royal, 
regal 

regia, -ae /. [rex] royal palace 
Regillus see lacus Regillus 
reglna, -ae /. [rex] queen 
regio, -onis /. direction, region 
regno, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to 
rule, reign 

regnum, -I n. royal power, king¬ 
dom 

rego, -ere, rexl, rectus tr. to 
direct, rule 

relinquo, -ere, -llqui, -lictus tr. 

to leave behind 

reliquus, -a, -um adj. remaining, 
rest 

remaned, -ere, -mans!, -man- 
surus intr. to remain 
remitto, -ere, -mlsi, -missus tr. 
to send back 

removed, -ere, -movl, -motus tr. 

to move back or away, remove 
renavigo, -are, -avi, -atus, intr. 
to sail back 

reporto, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
carry back 

requiesco, -ere, -quievl, -quietus 
intr. to rest 

requlro, -ere, requlslvl, requisitus 
tr. to search for 
res, rel f. thing, event, fact 
rescindo, -ere, -scidl, -scissus tr. 
to cut down 

resisto, -ere, -stitl, —, intr with 
dat. take stand, resist 
responded, -ere, -spondl, -spon- 
sus intr. to answer, respond 
res publica, rel publicae f. com¬ 
monwealth 

revello, -ere, -velll, -vulsus tr. 
to tear away 


309 

revenio, -Ire, -venl, -ventus intr. 

to come back, return 
revoco, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
call back 

rex, regis m. king 
rim a, -ae f. crack 
ripa, -ae /. bank {of a river ) 
rlvus, —I m. brook, stream 
Robertus, -I m. Robert 
rogo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to ask, 
ask for 

Roma, -ae f. Rome 
Romanus, -a, -um adj. Roman 
Romanus, -I m. a Roman; pi. the 
Romans 

rosa, -ae /. rose 
rotundus, -a, -um adj. round 
ruber, -bra, -brum adj. red 
rupes, rupis /. rock, cliff 
rursus adv. again, back 

S 

sacer, -era, -crum adj. sacred 
saeculum, -I n. generation, age 
saepe adv. often 

saevus, -a, -um adj. savage, cruel 
sagitta, -ae /. arrow 
salus, salutis f. health, safety, 
greeting 

salve ( imperative of salved) be 
well, greetings, hail! 
salved, ere, —, —, intr. to be well 
sanguis, sanguinis m. blood 
sand, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to make 
sound, heal 

sanus, -a, -um adj. sound, sane 
sapientia, -ae/. wisdom 
Sardinia, -ae /. Sardinia, an island 
west of Italy 
satis adv. enough 
satisfacio, -ere, -feci, -factus intr. 
to do enough, do one’s duty, 
apologize 
saxum, -I n. rock 
scaena, -ae /. scene, stage 


3io 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


Scaevola, -ae m. {dim. of scaevus, 
the left-handed) Scaevola 
schola, -ae /. school 
scholasticus, -I m. a rhetorician 
scio, -ire, scivi, scitus tr. to 
know 

Scipio, -onis m. Publius Cornelius 
Scipio Africanus, the conqueror 
of Hannibal 

scribo, -ere, scrips!, scriptus tr. 

to write 

secundus, -a, -um adj. the second, 
second 

sed conj. but 

sedecim, indecl. num. adj. sixteen 

sedeo, -ere, sedi, sessus intr. 
to sit 

sella, -ae /. chair, seat 
semper adv. always 
senator, -oris m. a senator 
senatus, -us m. the senate 
sentes, -ium m. thorns, briers 
sentio, -ire, sens!, sensus tr. to 
feel, perceive 

separo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
separate 

septem indecl. num. adj. seven 

Septimus, -a, -um adj. the 
seventh, seventh 

sequor, -i, secutus sum dep. tr. 

and intr. to follow 
Sergius, -i m. Sergius 
serpens, serpentis m. serpent 
serpo, -ere, serpsi, serptus intr. 
to crawl, creep 

serva, -ae f. slave, maidservant 
servitium, -i n. [servus] service, 
slavery 

servo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
keep, preserve, save 
servus, -i m. slave, manservant 
severus, -a, -um adj. cruel, severe 
sex indecl. num. adj. six 
sextus, -a, -um adj. the sixth, 
sixth 

Sextus, -i m. Sextus 


si conj. if 
sic adv. thus 
sica, -ae /. dagger 
Sicilia, -ae f. Sicily 
signum, -i n. sign, signal 
silens, silentis adj. silent 
silentium, -i n. [silens] silence 
silva, -ae /. forest 
similis, -e adj. like, similar 
sine prep, with abl. without 
singularis, -e adj. one by one, 
extraordinary 

singuli, -ae, -a adj. one at a time, 
single 

sinister, -tra, -trum adj. left 
sitis, sitis /. thirst 
socius, -i m. ally 
sol, solis m. sun 

solitus, -a, -um adj. accustomed 
solum, -i n. ground, soil 
solus, -a, -um adj. alone, only 
somnus, -i m. sleep 
soror, sororis /. sister 
sors, sortis/. lot 

spargo, -ere, sparsi, sparsus tr. 

to scatter, sprinkle 
Sparta, -ae /. Sparta, a city of 
Greece in Peloponnesus 
spatium, -i n. space 
spectabilis, -e adj. notable 
spectaculum, -i n. [specto] show, 
spectacle 

spectator, -oris m. [specto] spec¬ 
tator 

specto, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to look 
at, look 

spero, -are, -avi, -atus tr. and 
intr. to hope, hope for 
spes, spei /. hope 
sponsa, -ae /. bride 
stabulum, -i n. [sto] stable 
statim adv. immediately 
statua, -ae f. statue 
statuo, -ere, statui, statutus tr. to 
decide, determine 
stilus, -i m. stilus, a pointed in- 


LATIN-ENGLISH 


VOCABULARY 


strument used in writing on a 
wax tablet 

sto, -are, steti, status intr. to 
stand 

studeo, -ere, studui, —, intr. 

with dat. to be eager, desire 
Styx, Stygis /. the Styx, a river of 
the underworld 

sub prep, with acc. and abl. under; 

of time, toward 
subito adv. suddenly 
sublicius, -a, -um made of piles: 
pons Sublicius, the Sublician 
bridge {a wooden bridge across 
the Tiber ) 

submitto, -ere, -misi, -missus tr. 
to send under, send to assist, 
yield 

subrideo, -ere, -risi, —, intr. to 
smile on 

succedo, -ere, -cedi, -cessurus 

intr. to approach, come next 
sui gen., reflex, pron. 3 rd pers. of 
himself, herself, itself, them¬ 
selves 

sum, esse, fui, futurus intr. to be, 
exist 

summus, -a, -um adj. sup. of 
superus the highest, the top of 
sumo, -ere, sumpsi, sumptus tr. 
to take 

super prep, with acc. above, on top 
of 

supero, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
surpass, excel, conquer 
supersum, -esse, -fui, -futurus 
intr. to be over, remain, survive 
superus, -a, -um adj. above, upper 
surgo, -ere, surrexi, surrectus 
intr. to rise, arise 
suspicio, -onis f. distrust, suspi¬ 
cion 

sustineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentus tr. 
to uphold, resist 

suus, -a, -um poss. adj. reflexive 
3 rd person his, her, its, their 


3 J I 

Syracusae, -arum f. pi. Syracuse, 

the chief town of Sicily 

T 

tabella, —ae /. (usually plural ) wax 
tablet 

tablinum, -i n. tablinum, room in 
a Roman house where family 
records were kept 

tabula, -ae /. board; tabula nigra 
blackboard 
tam adv. so 

tamen adv. however, nevertheless, 
still 

tandem adv. at length, finally 
tango, -ere, tetigi, tactus tr. to 
touch 

Tarquinius, -i m. Tarquinius 
Superbus, the last king of Rome 
templum, -i n. temple 
tempto, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to try, 
attempt 

tempus, temporis n. time 
Tenedos (-us), -i f. Tenedos, an 
island near Troy 
teneo, -ere, -ui, —, tr. to hold 
tener, -era, -erum adj. tender 
tepeo, -ere, —, —, intr. to be 
warm 

terra, -ae /. earth, land 
terreo, -ere, -ui, -itus tr. to 
frighten, terrify 

terribilis, -e adj. [terreo] terrible, 
frightful 

terror, -oris m. [terreo] terror, 
fear 

tertius, -a, -um adj. the third, 
third 

Theseus, -i m. Theseus 
Thetis, Thetidis /. Thetis, a sea- 
nymph, mother of Achilles 
Thisbe, -es f. Thisbe 
Thomas, -ae m. Thomas 
Tiberis, -is m. the river Tiber 
Tiberius, -i m. Tiberius 


3 12 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


Ticinus, -I m. the river Ticinus, a 
tributary of the Po 

timed, -ere, -ui, — , tr. to fear, be 
afraid of 

timidus, -a, -um adj. [timed] 
timid, fearful 

timor, -oris m. [timed] fear, alarm 
tinctus perf. part, of tingo, -ere, 
tinxi, tinctus tr. to dye 
Titus, -l m. Titus 
toga, -ae/. toga ( Roman garment ) 
tollo, -ere, sustuli, sublatus tr. 
to lift, raise 

torrens, -entis m. torrent 
tot indecl. num. adj. so many 
totus, -a, -um adj. all, the whole 
trado, -ere, -didi, -ditus tr. to 
hand over, entrust, surrender 
traho, -ere, traxi, tractus tr. to 
draw, drag 

trano, -are, -avi, -atus [trans + 

no] tr. and intr. to swim across 
trans prep, with acc. across, over 
trecenti, -ae, -a num. adj. [tres + 
centum] three hundred 
tredecim indecl. num. adj. thirteen 
trepidus, -a, -um adj. frightened, 
alarmed 

tres, tria num. adj. three 
triclinium, -i n. a dining-room 
triduum, -i n. three days 
triginta indecl. num. adj. thirty 
triticum, -i n. wheat 
Troia, -ae f. Troy, a famous city 
in Asia Minor 
Troianus, -i m. a Trojan 
tu, tui pers. pron. you, thou 
tuba, -ae f. trumpet 
turn adv. then 

tumulus, -i m. funeral mound, 
tomb 

turbo, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to dis¬ 
turb, agitate 
tutus, -a, -um adj. safe 
tuus, -a, -um poss. adj. your 
(referring to one person ) 


U 

ubi interrog. adv. where? rel. adv. 
where, when 

ultra prep, with acc. beyond, on the 
farther side of 

umbra, -ae /. shade, shadow 
umerus, -i m. shoulder 
unda, -ae f. water, wave 
unde -interrog. or rel. adv. whence 
undecim indecl. num. adj. eleven 
unus, -a, -um num. adj. one 
urbs, urbis /. city 
urna, -ae f. water jar, urn 
urnula, -ae /. little urn, water 
pitcher 

usque adv. even (of direction) 
ut conj. that, in order that 
uxor, -oris f. wife 

V 

vacca, -ae /. cow 
vacuus, -a, -um adj. empty, va¬ 
cant 

vagina, -ae f. sword sheath 
vale (imperative of valeo) farewell 
valeo, -ere, -ui, -iturus intr. to be 
strong, be well 

validus, -a, -um adj. [valeo] 
strong, well 
valles, vallis /. valley 
vallum, -i n. wall, palisade 
vas, vasis n., plur. vasa, -drum 
dish, vase 

vehementer adv. vehemently 
velamen, -inis n. veil, garment 
velox, -ocis adj. swift 
venenatus, -a, -um adj. filled 
with poison, poisonous 
venio, -ire, veni, ventus intr. to 
come 

Venus, Veneris f. Venus, the 
goddess of love and beauty 
verbero, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to 
beat, strike, whip 


LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 


verbum, -i n. word 
verb adv. in truth, but 
verus, -a, -um adj. true 
vertex, verticis m. summit, top 
vesper, vesperl m. evening 
Vesta, -ae /. Vesta, goddess of the 
hearth and home 

vester, -tra, -trum poss. adj. your, 
yours (referring to more than one 
person) 

vestibulum, -i n. vestibule 
vestigium, -i n. footprint 
vestis, vestis /. garment 
veto, -axe, -ui, -itus tr. to forbid 
via, -ae /. way, road, street 
viator, -oris m. [via] traveller 
vicinia, -ae f. nearness 
vicinus, -a, -um adj. neighboring 
vicis gen., no nom. f. change; in 
vices in turn 

victor, -oris m. conqueror 
victoria, -ae /. victory 
video, -ere, vidi, visus tr. to see, 
perceive 

vigilia, -ae f. watch (fourth part 
of a night) 

viginti indecl. num. adj. twenty 
villa, -ae f. farmhouse, villa 
vinco, -ere, vici, victus tr. to con¬ 
quer, defeat 
viola, -ae f. violet 
vir, viri m. man 


313 

virtus, virtutis /. [vir] courage, 
valor 

vis, (vis) /. strength, force 

visito, -are, -avi, -atus, tr. to 
visit 

vita, -ae f. life 

vito, -are, -avi, -atus tr. to avoid 
vivus, -a, -um adj. alive, living 
vocalis, -e adj. [vox] speaking, 
vocal, talking 

voco, -are, -avi, -atus tr. [vox] to 
call 

volo, -are, -avi, -atus intr. to fly 
volo, velle, volui, —, tr. and intr. to 
wish, be willing 

voluntas, -tatis f. [void, to wish] 
a wish, desire 
votum, -i n. prayer, vow 
vox, vocis /. voice 
Vulcanus, -i m. Vulcan, the god of 
fire 

vulnero, -are, -avi, -atus tr. 

[vulnus] to wound 
vulnus, vulneris n. wound 
vultus, -us m. face, expression, 
features 

Z 

zephyrus, -i m. a gentle west wind, 
zephyr 

zona, -ae f. girdle, belt 


ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 


A 

able (be) possum, posse, potul, — 
about de prep, with abl. 
across trans prep, with acc. 
after post prep, with acc. 

Albert Albertus, -i m. 
all omnis, -e 
and et, -que conjs. 
animal animal, -alis n. 
apple malum, -I n. 
around circum prep, with acc. 
arrogance arrogantia, -ae f. 
ask Srd, -are, -avi, -atus; rogd, 
-are, -avl, -atus 

B 

bad malus, -a, -um 
badly male adv. 

ball pila, -ae/.; large ball, follis, 
-is m. 

bank {of a river ) ripa, -ae f. 
barn horreum, -i n. 
basket calathus, -I m. 
bat fustis, fustis m. 
battle proelium, -I n. 
be, am sum, esse, fui, futurus 
beat verberd, -are, -avl, -atus 
beautiful pulcher, -chra, -chrum 
because quod conj. 
behind post prep, with acc. 
benevolence benevolentia, -ae /. 
between inter, prep, with acc. 
black niger, -gra, -grum 
board tabula, -ae blackboard 
tabula nigra 
boat navigium, -i n. 
body corpus, -oris n. 
bold audax, -acis; acer, acris, acre 


boldly audacter; acriter advs. 
book.liber, libri m. 
bookcase capsa, -ae /. 
box capsa, -ae /.; for waste paper 
capsa aperta 
boy puer, puerf m. 
brave fortis, -e 
bread panis, panis m. 
bridge pons, pontis m. 
bring porto, -are, -avi, -atus 
broad latus, -a, -um 
brook rivus, -1 m. 
brother frater, fratris m. 
but sed conj. 
by a, ab prep, with abl. 

C 

Caesar Caesar, -aris m. 
cake crustum, -I n. 
call vocS, -are, -avi, -atus 
camp castra, -orum n. pi. 

Campus Martius Campus Martius, 
CampI Martil m. 

can, am able possum, posse, 
potul, — 

capture capio, -ere, cepi, captus 
carry porto, -are, -avi, -atus ' 
Castor Castor, —oris m. 
catch prehendS, -ere, -hendi, 
-hensus; capis, -ere, cepi 
captus 

chair sella, -ae /. 

chief princeps, -cipis m. 

children liberi, —drum m. 

citizen civis, civis m. 

city urbs, urbis f. 

come venid, -ire, v6ni, ventus 

Comitium Comitium, -i n. 


3i4 


ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 


315 


commander, imperator, -oris m. 
companion comes, comitis m. and 

/• 

conquer supero, -are, -avi, -atus; 

vinco, —ere, vlci, victus 
consul consul, consulis m. 
cook coqua, -ae /. 

Cornelia Cornelia, -ae /. 

cottage casa, -ae /. 

couch, lectus, -i m. 

courage virtus, virtutis /. 

cow vacca, -ae /. 

cruelty crudelitas, -tatis /. 

cry out clamo, -are, -avi, -atus 

D 

danger perfculum, -I n. 
daughter filia, -ae /. 
day dies, die! m. and f. 
dear cams, -a, -um 
death mors, mortis/, 
deep altus, -a, -um 
difficult difficilis, -e 
difficulty difficultas, -tatis f. 
diligence diligentia, -ae /. 
dinner^cena, -ae /. 
distant (be) absum, -esse, aful, 
afuturus 

dog canis, canis m. 
doll pupa, -ae /. 
door ianua, -ae /. 
drive ago, -ere, egl, actus 

E 

easily facile adv. 
easy facilis, -e 
eat edo, -ere, edl, esus 
egg ovum, -I n. 
eight octo indecl. num. 
eighteen duodevlginti indecl. num . 
eleven undecim indecl. num. 
enemy hostis, hostis m. and f. (the j 
enemy plural ) 

enter intro, -are, -avi, -atus 
equal par, paris 


F 

famous clarus, -a, -um 
far longe 

farmer agricola, -ae m. 

farmhouse villa, -ae /. 

father pater, patris m. 

fear timeo, -ere, -ui, — 

field ager, agri m.; campus, -I m. 

fiercely acriter adv. 

fifteen qulndecim indecl. num. 

fifty quinquaginta indecl. num. 

fight pugno, -are, -avi, -atus 

finger breadth digitus, -I m. 

fire Ignis, Ignis m. 

first primus, -a, -um 

fish piscis, piscis m. 

five qulnque indecl. num. 

Florence Florentia, -ae /. 
flower flos, floris m. 
food cibus, —I m. 
foot pes, pedis m. 
forest silva, -ae /. 
forty quadraginta indecl. num. 
four quattuor indecl. num. 
fourteen quattuordecim indecl. 
num. 

fourth quartus, -a, -um 
free Hbero, -are, -avi, -atus 
friend amicus, -I m. 
friendly amicus, -a, -um 
frighten terreo, -ere, -ui, -itus 
from a, ab; de; e, ex preps, with 
abl. 

fruit pomum, -I n. 

G 

game ludus, -I m. 
garden hortus, -I m. 

Gaul ( the country ) Gallia, -ae f. 
Gaul ( inhabitant of the country 
Gaul) Gallus, -I m. 

Gauls Gall!, -orum m. pi. 
general dux, ducis m.\ imperator, 
-oris m. 


Si6 


ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 


George Georgius, -I m. 

Germans German!, -Srum m. pi. 

gift donum, -i n. 

girl puella, -ae /. 

give do, dare, dedl, datus 

go eS, Ire, i! (Ivl), itus 

golden aureus, -a, -um 

good bonus, -a, -um 

grain frumentum, -i n. 

grandmother avia, -ae f. 

great magnus, -a, -um 

great number multitude, -inis /. 

H 

hand manus, -us /. 

hand breadth palmus, -i m. 

hard diligenter adv. 

hasten propers, -are, -avl, -atus 

have habeS, -ere, -ul, -itus 

he is, eius 

head caput, capitis n. 
hear audio, -ire, -ivi, -Itus 
height altitude, -inis /. 
hen galllna, -ae f. 
her reflexive, suus, -a, -um; not 
reflexive, eius 
high altus, -a, -um 
himself reflexive sul, sibi, se (sese) 
his reflexive, suus, -a, -um; not 
reflexive, eius 
hold tenee, -ere, -ul, — 
home domus, -us (-1) /. 
hood mitella, -ae /. 

Horatius Horatius, -I m. 
horse equus, -I m. 
hour hera, -ae /. 
house domus, -us (-1) /. 
hundred centum indecl. num. 
hut casa, -ae /. 

I 

I ego, mel 

imprudence imprudentia, -ae /. 
impudence impudentia, -ae /. 
in in prep, with abl. 
incurable incurabilis, -e 


in front of ante prep, with acc. 
into in prep, with acc. 
island Insula, -ae /. . 
it is, ea, id 
Italy Italia, -ae f. 

J 

James IacSbus, -I m. 

Julia Iulia, -ae /. 

K 

kill interficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus; 

neco, -are, -avl, -atus 
king rex, regis m. 
kitchen cullna, -ae f. 

L 

labor laboro, -are, -avl, -atus 
land terra, -ae /. 
large magnus, -a, -um 
lead duco, -ere, duxl, ductus 
leader dux, ducis m. 
leap down desiliS, —Ire, —silul, 
-sultus 

length longitudS, -inis f. 
letter epistula, -ae /. 
lie, recline at table, accumbS, 
-ere, -cubul, -cubitus 
like (verb) amS, -are, -avl, -atus 
little parvus, -a, -um 
live habits, -are, -avl, -atus 
long longus, -a, -um 
long, for a long time diu adv. 
love amS, -are, -avl, -atus 
love (noun) amor, -Sris m . 

Lucius Lucius, -I m. 

M 

maid, maidservant serva, -ae /. 
man vir, virl; homS, hominis m. 
many multi, -ae, -a 
Marcus Marcus, -I m. 

Mary Maria, -ae /. 
master magister, -tri; dominus, 
-I m. 


ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 


317 


meal ( dinner) cena, -ae /. 
medicine medicina, -ae /. 
mile mille passus; miles milia 
passuum 

mistress domina, -ae /. 
money pecunia, -ae /. 
mother mater, matris /. 
move moved, -ere, movi, motus 
much multus, -a, -um 
my meus, -a, -um 

N 

name nomen, nominis n. 
near prope prep, with acc. 
new novus, -a, -um 
nine novem indecl. num. 
nineteen undeviginti indecl. num. 
ninth nonus, -a, -um 
not non adv. 

O 

often saepe adv. 

on in prep, with ahl. 

one unus, -a, -um 

or aut conj. 

orator orator, -oris m. 

order iubeo, -ere, iussi, iussus 

other alius, -a, -ud 

ought debeo, -ere, -ui, -itus 

our noster, -tra, -trum 

P 

pace passus, -us m. 
paper charta, -ae f. 
part pars, partis /. 
pen calamus, -I m. 
perseverance perseverantia, -ae /. 
physician medicus, -i m. 
picture pictura, -ae /. 
pirate pirata, -ae m. 
place pond, -ere, posul, positus 
play ludo, -ere, lusi, lusus 
pleasing gratus, -a, -um 
Pollux Pollux, Pollucis m. 
praise laudo, -are, -avi, -atus 
prepare paro, -are, -avi, -atus 


pretty pulcher, -chra, -chrum 
prudence prudentia, -ae f. 
put pond, -ere, posui, positus 

R 

read lego, -ere, legi, lectus 
red ruber, -bra, -brum 
remain remaned, -ere, -mansi, 
-mansurus 

reward praemium, -i n. 
river flumen, fluminis n. 
road via, -ae/. 

Robert Robertus, -I m. 

Roman {noun) Romanus, -i m. 
Roman {adjective) Romanus, -a, 
-um 

Rome Roma, -ae /. 

room camera, -ae f. 

rose rosa, -ae /. 

run curro, -ere, cucurri, cursus 

S 

sailor nauta, -ae m. 
save servo, -are, -avi, -atus 
say died, -ere, dixi, dictus 
school schola, -ae f. 
sea mare, maris n. 
second secundus, -a, -um 
see, video, -ere, vidi, visus 
send mitto, -ere, misi, missus 
servant, manservant servus, -i 
m.; maidservant serva,-ae/. 
seven septem indecl. num. 
seventeen septendecim indecl. 
num. 

severely graviter adv. 
she ea, eius 
sheep ovis, ovis /. 
ship navis, navis f. 
show {noun) spectaculum, -i n. 
show {verb) mdnstro, -are, -avi, 
-atus 

sick aeger, -gra, -grum 
sister soror, sororis f. 


ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 


3i8 

sit sedeo, -ere, sedi, sessus 
six sex indecl. adj. 
sixteen sedecim indecl. adj. 
sixth sextus, -a, -um 
slave servus, -i m.\ serva, -a ef. 
small parvus, -a, -um 
snow nix, nivis /. 
so tarn adv. 

soldier miles, militis m. 
some. . . others see alius, 
son filius, -i m. 
stable stabulum, -i n. 
stand sto, stare, steti, status 
statue statua, -ae /. 
step gradus, -us m. 
stilus stilus, -i m. 
stone lapis, lapidis m. 
story fabula, -ae f. 
stream rivus, -i m. 
strike ferio, -ire, —, — 
surpass supero, -are, -avi, -atus 
swamp palus, paludis f. 
swan cycnus, -I m. 
swift celer, -eris, -ere; velox, 
-ocis 

swiftly celeriter adv. 
swiftness celeritas, -tatis /. 
swim no, nare, navi, — 
sword gladius, -i m. 

T 

table mensa, -ae f. 
tablet (wax) tabella, -ae f. (us¬ 
ually plural) 
tall altus, -a, -um 
teach doceo, -ere, -ui, doctus 
teacher magister, -tri m. 
tell narro, -are, -avi, -atus 
ten decern indecl. num. 
terrible terribilis, -e 
than quam conj. 
that ille, ilia, illud; is, ea, id 
their reflexive, suus, -a, -um; not 
reflexive , eorum, earum 
think puto, -are, -avi, -atus 


third tertius, -a, -um 
thirteen tredecim indecl. num. 
thirty triginta indecl. num. 
this hie, haec, hoc; is, ea, id 
thousand mille 
three tres, tria 
through per prep, with acc. 
throw iacio, -ere, ieci, iactus; 

iacto, -are, -avi, -atus 
Titus Titus, -i m. 
to ad prep, with acc. 
today hodie adv. 
tomorrow eras adv. 
town oppidum, -i n. 
traveler viator, -oris m. 
twelve duodecim indecl. num. 
twenty viginti indecl. num. 
two duo, duae, duo 

U 

unfriendly inimicus, -a, -um 
unhappy miser, -era, -erum 

V 

valley valles, vallis/. 
violet viola, -ae f. 
voyage navigatio, -onis f. 

W 

walk ambulo, -are, -avi, -atus 

wall mums, -i m. 

warn moneo, -ere, -ui, -itus 

watch vigilia, -ae f. 

water aqua, -ae /. 

weary defessus, -a, -um 

well bene adv. 

white albus, -a, -um 

who interrog. pron. quis? quid? 

relative pron. qui, quae, quod 
wicked malus, -a, -um 
wide latus, -a, -um 
width latitudo, -inis /. 
window fenestra, -ae /. 
wish cupio, -ere, -ivi, -itus 
with cum prep, with abl. 


ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 


319 


wolf lupus, -I m. 
woman femina, -ae /. 
work {noun) opus, operis n. 
work (verb) laboro, -are, -avl, 
-atus 

wound {noun) vulnus, vulneris n. 
wound {verb) vulnero, -are, -avl, 
-atus 

write scribo, -ere, scrips!, scrlptus 


Y 

yard area, -ae /. 
year annus, -i m. 
yesterday heri adv. 
young man adulescens, -entis m. 
you tu sing.’, vos pi. 
your of one person tuus, -a, -um; 
of more than one person vester, 
-tra, -trum 








INDEX 

(The numbers refer to sections unless otherwise stated) 


a, ab, 132, 133 
Ablative Case 

of personal agent, 194-196 
of cause, 149-151 
of description, 342 
of manner, 492 
of means, 319, 320 
of measure of difference, 464 
of place from which, 132, 133, 
362 

of place where, 10-15 
of specification, 368-370 
of separation, 362 
of time, 511, 512 
Accent, 114 
Accusative Case 

as direct object, 19-23 
of duration of time, 519, 520 
of extent, 443, 445 
of place to which, 132, 133 
with prepositions, App. 30. 
Rule 8 

as subject of infinitive, 550 
ad, with accusative, 132, 133 
as prefix, 240-245 

Adjectives , 

agreement, 97 

comparison, 447; of -er adjec¬ 
tives, 456; of -lis adjectives, 
458; of irregular adjectives, 

463 

dative with, 432, 433 
declension 

of comparatives, 449 
of first and second declen¬ 
sion, 96, 103, 104 
of third declension, 391, 392, 
420, 421, 428, 429 


numeral, cardinal, 437, 439, 
App. 18 

ordinal, App. 18 
possessive, 109 

Adverb 

comparison, 472 
formation, 218, 469-471 
Agent, ablative of, 194-196 
Agreement 

of adjective, 97 

of appositive, App. 30, Rule 32 
of relative pronoun, 540-543 
of verb, 127 

of objects compared, 452, 453 

Alphabet, 116 
Apposition, 90 
Assimilation, 242 

Cardinal Numerals, 437, 439, 

App. 18 

circum, as prefix, 360 (1) 
Comparative Adjectives, declen¬ 
sion, 449 

Comparison, of adjectives, 447, 
456, 458, 463 
of adverbs, 472 

Complementary Infinitive, 530,531 
Compound Verbs, 241-243, 311 
(1), 360 (1), 417 (2), 435 (2) 
Conjugation, first, 117, 155, 164, 
192, 206, 213, 259, 267, 268, 
276, 284, 285 

second, 142, 155, 164, 200, 206, 
213, 260, 269, 277, 286 
third, 322, 327, 328, 329 
fourth, 375, 377, 382, 384 
io third, 376, 377, 383, 384 
summary of, App. 26 


3 21 


INDEX 


3 22 

Consonants, pronunciation of, 

116 ( a ) 

cum, ablative of accompaniment, 
224 

ablative of manner, 492 
enclitic, 225, 264 note 
as prefix, 240-245 

Dative Case 

with adjectives, 432-434 
as indirect object, 45-49 
Declension, defined, 56 
first, 54, 57 

second, 65, 66, 73, 76, 84, 86 
third, 290, 294, 310, 336, 337, 
343 , 344 , 345 , 35 D 359 , 366 
fourth, 498, 499 
fifth, 506, 507 

Demonstrative Pronouns and Ad¬ 
jectives, 230, 231, 53*4, 535 
Derivatives, English from Latin, 
ending in: -able, 399-404; 
-al, 411-413; -ce, 147, IV; 
-ible, 399-404; -ion, 334; 
-le, 159; -or, 302-304; -sion, 

330-333; “tion, 330-333; “tor, 

305-306; -tude, 312-313; -ty, 

487- 490; -y, 147, in 
Diphthongs, pronunciation of, 116 

(c) 

domus, declension of, 502, App. 7 
duo, declension of, 439 (3) 

ego, declension of, 170 
e, ex, 132, 133 

as a prefix, 241-243 

French from Latin, 312, 313 (3), 
33 1, 334 , 394 (4), 400, 401 (4), 

488- 490 

Gender 

in first declension, 55 
in second declension, 65, 85 
in third declension, 291, 301, 
310, 330, 336, 344, 35 L 359 , 
366, 487 


in fourth declension, 498 
in fifth declension, 506 
Genitive Case 

of possession, 28-31 
of the whole, 353-355 

hie, declension of, 535 
hora, length ef, 510 

i-stem nouns, 343, 344, 345 , 35 D 

359, 366 . 

idem, declension of, App. 21 
ille, declension of, 535 
Imperative Mode, 177, 482 
in, with ablative or accusative, 
132, 133 

as a prefix, 241-243 
in-, inseparable prefix, 403 
indefinite pronouns, declension of, 
App. 25 

Indicative Mode, defined, 118 

(2) 

Indirect Object, 45-49 
Indirect Statements, 556-560 
Infinitive Mode 
forms, 546-547 
complementary, 531 
as in English, 550 
in indirect statements, 556-560 
Interrogative Pronoun, 272 
ipse, declension of, 533, App. 22 
is, declension of, 231 
use of, 230, 232 

% 

Letter, form of Latin, 373 

Manner, ablative of, 492 
Means, ablative of, 319, 320 
Measure of difference, ablative 
of, 464 

mille, declension of, 502 
Mode, indicative, 118 (2); im¬ 
perative, 177-179, 482; in¬ 
finitive, complementary, 531; 
indirect statement, 549-550, 
556-560 


INDEX 


323 


-ne, sign of a question, 157 note 1 
Neuter Nouns, rule for declen¬ 
sion, 85 

Nominative Case 
as subject, 1-7 ^ 
in predicate, fi 

Numerals 

cardinals, 437, 439, App. 18 
ordinals, App. 18 

Object, direct, 19-23 
indirect, 45-49 
Ordinal Numerals, App. 18 

Participle, 454, App. 29 
Personal Endings of Verbs in 
Latin 
active, 121 
passive, 190 
in perfect tense, 258 
Personal Pronouns, 170 
Place, expressions of, 132, 133 
plus, 463 note, App. 15 
Possessives, of first and second 
persons, 109 

of the third person, reflexive, 
109 (4), 232 

of the third person, not re¬ 
flexive, 232 

possum, conjugation of, 525, 526 
Predicate Nominative, 37-41 
Prefixes, 240-243, 311 (1), (2), 
360 (1), 425 (2), 479, 480 
Prepositions, with accusative, 
App. 30, Rule 8; of place, 

132, 133 

Principal Parts of Verbs, 247-251 
Pronouns, demonstrative, 230, 
231, 534, 535 
interrogative, 272 
personal 170 
reflexive, 562-566 
relative, 539~543 
Pronunciation, 116 

Quantity, of syllables, 113 ( c ) 
qui, declension of, 539 


quidam, declension of, App. 25 
quis, declension of, 272 
quisque, declension of, App. 25 

Reflexive Pronouns, 562-565 
Relative Pronoun, 539-543 

Separation, ablative of, 362 
Specification, ablative of, 368- 
37 o 

Stem of Verb, 
present, 122 
perfect, 256 

Suffixes, Latin, -alis, -anus, -icus, 
-ius, 411-413; -bilis, 399- 
404; -io, 330-334; -or, 302- 
304; -tas, 487-490; -ia, -tia, 
493; -tor, 305-306; -tudo, 
312-313; -tus, 517 
sum, conjugation of, 223 
syllables, division into, 113 (a); 
names, 113 (&); length, 113 
(c) 

Table of Measurement, Roman, 
503 
Tense 

present, 117, 118, 120, 142, 192, 
200, 322, 377 

imperfect, 154, 155, 206, 327, 

382 

imperfect and perfect distin¬ 
guished, 261 

future, 163, 164, 213, 328, 382 
perfect, 256-259, 276-278 
pluperfect, 267, 284 
future perfect, 268, 285 
Time, when or within which, 511, 
5 1 2 

duration of, 519, 520 
trans, as prefix, 311 (1) 
tres, declension of, 439 (1) 
tu, declension of, 170 
tuus, use of, 109 (3) 

unus, declension of, 439 (2) 


324 


INDEX 


Verbs 

agreement with subject, 127 
conjugation of (see conjuga¬ 
tions) 

summary of regular, App. 26 
irregular, App. 27, 28 
vigilia, length of, 510 
vis, declension of, App. 5 
Vocative Case, 180 
Voice, 188, 189, 191 
Vowels, pronunciation of, 116 ( b ) 

Word Formation, see Prefixes and 
Suffixes 

Word Order, 109 (2), 537 
Word Study, Latin and English 
Base Latin word in English 
Derivative, 75 (2), 102, 293 

(1) 

Change in Spelling of English 


Derivative, 75 (1), 136 (1), 
146, 147, 159, 183 (1), 19*?, 
219, 293 (2), 311 (3), (<), 
394 (3), 425 (1), 431 (1), *29 
English Derivatives from I xtin 
Perfect A 5 Hiciple, 250, 251, 
263, 281 (2), 323 
Latin abbreviations used in 
English, 151, 174 (2), 183 (2), 
210 (4), 226, 237 (3), 309 note, 
'•509 (2) 

Latin phrases used in English, 
151, 174 (2), 183 J[2), 210 (4), 
( 5 ), 339 ( 3 ), ( 4 ), 3£2 (1), 476, 
509 (2) 

Oldest English Words from 
Latin, 254 (3), (4) 

See Derivatives, Prefixes, Com¬ 
pound Verbs r 






*•« 











^ * 3 N 0 0 A 0 ♦m 4 ’ A^ 

, 0 V c> V> A s V> 


% 0 N 0 ^v° 

> * 9 ^ *A 

* ->. A* ^ A C 



* ^ ,U> * V * 0 

* ^ <A <* /)* ° 

f d^ (\\\ S8 ///) O cP_ Y 

</> <^> 

* <# v ^ ■; v^ $ %> ° 

,A c o N c , ' ? c '"■' * * ' ' o^ . 1 ' * « ^ y ° * ‘ * b' 0»t •■»• • » 

./ °.. ,. l ^\ ,// *- °- 



v 

o o 





^ •%. - 

x d* rP ✓ 

, m 1 \V ^ * 3 N 0 J 

°' V\' s “ r * > .0- ». 

' ■*. „** .’• 



' -V 





* A> 


■«■<> O 

* 0 v V' J ^ 

^ TV ^ ^ gp S 

. „ <. y 0 4 x * A v ^ ^ 

8 * <p A N r 0 N C /> ^ 

■* ^f> vf* 14 

- +*. V* 



= >> 0 °x. - 

^ rO o **. 

^ -llAV'W* *' 

^ ^ ‘. ,| Sif§r v * .A ^ 

* <A- V^ * c ^ /T * 



> * ** , bbwfSW" A- 

cP O^ -ft A ^—, . 'n* \ > 

* ^ n 0 'o^° t*o ^ J, «>^ S s **, NO^ .O' 



. _ * * s s \ i » <1^ y o <, 

^ 0 ± \^/r?^i ■* 


X V 

o o N 



,0 





A> 


*^ . ^ ^ oV ^ 

x ^\ V . o n c „ %, " x *«' s , i« . <* y 

r - 

* 



aV 


<-P 


,^ v » 


lV t’"'t ^ " A^ .''**•< 



,s %-. c 5 > 




^ d' 



v> o y ^ y 

^ X c, 0 N c « ^b 



xV ^ 


+ V 



,r . 


























<\ v * 


y ° * X A> C° N c 

■* 'P * 

i * A- A < 

^1 > ? 






& 


<X 


<? , A 1 fi * 


5 ^ 



“o 0 ^ 



\ 0 ^. 




v v ' 




\V 


O ^ * c s 


a- 6 


c <?> 

<V> %<. o 

* 4 ? V£> o 

s .^y ' * 

S ' \Q> <* 

o* v*\ 7 .%% 

, * ^ 



* B, ’/*«*.,V*" 

A' ^ -«■■»-*" ->’- 

° z V ■' 


0 V K 



0° * 



^ V* 


O A - 

■*> -tr 
>> ^ V 

A v ~i _ ^ ■' ■/ * * s s A> 

A\ c 0 N c ^ V • 

* o-^fv <* ° 0 V 

A < rSSAW^ ^ 


4 -r* ^ o x 0 c> 

.* >y **- ' „ * * 



o o N 




* 





*2* 


9 I 


“ aV </> 
* 4 V * 



a A v V~ 

v\ * s V ' 




> 


A 

A 0> <A*<A "o 

<\v r <? 5) * ^ . 

- J\^i<P/L ^ <P .«& * 

< 2 *- * / — a ^0 <* y o * x * A 

v 1 fi * ^ A t 0 



/ ,0° 

. o v <A * 0 /> 'o 

\t r (3 ^ * 'P, 

as . .t\^<? a o «\, 

° ^ ^ c 

Z V y 

(* yA> 

o o 

* .v ^ 

* -.* . % 



A C ^C 



xX V 

O0 x 


> ^ * 

- v 0 O /v- 

. =,.'/ o * 

> , 0" o 

-v Y- (C? 53 ) ^ ’"f > 

*W 


^ , r 

.n*' / 4 .., 



BOUND TO PLEASE ^ 



vV 


,v V* 









Vdmm ‘^whuj^. ^••'VV 1 ’ * %'” ' /V° 

* ,0 
O $ <<> 



MAY.68 


N. MANCHESTER, ft! 
INDIANA J 






























































